Nit01 - Iisertpart - B - 01to170

PART – B : 1
PART-B
CIVIL WORKS
Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Overwritings : NIL Deletions : NIL AE EE
PART – B : 2
BLANK

PART – B : 3
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 The Contractors are advised to inspect and examine the site and its surroundings and
satisfy themselves with the nature of site, the means of access to the site, the
constraints of space for stacking material / machinery, labour etc. constraints put by
local regulations, if any, weather conditions at site, general ground / subsoil
conditions etc. or any other circumstances which may affect or influence their
tenders. The site is available for work. The contractor shall carry out survey of the
work area, at his own cost, setting out the layout and fixing of alignment of the
building as per GFC architectural and Structural drawings in consultation with the
Engineer-in-Charge and proceed further ensuring full structural continuity and
integrated and monolithic construction. Any discrepancy between the architectural
drawings and actual layout at site shall be brought to the notice of the Engineer-in-
charge.
1.2 The Contractor shall before submission of the tender, study the GFC Architectural
and Structural drawings and NIT document carefully as the work is to executed on
EPC mode based on the same. The Department shall not bear any responsibility for
the lack of knowledge and also the consequences, thereof to the Contractor. The
Engineer-in-Charge, in no case, shall be held responsible for the accuracy thereof
and/or interpretations or conclusions drawn there from by the Contractor and all
consequences shall be borne by the Contractor. No claim, whatsoever, shall be
entertained from the Contractor, if the data or information furnished in tender
document is different than the actual site conditions. It is presumed that the
Contractor shall satisfy himself for all possible contingencies, incidental charges,
wastages, bottlenecks etc. likely during execution of work and acts of coordination,
which may be required between different agencies. Nothing extra shall be payable on
this account.
1.3 The work shall be carried out, all in accordance with true intent and meaning of the
specifications and the drawings taken together, regardless of whether the same may
or may not be particularly shown on the drawings and/or described in the
specifications, provided that the same can be reasonably inferred there from may be
several incidental works, which are not mentioned in the specifications, drawings etc.
but will be necessary to complete the item in all respect. All these incidental works /
costs which are not mentioned in the specifications, drawings etc but are necessary
to complete the item shall be deemed to have been included in the items. No extra
payment shall be made for any variation in quantum of incidental works due to
variation / change in actual working drawings. Also, no extra payment shall be made
due to any change in incidental works or any other deviation in such element of work
(which is incidental to the items of work and are necessary to complete such items in
all respects) on account of the directions of Engineer-in-Charge. Nothing extra shall
be payable on this account.
1.4 The contractor(s) shall give to the local body, police and other authorities all
necessary notices etc. that may be required by law and obtain all requisite licenses
for temporary obstructions, enclosures etc. and pay all fee, taxes and charges which
may be levied on account of these operations in executing the contract. He shall

PART – B : 4
make good any damage to the adjoining property whether public or private and shall
supply and maintain lights either for illumination or for cautioning the public at night.
1.5 The Contractor(s) shall take all precautions to avoid accidents by exhibiting
necessary caution boards day and night. In case of any accident of labour /
contractual staff the entire responsibility will rest on the part of the contractor and any
compensation under such circumstances, if becomes payable, shall be entirely borne
by the contractor.
1.6 The work shall generally be carried out in accordance with the “CPWD Specifications
2009 Vol. I & II” with up to date correction slips, GFC Architectural & Structural
drawings, PHE drawings, MEP services drawings, External Development works
drawings, Schedule of Finishing & Technical specifications, items to be executed with
reference to Technical specifications & GFC drawings and as per instructions of
Engineer-in-Charge. Any additional item of the work, if taken up subsequently, shall
also confirm to the relevant CPWD specifications as mentioned above.
1.7 The several documents forming the tender are to be taken as mutually
complementary to one another. Detailed drawings shall be followed in preference to
small scale drawings and figured dimensions in preference to scale dimensions.
1.8 There be any difference or discrepancy between the architectural drawings, structural
drawings and Technical specifications & Schedule of finishing given for each building,
the work shall be executed co-relating all and as per the directions of Engineer-in-
Charge.
1.9 There may be any difference or discrepancy between Architectural drawings,
Structural drawings and Technical specifications & Schedule of finishings, particular
specifications for individual items of work (including special conditions) and I.S.
Codes etc.,
The following order of preference shall be observed for executing the work.
i. Architectural drawings, Structural drawings and Technical specifications &
Schedule of finishing
ii. Particular specifications
iii. Special conditions
iv. Additional Conditions
v. Other conditions and specifications mentioned in the NIT
vi. CPWD Specifications including correction slips issued up to the last date of
uploading / submission of tender.
vii. General Conditions of Contract for CPWD 2019 EPC PROJECTS works including
correction slips issued up to the last date of uploading/submission of tender.
viii. Indian Standards Specifications of B.I.S.
ix. ASTM, BS, or other foreign origin code mentioned in tender document.
x. Manufacturer’s specifications and as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.
xi. Sound Engineering practices or well established local construction practices.
“In the event of any variation / discrepancy in the drawings, specifications and tender
documents etc. the decision of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final binding and
conclusive on the contractor and in the case the contractor have any doubt and the
same should be got clarified immediately from the Engineer-in-charge and no claim of

PART – B : 5
the contractor shall be entertained thereafter. Moreover, the agency is not allowed to
take benefit out of any clerical / grammatical mistake in the standard clauses /
Specifications etc. being used in the agreement”.
A reference made to any Indian Standard Specifications in these documents, shall
imply to the latest version of that standard, including such revisions / amendments as
issued by the Bureau of Indian Standards upto last date of submission of tenders.
The Contractor shall keep at his own cost all such publications of relevant Indian
Standards applicable to the work at site, with correction slips upto last date of
submission of bids.
1.10 The works to be governed by this contract shall cover delivery and transportation up
to destination, safe custody at site, insurance, erection, testing and commissioning of
the entire works.
The works to be undertaken by the contractor shall inter-alia include the following:
i. Preparation of detailed SHOP drawings, coordinated drawings and AS BUILT
drawings wherever applicable.
ii. Obtaining of statutory permissions where-ever applicable and required.
iii. Pre-commissioning tests as per relevant standard specifications, code of practice,
Acts and Rules wherever required.
iv. Warranty obligation for the equipment and / or fittings / fixtures supplied by the
contractor. Contractor shall provide all the shop drawings or layout drawings for
all the coordinated services before starting any work or placing any order of any of
the services etc. These shop drawings/layout drawings shall be got approved
from Engineer-in-charge before implementation and this shall be binding on the
contractor. The contractor shall submit material submittals along with material
sample for approval of Engineer-in-Charge prior to delivery of material at site.
1.11 The work shall be carried out in accordance with GFC Architectural & Structural
drawings, PHE drawings, MEP services drawings, External Development works
drawings, Schedule of finishing & Technical specifications of various items to be
executed with reference to Technical specifications & GFC drawings issued during
NIT by the Engineer-in-Charge. Before commencement of any item of work the
contractor shall correlate all the relevant architectural and structural drawings and
specifications etc. issued for the work and satisfy himself that the information
available from there is complete and unambiguous. The figure and written dimension
of the drawings shall be superseding the measurement by scale. The discrepancy, if
any, shall be brought to the notice of the Engineer-in- charge before execution of the
work. The contractor alone shall be responsible for any loss or damage occurring by
the commencement of work on the basis of any erroneous and or incomplete
information and no claim whatsoever shall be entertained by the department on this
account.
1.12 The Contractor(s) shall take instructions from the Engineer-in-Charge regarding
collection and stacking of materials at any place. No excavated earth or building
rubbish shall be stacked on areas where other buildings, roads, services and
compound walls are to be constructed. The stacking shall take place as per stacking
plan. However, if any change is required, the same shall be done with the approval of
Engineer-in-Charge.

PART – B : 6
1.13 The Contractor shall bear all incidental charges for cartage, storage and safe custody
of materials, if any, issued by department as well as to those materials also arranged
by the contractor.
1.14 The contractor shall give performance test of the entire installation(s) as per the
specifications in the presence of the Engineer-in-charge or his authorized
representative before the work is finally accepted and nothing extra what-so-ever
shall be payable to the contractor for such test.
1.15 Materials used on work without prior inspection and testing (where testing is
necessary) and without approval of the Engineer-in-Charge are liable to be
considered as unauthorized, defective and not acceptable. The Engineer-in-Charge
shall have full powers to reject any or all of the materials brought to site by contractor
which are not in accordance with the contract specifications or do not conform, in
character or quality to the samples approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. In case of
default on the part of the contractor in removing rejected materials, the Engineer-in-
Charge shall be at liberty to have them removed at the risk and cost of the contractor.
1.16 Water tanks, taps, sanitary, water supply & drainage pipes, fittings & accessories
should conform to bye-laws of local body/corporation, where CPWD specifications
are not available. The Contractor should engage approved, licensed plumbers for the
work and get the materials (fixtures / fittings) tested, by the municipal Body /
Corporation authorities wherever required at his own cost. The Contractor shall
submit for the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge, the name of the plumbing agency
(along with their working experience in recent past) proposed to be engaged by him.
1.17 The contractor shall make his own arrangements for water and for obtaining electric
connections and make necessary payments directly to the State Govt. departments
concerned. Contractor shall get the water tested from laboratory approved by the
Engineer-in-charge at regular interval as per the CPWD Specifications 2009. All
expenses towards collection of samples, packing, transportation etc. shall be borne
by the contractor.
1.18 PREVENTION OF NUISANCE AND POLUTION CONTROL
The contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent any nuisance or
inconvenience to the owners, tenants or occupiers of adjacent properties and to the
public in general and to prevent any damage to such properties from pollutants like
smoke, dust, noise. The contractor shall use such methodology and equipment so as
to cause minimum environmental pollution of any kind during and minimum hindrance
to road users and to occupants of the adjacent properties or other services running
adjacent/near vicinity. The contractor shall make good at his cost and to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge, any damage to roads, paths, cross drainage
works or public or private property whatsoever caused due to the execution of the
work or by traffic brought thereon by the contractor. All waste or superfluous materials
shall be carried away by the contractor, without any reservation, entirely to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
1.19 Utmost care shall be taken to keep the noise level to the barest minimum so that no
disturbance as far as possible is caused to the nearby occupants/users of building(s),
if any.

PART – B : 7
SECURITY AND TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS

1.20 In the event of any restrictions being imposed by the Security agency, CPWD, Traffic
or any other authority having jurisdiction in the area on the working or movement of
labour /material, the contractor shall strictly follow such restrictions and nothing extra
shall be payable to the contractor on such accounts. The loss of time on these
accounts, if any, shall have to be made up by augmenting additional resources
whatever required.
1.21 The contractor is required to make his own arrangements to provide huts for laborers
as is acceptable to local bodies and nothing extra shall be paid on this account. He
shall make his own arrangements for stores, field office etc. Before tendering, he
shall visit the site and assess the manner in which he is able to arrange the above
facilities. The Engineer-in-Charge shall in no way be responsible for any delay on this
account and no claim, whatsoever, on this account shall be entertained.
1.22 No payment shall be made for any damage caused by rain, snowfall, flood or any
other natural calamity, whatsoever during the execution of the work. The contractor
shall be fully responsible for any damage to the govt. property and the work for which
payment has been advanced to him under the contract and he shall make good the
same at his risk and cost. The contractor shall be fully responsible for safety and
security of his material, T&P/Machinery brought to the site by him.
1.23 The contractor shall construct suitable godowns, yard at the site of work for storing all
other materials so as to be safe against damage by sun, rain, damages, fire, theft etc.
at his own cost and also employ necessary watch and ward establishment for the
purpose at his cost.
1.24 All materials obtained from contractor shall be got checked by the representative of
Engineer-in-Charge on receipt of the same at site before use.
1.25 Royalty at the prevalent rates shall have to be paid by the contractor on all the
boulders, metals, shingle, sand and bajri etc. collected by him for the execution of the
work, direct to the Revenue authority or authorized agent of the State Government
concerned or Central Government if necessary. However Seigniorage charges shall
be recovered from the running bills of the contractor as per rules and shall be credited
to the department of mines, Government of AP.
1.26 The contractor shall be responsible for the watch and ward/guard of the buildings,
safety of all fittings and fixtures including all equipment, services provided by him
against pilferage and breakage during the period of Installations and thereafter till the
building is physically handed over to the IISER, the Client Department. No extra
payment shall be made on this account and no claim shall be admissible on this
account.
1.27 The Contractor shall keep himself fully informed of all acts and laws of the Central &
State Governments, all orders, decrees of statutory bodies, tribunals having any
jurisdiction or authority, which in any manner may affect those engaged or employed
and anything related to carrying out the work. All the rules & regulations and bye-laws
laid down by Collector and any other statutory bodies shall be adhered to, by the
contractor, during the execution of work. The Contractor shall also adhere to all traffic
restrictions notified by the local authorities. The extra sewerage charges (one time
charges for commencement of work) required to be paid to the Municipal Corporation/
other statutory bodies shall be paid by the department and need not be considered by

PART – B : 8
the contractor. All statutory taxes, levies, charges (including water and sewerage
charges, charges for temporary service connections and / or any other charges)
payable to such authorities for carrying out the work, shall be borne by the
Contractor. The water charges (for municipal water connection as well as tanker
water) shall be borne by the contractor. Also, if the contractor obtains water
connection for the drinking purposes from the municipal authorities or any other
statutory body, the consequent sewerage charges shall be borne by the contractor.
The clause 31A of the General conditions of contract for CPWD works is not
applicable to the tender. The Contractor shall arrange to give all notices as required
by any statutory / regulatory authority and shall pay to such authority all the fees that
is required to be paid for the execution of work. He shall protect and indemnify the
Department and its officials & employees against any claim and /or liability arising out
of violations of any such laws, ordinances, orders, decrees, by himself or by his
employees or his authorized representatives. Nothing extra shall be payable on these
accounts. The fee payable to statutory authorities for obtaining the various permanent
service connections and Occupancy Certificate for the building shall be borne by the
Department.
1.28 For works below ground level the contractor shall keep that area free from water. If
dewatering or bailing out of water is required the contractor shall do the same at his
own cost and nothing extra shall be paid.
1.29 The Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements for protecting from rains, fog
or likewise extreme weather conditions, the work already executed and for carrying
out further work, during monsoon including providing and fixing temporary shelters,
protections etc. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account and also no claims for
hindrance shall be entertained on this account.
1.30 In case of flooding of site on account of rain or any other cause and any consequent
damage, whatsoever, no claim financially or otherwise shall be entertained
notwithstanding any other provisions elsewhere in the contract agreement. Also, the
Contractor shall make good, at his own cost, the damages caused, if any. Further, no
claims for hindrance shall be entertained on this account.
1.31 The contractor will take reasonable precautions to prevent his workman and
employees from removing and damaging any flora (plant/vegetation) from the project
area.
1.32 SETTING OUT
i. The Contractor shall carry out survey of the work area, at his own cost, setting out
the layout of building in consultation with the Engineer-in-Charge & proceed
further. Any discrepancy between the Layout plan and actual layout at site
shall be brought to the notice of the Engineer-in-charge. It shall be
responsibility of the Contractor to ensure correct setting out of alignment. Total
station survey instruments only shall be used for layout, fixing boundaries, and
centre lines, etc., Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. The initial levels
shown in the layout plan are indicative and the actual ground levels may vary with
the levels shown in the layout plan. The correctness of the levels must be
ascertained by the contractor before quoting the tender. No claim due to
difference in ground levels as per layout plan and as per actual on ground shall be
entertained. Nothing extra shall be paid due to difference in ground levels as per
layout plan and as per actual on ground.
ii. The Contractor shall establish, maintain and assume responsibility for grades,
lines, levels and benchmarks. He shall report any errors or inconsistencies

PART – B : 9
regarding grades, lines, levels, dimensions etc. to the Engineer-in-Charge

before commencing work. Commencement of work shall be regarded as the
Contractor’s acceptance of such grades, lines, levels, and dimensions and no
claim shall be entertained at a later date for any errors found.
iii. If at any time, any error appears due to grades, lines, levels and benchmarks
during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall, at his own expense rectify
such error, if so required, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Nothing
extra shall be payable on this account.
iv. Though the site levels are indicated in the drawings the Contractor shall ascertain
and confirm the site levels with respect to benchmark from the concerned
authorities. The Contractor shall protect and maintain temporary/ permanent
benchmarks at the site of work throughout the execution of work. These
benchmarks shall be got checked by the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized
representatives. The work at different stages shall be checked with
reference to bench marks maintained for the said purpose. Nothing extra
shall be payable on this account.
v. The approval by the Engineer-in-Charge, of the setting out by the Contractor,
shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his responsibilities and obligation to
rectify the errors/ defects, if any, which may be found at any stage during the
progress of the work or after the completion of the work.
vi. The Contractor shall be entirely and exclusively responsible for the horizontal,
vertical and other alignments, the level and correctness of every part of the work
and shall rectify effectively any errors or imperfections therein. Such rectifications
shall be carried out by the Contractor at his own cost to the entire satisfaction of
the Engineer- in-Charge.
vii. The Percentage rate quoted by the Contractor are deemed to be inclusive
of site clearance, setting out work (including marking of reference points, center
lines of buildings), construction and maintenance of reference bench mark(s),
taking spot levels, construction of all safety and protection devices, barriers,
barricading, signage, labour safety, labour welfare and labour training measures,
preparatory works, working during monsoon, working at all depths, height and
location etc. and any other incidental works required to complete this work.
Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
1.33 A site laboratory with the minimum equipments as specified in CPWD specifications &
in this agreement as per Annexure enclosed shall be established, made functional
and maintained within one month from the award of work without any extra cost to the
department. In case of non compliance / delay in compliance in this, a recovery @
Rs. 5,000/- per day will be imposed which will be recovered from the immediate next
running account bill of the Contractor.
1.34 INTEGRATED SERVICE DRAWINGS
Before taking up the work, the contractor shall provide integrated and coordinated
drawings for various civil and electrical services showing details of lay out plan
including sectional elevations and contractor shall plan and mobilize his resources as
per the Integrated drawings and as per the site conditions to facilitate convenient
execution, installation as well as maintenance of these services. Nothing extra shall
1.35 TOOLS AND PLANTS
The bidder should have own constructions equipment required for the proper and
timely execution of the work. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.

PART – B : 10
No tools and plants including any special T&P etc. shall be supplied by the
Department and the Contractor shall have to make his own arrangements at his own
cost. No claim of hindrance (or any other claim) shall be entertained on this account.
1.36 SCAFFOLDING
Wherever required for the execution of work, all the scaffolding shall be provided and
suitably fixed, by the Contractor. It shall be provided strictly with steel double
scaffolding system, suitably braced for stability, with all the accessories, gangways,
etc. with adjustable suitable working platforms to access the areas with ease for
working and inspection. Single scaffolding system is strictly prohibited and shall invite
necessary action. It shall be designed to take all incidental loads. The design is the
responsibility of the contractor. It should cater to the safety features for workmen.
Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. It shall be ensured that no damage is
caused to any structure due to the scaffolding.
1.37 The Contractor shall do proper sequencing of the various activities by suitably
staggering the activities within various pockets in the plot so as to achieve early
completion. The agency to deploy adequate equipment, machinery and labour as
required for the completion of the entire work within the stipulated period specified.
Also ancillary facilities shall be provided by contractor commensurate with the
requirement to complete the entire work within the stipulated period. Nothing extra
shall be payable on this account. Adequate number / sets of equipment in working
condition, along with adequate stand-by arrangements, shall be deployed during
entire construction period. It shall be ensured by the Contractor that all the
equipment, Tools & Plants, machineries etc. provided by him are maintained in
proper working conditions at all times during the progress of the work and till the
completion of the work. Further, all the constructional tools, plants, equipment and
machineries provided by the Contractor, on site of work or his workshop for this work,
shall be exclusively intended for use in the construction of this work and they shall not
be shifted / removed from site without the permission of the Engineer-in-Charge.
1.38 Slab cycle requirements: The contractor shall plan at various stages of work
commensurate to the slab cycle requirement through submitted shuttering plan /
design, which shall be the sole responsibility of the contractor and this shall not
absolve him of his responsibility despite approvals accorded by engineer-in-charge..
The quoted rate shall be deemed to include the cost of the above.
1.39 The Contractor shall maintain all the work in good condition till the completion of
entire work. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall make good, all
damages and repairs, rendered necessary due to fire, rain, traffic, floods or any other
causes. The Engineer-in-Charge shall not be responsible for any claims for injuries to
person/workmen or for structural damage to property happening from any neglect,
default, want of proper care or misconduct on the part of the Contractor or of any
other of his representatives, in his employment during the execution of the work. The
compensation, if any, shall be paid directly to the Department / authority / persons
concerned, by the Contractor at his own cost.
1.40 ROYALTY
The contractor has to submit the quantities of all the materials procured to enable
recovery towards Seigniorage charges as per their books of accounts from the

PART – B : 11
Running Account bills and make payment to the Department of Mines. The contractor
shall be responsible for the details of quantities of materials declared by them. If any
discrepancy is noticed in the deductions made, the same shall be corrected and
balance recovery shall be affected in the bills to be paid to him.
Royalty / Seigniorage Fee at the prevalent rates shall be deducted from the Bills
payable to the Contractor, as per G.O. No. Ms.No. 67 dated 26.09.2015 issued by
Industries and Commerce (M.I) Department, Government of Andhra Pradesh state
and issued by DM&G, Hyderabad Lr No 1086/DMF/2016 dated 22.04.2016 (copy
enclosed along with tender document), or as per consequent / latest G.O. if any,
issued by the Government of Andhra Pradesh State, on all materials such as
boulders, metals, all sizes stone aggregates, brick aggregates, coarse and fine sand,
moorum, river sand / Manufactured sand, gravels and bajri etc. collected by him for
the execution of the work. The rates quoted by the contractor shall be inclusive of
such royalty and taxes etc., and nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
1. 41 PRESERVATION AND CONSERVATION MEASURES
Existing drains, pipes, cables, over-head wires, sewer lines, water lines and similar
services, if any, encountered in the course of the execution of work shall be protected
against the damage by the contractor at his own expense. In case the same are to be
removed and diverted, expenditure incurred in doing so shall be payable to the
contractor. The contractor shall work out the cost, get the same approved by
Engineer-in-Charge before taking up actual execution. The contractor shall not store
materials or otherwise occupy any part of the site in a manner likely to hinder the
operation of such services.
All fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity, structures and other remains or things
of geological or archaeological interest discovered on project location during
excavation/construction shall be the property of the Government, and shall be dealt
with as per provisions of the relevant legislation. The contractor will take reasonable
precaution to prevent his work men or any other persons from removing and
damaging any such article or thing. He will, immediately upon discovery thereof and
before removal acquaint the Engineer-in-charge of such discovery and carry out the
official instructions of Engineer-in- charge for dealing with the same, till then all work
shall be carried out in a way so as not to disturb/damage such article or thing.
1.42 RESPONSIBILITY
He shall protect and indemnify the IISER Tirupati / CPWD and its officials &
employees against any claim and / or liability arising out of violations of any such
laws, ordinances, orders, decrees, by himself or by his employees or his authorized
representatives. Nothing extra shall be payable on these accounts.
The Contractor shall assume all liability, financial or otherwise in connection with this
contract and shall protect and indemnify the Department from any and all damages
and claims that may arise on any account. The Contractor shall indemnify the
Department against all claims in respect of patent rights, royalties, design,
trademarks of name or other protected rights, damages to adjacent buildings, roads
or members of public, in course of execution of work or any other reasons
whatsoever, and shall himself defend all actions arising from such claims and shall
indemnify the Department in all respect from such actions, costs and expenses.

PART – B : 12
1.43 CO-OPERATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS / SPECIALIZED AGENCIES /

SUB-CONTRACTORS
i. The Contractor shall take all precautions to abide by the environmental related
restrictions imposed by any statutory body having jurisdiction in Andhra Pradesh
state as well as prevent any pollution of streams, ravines, river bed and waterways.
All waste or superfluous materials shall be transported by the Contractor, entirely to
the satisfaction of the Engineer- in-Charge and disposed at designated places only.
Utmost care shall be taken to keep the noise level to the barest minimum so that no
disturbance as far as possible is caused to the occupants / users of adjoining
buildings. No claim whatsoever on account of site constraints mentioned above or
any other site constraints, lack of public transport, inadequate availability of skilled,
semi-skilled or unskilled workers in the near vicinity, non-availability of construction
machinery spare parts and any other constraints not specifically stated here, shall
be entertained from the Contractor. Therefore, the tenderers are advised to visit site
and get first-hand information of site constraints. Accordingly, they should quote
their tenders. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
ii. The Contractor shall cooperate with and provide the facilities to the sub-Contractors
and other agencies working at site for smooth execution of the work. The contractor
shall indemnify the Department (CPWD) against any claim(s) arising out of such
disputes. The Contractor shall:
a. Allow use of scaffolding, toilets, sheds etc.
b. Properly co-ordinate their work with the work of other Contractors.
c. Provide control lines and benchmarks to his Sub-Contractors and the
other Contractors.
d. Provide electricity and water at mutually agreed rates.
e. Provide hoist and crane facilities for lifting material at mutually agreed rates.
f. Co-ordinate with other Contractors for leaving inserts, making chases,
alignment of services etc. at site.
g. Adjust work schedule and site activities in consultation with the
Engineer-in- Charge and other Contractors to suit the overall schedule
completion.
h. Resolve the disputes with other Contractors/ sub-contractors amicably and
the Engineer-in-Charge shall not be made intermediary or arbitrator.
iii. The work should be planned in a systematic manner so as to ensure proper co-
ordination of various disciplines viz. sanitary & water supply, drainage, rain water
harvesting, electrical, fire fighting, information technology, communication &
electronics and any other services.
iv. Other agencies will also simultaneously execute and install the works of sub-
station / generating sets, air-conditioning, lifts etc. for the work and the
contractor shall afford necessary facilities for the same. The contractor shall leave
such recesses, holes, openings trenches etc. as may be required for such
related works (for which inserts, sleeves, brackets, conduits, base plates, clamps
etc. shall be supplied by the contractor himself and the same shall be fixed at time
of casting of concrete, stone work and brick work, if required, and nothing extra

PART – B : 13
v. The contractor shall conduct his work, so as not to interfere with or hinder the
progress or completion of the work being performed by other contractor(s) or by the
Engineer-In-Charge and shall as far as possible arrange his work and shall place
and dispose of the materials being used or removed so as not to interfere with the
operations of other contractor or he shall arrange his work with that of the others in
an acceptable and in a proper co –ordination manner and shall perform it in proper
sequence to the complete satisfaction of others.
1.44 SUPERVISION OF WORK
The Contractor shall depute Site Engineer & skilled workers as required for the
work. He shall submit organization chart along with details of Engineers and
supervisory staff. It shall be ensured that all decision making powers shall be
available to the representatives of the Contractor at Tirupati itself to avoid any likely
delays on this account. The Contractor shall also furnish list of persons for
specialized works to be executed for various items of work. The Contractor shall
identify and deploy key persons having qualifications and experience in the similar
and other major works, as per the field of their expertise. If during the course of
execution of work, the Engineer-in-Charge is of the opinion that the deployed staff is
not sufficient or not well experienced; the Contractor shall deploy more staff and
better-experienced staff at site to complete the work with quality and in stipulated time
limit.
1. 45 Specialized Agencies
i. The main contractor shall submit the credentials of specialized agency(s) well in
advance as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge. After verification of the same,
written approval will be conveyed to main contractor in this regard. The quantum of
credentials will be broadly in line with CPWD guidelines. The main contractor shall
not change the specialized agency. However, if the change is warranted, he may do
so, with permission of Engineer-in-charge. However before making any such
change he has to enter into similar agreement as with previous agency & submit the
same to Engineer – in – Charge for approval. This shall however be without any
change in the accepted rates of the contract agreement and without any cost
implications to the Department.
ii. It shall be the responsibility of main contractor to sort out any dispute / litigation with
the Specialized Agencies without any time & cost overrun to the Department. The
main contractor shall be solely responsible for settling any dispute / litigation arising
out of his agreement with the Specialized Agencies. The contractor shall ensure
that the work shall not suffer on account of litigation / dispute between him and the
specialized agencies / subcontractor(s). No claim of hindrance in the work shall
be entertained from the Contractor on this account. No extension of time shall be
granted and no claim whatsoever, of any kind, shall be entertained from the
Contractor on account of delay attributable to the selection / rejection of the
Specialized Agencies or any dispute amongst them.
1. 46 RATES
i. The rates quoted by the Contractor are deemed to be inclusive of site clearance,
setting out work, profile, setting lay out on ground, establishment of reference bench
mark(s), installing various signage, taking spot levels, survey with total station,
construction of all safety and protection devices, compulsory use of helmet and
safety shoes, and other appropriate safety gadgets by workers, imparting

PART – B : 14
continuous training for all the workers, barriers, preparatory works, construction of
clean, hygienic and well ventilated workers housings in sufficient numbers as per
drawing supplied by Engineer in charge, working during monsoon or odd season,
working beyond normal hours, working at all depths, height, lead, lift, levels and
location, implementation of green building norms to achieve desired GRIHA rating
etc. and any other unforeseen but essential incidental works required to complete
this work. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account and no extension of time
for completion of work shall be granted on these accounts.
ii. The rates quoted by the tenderer, shall be firm and inclusive of all taxes and
levies (including GST, Seigniorage charges and construction labour welfare cess
etc.).
iii. No foreign exchange shall be made available by the Department for importing
(purchase) of equipment, plants, machinery, materials of any kind or any other
items required to be carried out during execution of the work. No delay and no claim
of any kind shall be entertained from the Contractor, on account of variation in the
foreign exchange rate.
iv. Ancillary and incidental facilities required for execution of work like labour camp,
stores, fabrication yard, offices for Contractor, watch and ward, temporary ramp
required to be made for working at the basement level, temporary structure for
plants and machineries, water storage tanks, installation and consumption
charges of temporary electricity, telephone, water etc. required for execution of
the work, liaison and pursuing for obtaining various No Objection Certificates,
completion certificates from local bodies etc., protection works, testing facilities /
laboratory at site of work, facilities for all field tests and for taking samples etc.
during execution or any other activity which is necessary (for execution of work and
as directed by Engineer-in-Charge), shall be deemed to be included in rates quoted
by the Contractor, for the project. Nothing extra shall be payable on these accounts.
Before start of the work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-Charge, a
site / construction yard layout, specifying areas for construction, site office,
positioning of machinery, material yard, cement and other storage, steel fabrication
yard, site laboratory, water tank, etc.
v. For completing the work in time, the Contractor might be required to work in two or
more shifts (including night shifts). No claim whatsoever shall be entertained on this
account, not with-standing the fact that the Contractor may have to pay extra
amounts for any reason, to the laborers and other staff engaged directly or indirectly
on the work according to the provisions of the labour and other statutory bodies
regulations and the agreement entered upon by the Contractor with them.
vi. All material shall only be brought at site as per program finalized with the Engineer-
in- Charge. Any pre-delivery of the material not required for immediate consumption
shall not be accepted and thus not paid for.
1. 47 SAFETY PRACTICES
i. WARNING / CAUTION BOARDS: All temporary warning / caution boards / glow
signage display such as “Construction Work in Progress”, “Keep Away”, “No
Parking”, Diversions & protective Barricades etc. shall be provided and displayed
during day time by the Contractor, wherever required and as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge. These glow signage and red lights shall be suitably illuminated
during night also. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for damage and

PART – B : 15
accident caused, if any, due to negligence on his part. Also he shall ensure that no
hindrance, as far as possible, is caused to general traffic during execution of the
work. This signage shall be dismantled & taken away by the Contractor after the
completion of work, only after approval of the Engineer – in – Charge. Nothing extra
ii. SIGN BOARDS: The Contractor shall provide and erect a display board of size and
shape as required and paint over it, in a legible and workman like manner, the
details about the salient features of the project, as required by the Engineer-in-
Charge. The Contractor shall fabricate and put up a sign board in an approved
location and to an approved design indicating name of the project, Client / Owner,
Engineer-in-charges, Structural Consultants, Department etc. besides providing
space for names of other Contractors, Sub-Contractors and specialized agencies
within 15 days from the date of commencement. Nothing extra shall be payable on
this account. In case of non compliance/delay in compliance in this, a non-
refundable recovery @ Rs. 2,000/- per day will be made which will be recovered
from the immediate next running account bill of the contractor.
iii. Necessary protective and safety equipments such as helmet, safety shoes,
gloves etc shall be provided to the Site Engineer, Supervisory staff, labour and
technical staff of the contractor by the Contractor at his own cost and to be used at
site. Similarly the same shall be provided to all CPWD Engineers, Visiting IISER
Representatives, TPQA staff, Consultants and other visitors also.
iv. No inflammable materials including P.O.L shall be allowed to be stored in huge
quantity at site. Only limited quantity of P.O.L may be allowed to be stored at site
subject to the compliance of all rules / instructions issued by the relevant authorities
and as per the direction of Engineer –in- Charge in this regard. Also all precautions
and safety measures shall be taken by the Contractor for safe handling of the P.O.L
products stored at site. All consequences on account of unsafe handling of P.O.L
shall be borne by the Contractor.
v. Skilling of Construction workers and Safety Management in Projects shall be follow
as per CPWD works procedure and Publications.
1. 48 QUALITY ASSURANCE
i. The proposed building is a prestigious project and quality of work is of paramount
importance. Contractor shall have to engage well-experienced skilled labour and
deploy modern T&P and other equipment to execute the work. Many items like
specialized flooring work, silicon sealant and backer rod fixing in expansion joints,
factory made door- window shutters, proper slope maintaining in toilet units, sanitary-
water supply installation, providing the sleeves for light fittings, diffusers, return air
ducts in animal room areas, water proofing treatment, will specially require
engagement of skilled workers having experience particularly in execution of such
items.
ii. The contractor shall ensure quality construction in a planned and time bound manner.
Any sub-standard material / work beyond set out tolerance limit shall be summarily
rejected by the Engineer-in-charge & contractor shall be bound to replace / remove
such sub-standard / defective work immediately. If any material, even though
approved by Engineer-In-Charge is found defective or not conforming to
specifications shall be replaced / removed by the contractor at his own risk & cost.

PART – B : 16
iii. In addition to the supervision of work by CPWD engineers, TPQA, the Consultants
deployed by CPWD/ IISER shall also be carrying out regular and periodic inspection
of the ongoing activities in the work and deficiencies, shortcomings, inferior
workmanship pointed out by them shall be communicated by CPWD engineers to the
contractor. Upon receipt of instructions from Engineer-in-Charge these are also to be
made good by necessary improvement, rectification, replacement upto his complete
satisfaction. Special attention shall be paid towards line and level of internal and
external plastering, exposed smooth surface of RCC members by providing fresh
shuttering plates, rubberized linings to all the shuttering joints, accurate joinery work
in wooden doors and windows, thinnest joints in stone/ tiling / cladding work, non-
hollowness in floor and dado tiles work, protection of scratches over flooring by
impounding layer of plaster of Paris, water tight pipe linings, absence of hollow
vertical joints in brick masonry, proper compaction of filled up earth etc. to achieve
an Institution of International standards and up keeping of quality assurance shall be
of paramount importance, as such.
iv. The Contractor shall submit, within 10 days after the date of award of work, a detailed
and complete method statement for the execution, testing and Quality Assurance, of
such items of works, as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. All the materials to be
used in the work, to give the finished work complete in all respects, shall comply with
the requirements of the specifications and shall pass all the tests required as per
specifications as applicable or such specifications / standards as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge. However, keeping the Quality Assurance in mind, the Contractor
shall submit, on request from the Engineer-in- Charge, his own Quality Assurance
procedures for basic materials and such items, to be followed during the execution of
the work, for approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
v. All materials and fittings brought by the contractor to the site for use shall conform to
the samples approved by the Engineer-in-charge which shall be preserved till the
completion of the work. If a particular brand of material is specified in the
Specifications of works, the same shall be used after getting the same approved from
Engineer-In-Charge. Wherever brand / quality of material is not specified in the item
of work, the contractor shall submit the samples as per suggested list of brand names
given in the tender document / particular specifications for approval of Engineer-In-
Charge. For all other items, materials and fittings of ISI Marked shall be used with the
approval of Engineer-In-Charge. Wherever ISI Marked material / fittings are not
available, the contractor shall submit samples of materials / fittings manufactured by
firms of repute conforming to relevant specifications or IS codes and use the same
only after getting the approval of Engineer-In-Charge.
vi. The Contractor shall procure and provide all the materials from the manufacturers /
suppliers as per the list attached with the tender documents, as per the item
description and particular specifications for the work.
vii. All materials whether obtained from Govt. stores or otherwise shall be got checked by
the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized supervisory staff on receipt of the same at
site before use.
viii. The tests, as necessary, shall be conducted in the laboratory approved by the
Engineer–in-Charge. The samples shall be taken for carrying out all or any of the
tests stipulated in the particular specifications and as directed by the Engineer-in-
Charge or his authorized representative.

PART – B : 17
ix. All the site registers like cement, steel, MAS A/c, paint, tests register, RMC register
shall be maintained by the contractor. The same shall be got issued by the contractor
from the Engineer-in-charge. All the entries in the registers will be made by the
designated Engineering Staff of the contractor and same should be regularly
reviewed by JE / AE / AEE / EE. Contractor shall be responsible for safe custody of
all the registers.
x. The Contractor shall at his own risk and cost make all arrangements and shall
provide all such facilities including material and labour, the Engineer-in-Charge may
require for collecting, preparing, forwarding the required number of samples for
testing as per the frequency of test stipulated in the contract specifications or as
considered necessary by the Engineer-in-Charge, at such time and to such places,
as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Nothing extra shall be payable for the above.
xi. The Contractor or his authorized representative shall associate in collection,
preparation, forwarding and testing of such samples. In case he or his authorized
representative is not present or does not associate him, the result of such tests and
consequences thereon shall be binding on the Contractor .The Contractor or his
authorized representative shall remain in contact with the Engineer-in–Charge or his
authorized representative associated for all such operations. No claim of payment or
claim of any other kind, whatsoever, shall be entertained from the Contractor.
xii. The tests, as necessary and where no field laboratory facilities are available, shall be
conducted in the laboratory approved by the Engineer–in- Charge. For materials for
which field testing equipment is established at site, 90% of total tests shall be done at
the laboratory established at site by contractor and remaining 10% in the reputed
laboratories approved by Engineer-in-charge. The samples shall be taken for carrying
out all or any of the tests stipulated in the particular specifications and as directed by
the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative.
xiii. The testing charges of all materials including steel, cement, bricks, tiles, doors,
aluminium, wood works items etc shall be borne by the contractor including all
incidental charges like cost of materials, packing and transportation etc. Nothing extra
shall be paid on the account of testing charges of the materials tested in outside
laboratories.
xiv. All the hidden items such as reinforcement, foundations, waterproofing, etc. are to be
properly checked as per the design conditions before covering and their
measurements recorded in computerized measurement book duly test checked and
shall be deposited with Engineer in charge or his authorized representative, prior to
hiding these items.
xv. All the hidden items such as water supply lines, drainage pipes, conduits, sewers etc.
are to be properly tested as per the design conditions before covering and their
measurements shall be recorded in computerized measurement book duly test
checked and shall be deposited with Engineer in charge or his authorized
representative, prior to hiding these items.
xvi. The contractor shall submit alongwith every running account and final bill, Theoritical
consumption statement for cement, steel, Material at site (MAS) Account statement
for cement and steel, Theoritical consumption statement for mines and minerals for
effecting recovery of Seigniorage fee etc., Theoritical consumption statement for
paints and chemicals in triplicate.

PART – B : 18
xvii. Water tanks, taps, sanitary, water supply and drainage pipes, fittings and accessories
should conform to byelaws of municipal body / corporation where CPWD
Specifications are not available. The contractor should engage licensed plumbers for
the work and get the materials (fixtures / fittings) tested by the Municipal Body /
Corporation authorities wherever required at his own cost.
xviii. The contractor shall give performance test of the entire installation(s) as per the
standard specifications before the work is finally accepted and nothing extra
whatsoever shall be payable to the contractor for the test.
xix. The contractor shall have to execute guarantee bonds in respect of water proofing
works as per Proforma enclosed.
xx. The Contractor shall arrange electricity at his own cost for testing of the various
electrical installations as directed by Engineer-in-Charge and for the consumption by
the contractor for executing the work. Also all the water required for testing various
electrical installations, fire pumps, wet riser / firefighting equipment, fire sprinklers etc.
and also testing water supply, sanitary and drainage lines, water proofing of
underground sump, overhead tanks, water proofing treatment etc. shall be arranged
by the contractor at his own cost. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
1. 49 SUBMISSION AND DOCUMENTATION
The Contractor shall display all permissions, licenses, registration certificates, bar
charts, other statements etc under various labour laws and other regulations
applicable to the works, at his site office. He should also keep at site at least one set
of BIS Codes and other relevant codes at site and produce the same if asked for by
Engineer-In-Charge. In case of non-compliance, these codes will be purchased from
the Market and actual cost of purchase will be recovered from the next running
account bill of the Contractor.
i. The Contractor shall make available four (04) sets of completed Building Drawings,
“As Built Drawings” along with literatures, manuals, warranty certificates etc. of
various installed fittings, fixtures and equipment for the completed projects. This shall
be the prerequisite for payment of final bill.
ii. The Contractor shall make available three (04) sets of all drawings of internal and
external services i.e. Water Supply, Sanitary line and Drainage lines. This shall be the
prerequisite for payment of final bill. These drawings shall have the following
information:
iii. Run-off for all piping and their diameters including soil, waste pipes and vertical
stacks.
iv. Ground and invert level of all drainage pipes together with locations of all
manholes and connections, up to outfall.
v. Run-off for all water supply lines with diameters location of control valves, access
panels etc.
vi. The contractor shall make available four (04) sets of computerized Standard
Measurement Books (SMBs) having measurement of all the permanent standing in a
building.
vii. The Performance Guarantee shall not be released to the contractor until the aforesaid
drawings are submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge
viii. The contractor will submit computerized measurement sheet for the work carried out
by him for making payment as per Clause – 6A of the CPWD General Conditions of

PART – B : 19
Contract 2019 EPC Projects (with correction slips upto the last date of submission of
tender).
ix. To avoid delay, contractor should submit all samples well in advance so as to give
timely orders for procurement.
1.50 PROJECT PROGRAM CHART:
The Contractor shall prepare an integrated program chart within 10 days of issue of
award letter including civil as well as E & M activities for the execution of work,
Showing clearly all activities from the start of work to completion, with details of
manpower, equipment and machinery required for the fulfillment of the program
within the stipulated period and submit the same for approval of the Engineer-
In-Charge within 10 days of the award of the work. These shall be submitted by the
contractor through electronic media besides forwarding hard copies of the same. The
integrated program chart so submitted should not have any discrepancy with the
physical milestones attached in the contract agreement. The program chart should
include the following :
i. Descriptive note explaining sequence of various activities.
ii. Construction Program prepared on Building information modeling (BIM) Software,
which will indicate resources in financial terms, manpower and specialized equipment
for every important stage.
iii. Program for procurement of materials by the contractor.
iv. Program for arranging and deployment of manpower both skilled and unskilled so as
to achieve targeted progress.
v. Program of procurement of machinery/equipment having adequate capacity,
commensurate with the quantum of work to be done within the stipulated period, by
the contractor.
vi. Program for achieving fortnightly micro milestones and periodic milestones.
vii. In case of non-compliance / delay in compliance in this, a penalty @ Rs. 5,000/- per
day will be imposed which will be recovered from the immediate next R/A Bill of the
Contractor.
viii. If at any time, it appears to the Engineer-in-Charge that the actual progress of work
does not conform to the approved program referred above, the contractor shall
produce a revised program showing the modifications to the approved program by
additional inputs to ensure completion of the work within the stipulated time.
ix. The submission for approval by the Engineer-In-Charge of such program or the
furnishing of such particulars shall not relieve the contractor of any of his duties or
responsibilities under the contract. This is without prejudice to the right of Engineer-
In-Charge to take action against the contractor as per terms and conditions of the
agreement.
x. Submission of Progress Reports :
Apart from the above integrated program chart, the contractor shall be required to
submit fortnightly progress report of the work in a computerized form on 5th and 20th
of every month. The progress report shall contain the following, apart from whatever
else may be required as specified above:
a. Construction schedule of the various components of the work through a bar chart
for the next two fortnights (or as may be specified), showing the micro- milestone /
milestones, targeted tasks (including material and labour requirement) and upto
date progress. Atleast 10 digital photographs showing all the parts of construction

PART – B : 20
site and atleast 5 minutes video of execution of different items in soft copy has to
be submitted alongwith every fortnightly progress report.
b. Progress chart of various components of the work that are planned and
achieved, for the fortnight as well as cumulative upto the fortnight under
reckoning, with reason(s) for deviations, if any in a tabular format.
c. Plant and machinery statement, indicating those deployed in the work.
d. Man-power statement indicating:
• Individually the names of all the staff deployed on the work, along with their
designations.
• No. of skilled workers (trade wise) and total no. of unskilled workers deployed
on the work and their location of deployment i.e. blocks.
e. Financial statement, indicating the broad details of all the running account
payment received upto date, such as gross value of work done, advances taken,
recoveries effected, amount withheld, net payment details, cheque payment
received, extra / substituted / deviation items if any, etc.,
f. In case of non-compliance / delay in compliance in submission of fortnightly
progress report, a non-refundable recovery @ Rs. 5,000/- per fortnightly report
per day will be made which will be recovered from the immediate next running
account bill of the Contractor.
1.51 PROJECT REVIEW MEETINGS:
The contractor, immediately on award of work shall submit details of his key
personnel to be engaged for the work at site. In addition, he shall furnish the
Engineer-in-charge detailed program involved with the work.
The contractor shall present the programme with Power Point Presentation (PPT) and
Hard copies about the status at various review meetings as required.
i. Weekly Review Meetings: Shall be attended by Local Team headed by Project-
in-charge along with CPWD team and client representative.
Agenda a) Weekly programme v/s actual progress achieved in the past
week and programme for next week.
b) Remedial actions and hold up analysis.
c) Any decision on quarries raised either by contractor / CPWD.
ii. Monthly Review Meetings : Shall be attended by Project – in – charge and the
Management Representative who can take independent decisions along with
CPWD team and client’s representatives.
Agenda a) Progress Status / Statistics.
b) Completion Outlook.
c) Major hold ups / slippages.
d) Assistance required.
e) Critical issues.
f) Any decision on queries raised either by contractor / CPWD.
g) Anticipated cash flow requirement for next two months.

PART – B : 21
1.52 TEMPORARY WATE R / ELECTRICITY / TELEPHONE CONNECTION

i. Arrangement of temporary telephone connection, water and electricity required by
Contractor, shall be made by him at his own cost and also necessary permissions
shall be obtained by him directly from concerned authorities, under intimation to the
Department. Also, all initial cost and running charges, and security deposit, if any, in
this regard shall be borne by him. The Contractor shall abide by all the rules / bye
laws applicable in this regard and he shall be solely responsible for any penalty on
account of violation of any of the rules / byelaws in this regard. Nothing extra shall be
payable on this account.
ii. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintenance and watch and ward of the
complete installation and water / electricity meter and shall also be responsible for
any pilferage, theft, damage, penalty etc. in this regard. The Contractor shall
indemnify the Department against any claim arising out of pilferage, theft, damage,
penalty etc. whatsoever on this account. Security deposit for the work shall be
released only after No Dues Certificates are obtained from the local Authorities from
whom temporary electric / water / telephone connection have been obtained by the
Contractor. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
iii. The Department shall in no way be responsible for either any delay in getting electric
and/or water and / or telephone connections for carrying out the work or not getting
connections at all. No claim of delay or any other kind, whatsoever, on this account
shall be entertained from the Contractor. Also contingency arrangement of stand-by
water & electric supply shall be made by the Contractor for commencement and
smooth progress of the work so that work does not suffer on account of power failure
or disconnection or not getting connection at all. No claim of any kind whatsoever
shall be entertained on this account from the Contractor. Nothing extra shall be
1.53 CLEANLINESS OF SITE
i. The Contractor shall not stack building material / malba / muck on the land or road of
the local development authority or on the land owned by the others, as the case may
be. So the muck, rubbish etc. shall be removed periodically as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge, from the site of work to the approved dumping grounds as per
the local byelaws and regulations of the concerned authorities and all necessary
permissions in this regard from the local bodies shall be obtained by the Contractor.
Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. In case, the Contractor is found
stacking the building material / malba as stated above, the Contractor shall be liable
to pay the stacking charges / penalty as may be levied by the local body or any other
authority and also to face penal action as per the rules, regulations and bye-laws of
such body or authority. The Engineer–in-Charge shall be at liberty to recover, such
sums due but not paid to the concerned authorities on the above counts, from any
sums due to the Contractor including amount of the Security Deposit and
performance guarantee in respect of this contract agreement.
ii. The contractor shall take instructions from the Engineer-In-Charge regarding
collection and stacking of materials at any place. No excavated earth or building
rubbish shall be stacked on areas where other buildings, roads, services and
compound walls are to be constructed.
iii. The site of work shall be always kept clean due to constraints of space and to avoid
any nuisance to the users of buildings in the adjacent plots. The Contractor shall take
all care to prevent any water- logging at site. The waste water, slush etc. shall not be
allowed to be collected at site. It may be directly pumped into the creek with prior

PART – B : 22
approval of the concerned authorities. For discharge into public drainage system,
necessary permission shall be obtained from relevant authorities after paying the
necessary charges, if any, directly to the authorities. The work shall be carried out in
such a way that the area is kept clean and tidy. All the fees / charges in this regard
shall be borne by the Contractor. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
1.54 INSPECTION OF WORK
i. In addition to the provisions of relevant clauses of the contract, the work shall also be
open to inspection by Senior Officers of CPWD & the representatives of the
Consultants. The contractor shall at times during the usual working hours and at all
times at which reasonable notices of the intention of the Engineer-in-charge or other
officers as stated above to visit the works shall have been given to the contractor,
either himself be present to receive the orders and instructions or have a responsible
representative duly accredited in writing, to be present for that purpose.
ii. Inspection of the work by Consultant(s) appointed by the CPWD / IISER
a. The consultant(s) appointed by CPWD / IISER, shall be inspecting the works to
ensure that the works are in general being executed according to the design,
drawings and specifications laid down in the contract. His/their observations shall
be communicated by CPWD engineering staff and compliance is to be reported to
CPWD.
iii. Senior Officers of CPWD, Dignitaries from Central Ministry / Department, IISER
authorities shall be inspecting the on-going work at site at any time with or without
prior intimation. The contractor shall therefore, keep updated the following
requirements and detailing.
a. Display Board showing details of work, weekly progress achieved with respect to
targets, reason of shortfall, status of manpower, wages being paid for different
categories of workers.
b. Entrance and area surrounding to be kept cleaned.
c. Display layout plan key plan, Building drawings including plans, elevations and
sections.
d. Upto date displays of Bar chart, CPM and PERT etc.
e. Keep details of quantities executed, balance quantities, deviations, possible Extra
item, substituted Item etc.
f. Keep plastic / cloth mounted one sets of building drawings.
g. Set of Helmets and safety shoes for exclusive use for officers/dignitaries visiting
at site.
h. The work may be inspected by Chief Technical Examiners Organization of Central
Vigilance Commission. In such case the contractor shall make all arrangements
for providing required details / documents.
1.55 FINAL TESTING OF THE INSTALLATIONS
The Contractor shall demonstrate trouble free functioning of all the Civil and E & M
installations and services. The Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representatives
shall carry out final inspection of the various Civil and E & M services and
installations. Any defect(s) noticed during demonstration shall be rectified by the
Contractor at his own cost to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.

PART – B : 23
1.56 SUBMISSION OF AS BUILT DRAWINGS AND OBTAINING OCCUPATION

CERTIFICATE
The contractor shall coordinate and facilitate the consultant(s) for obtaining
occupation certificate / completion certificate from local bodies including getting the
required site visits conducted by such authorities with a view to obtain the same.
1.57 DEFECT LIABILITY PERIOD (REFUND OF SECURITY DEPOSIT)
The defect liability / maintenance period shall be 5 years after the date of completion
of work for this contract agreement. Security deposit shall be released as detailed
below
a. 1.25% after 24 months of issue of the completion certificate or till final bill has
been prepared and passed whichever is later.
b. Another 0.40% after 36 months of issue of the completion certificate.
c. Another 0.40% after 48 months of issue of the completion certificate.
d. Another 0.45% after 60 months of issue of the completion certificate.
Road work is not a separate item of work in overall scope, but is part of building work.
Hence overall civil work shall be considered as building work for operation of clause
17 and clause 24.
1.58 GENERAL CLARIFICATIONS
i. Wherever any reference to any Indian Standards occurs in the documents relating to
this contract, the same shall be inclusive of all amendments issued thereto or
revisions thereof, if any, up to the date of receipt of tenders.
ii. The Percentage rate quoted for the project is inclusive of pumping out or bailing out
water, if required throughout the construction period for which no extra payment shall
be made. This shall also include water encountered from any source such as rains,
floods, sub soil water table being high and/or due to any other cause whatsoever.
iii. All stone aggregate and stone ballast shall be of hard stone variety to be obtained
from approved quarries.
iv. Coarse sand should be obtained from approved sources. The same shall be clean
and sharp angular grit type. The coarse sand shall be screened before using, if
required. If the sand brought to site is dirty, it must be washed in clean water to bring
the sand to the required specifications. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account.
v. The Percentage rate quoted includes cost of all operations and all inputs of labour,
material, T & P, scaffolding, wastages, watch and ward, other inputs, all incidental
charges, all taxes, cess, GST, Seigniorage charges, duties, levies etc. required for
execution of the work.
1.59 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING OF CHEMICALS
i. The contractor shall construct storage space for Chemicals materials to ensure that
the storage conditions are as recommended by the manufactures.
ii. All the materials shall be procured and delivered in sealed containers with labels
legible and intact.
iii. All the chemicals {polymers, epoxy, water proofing compound, plasticizer,
Polysulphide, SBR based elastomeric, APP (Atactic Polypropylene Polymer), Poly

PART – B : 24
urethane compounds, all exterior and interior paints, polish etc.,} shall be procured in
convenient packs say 20 litre / Kg. capacity packing only or as approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge, and not in bigger capacity containers, say 200 litre (Kg.) drums
unless otherwise specifically permitted by the Engineer-in-Charge. One sample from
each lot of the chemical procured by the contractor shall be tested in a laboratory as
approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
iv. All material required for the execution of the work shall be got approved, procured
and deposited with the Departmental supervisory staff. The materials shall be kept in
joint custody of the contractor and the Department. The watch and ward of such
material shall, however, remain to be the responsibility of the contractor and no claim,
whatsoever, on this account shall be entertained. Different containers of each
chemical shall be serially numbered on packing and also consumed in that order.
Day-to-Day account of receipt, issue and balance shall be regulated by the
Department and proper account shall be maintained at site of work in the prescribed
form as per the standard practice.
v. All the chemicals shall be procured by the contractor directly from the manufacturer.
In exceptional circumstances, the contractor may be allowed to procure the materials
from the authorized dealers of the manufacturers, if specifically permitted by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
vi. The original copies of Challan / cash memos towards the quantity of various
chemicals procured shall be made available by the contractor at the request from the
Engineer-in- Charge and a copy of the same shall be kept in record.
vii. The Name of manufacturers, manufacturer’s product identification, manufacturer’s
mixing instructions, warning for handling and toxicity and date of manufacturing and
shelf life shall be clearly and legibly mentioned on the labels of the each container.
viii. The contractor shall submit for the chemicals procured, manufacturer’s and / or
authorized dealer’s certificate regarding supplying and verifying conformance to the
material specifications, as specified.
ix. All filled containers shall be handled in safe manner and in a way to avoid breaking
container seals.
x. Empty containers of the chemicals should not be removed from site till the completion
of work and shall be removed only with the written approval of the Engineer-in-
Charge.
xi. All arrangements for measuring, dosing and mixing of material / chemicals at site
have to be made by the contractor.
xii. Contractor shall suitably advise his site Engineers and all the workers as regards safe
handling of chemicals. Necessary protective and safety equipment in form of hand
gloves, goggles etc. shall be provided by the contractor and be also used at site.
xiii. All incidental charges of any kind including cartage, storage and wastage and safe
custody of material etc. shall be borne by the contractor and no claim, whatsoever,
shall be entertained on this account.
xiv. The chemicals shall be tested in an independent laboratory as approved by the
Engineer-in-charge at the frequency as specified. If required, more samples may
have to be tested as per the directions of the Engineer-in-Charge. Nothing extra shall

PART – B : 25
1.60 DE-WATERING
(i) De-watering required, if any, shall be done conforming to BIS Code IS: 9759 (guide
lines for de-watering during construction) and / or as per the specifications approved
by the Engineer-in-Charge. Design of an appropriate and suitable dewatering system
shall be the Contractor’s responsibility. Such scheme shall be modified / augmented
as the work proceeds based on fresh information discovered during the progress of
work, at no extra cost. At all times during the construction work, efficient drainage of
the site shall be carried out by the Contractor and especially during the laying of plain
cement concrete, taking levels etc. The Contractor shall also ensure that there is no
danger to the nearby properties and installations on account of such lowering of water
table. If needed, suitable precautionary measures shall be taken by the Contractor.
Also the scheme of dewatering adopted shall have adequate built in arrangement to
serve as stand-by to attend to repair of pumps etc. and disruption of power / fuel
supply. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
(ii) In trenches where surface water is likely to get into cut / trench during monsoons, a
ring bund of puddle clay or by any other means shall be formed outside, to the
required height, and maintained by the Contractor. Also, suitable steps shall be taken
by the Contractor to prevent back flow of pumped water into the trench. Nothing
1.61 INSURANCE POLICIES
Before commencing the execution of work, the Contractor shall, without in any way
limiting his obligations and liabilities, insure at his own cost and expense against any
damage or loss or injury, which may be caused to any person or property, at site of
work. The Contractor shall obtain and submit to the Engineer-in-Charge proper
Contractor All Risk Insurance Policy for an amount equivalent to contract value for
this work, with Engineer-in-Charge as the first beneficiary. The insurance shall be
obtained in joint names of Engineer-in-Charge and the Contractor (who shall be
second beneficiary). Also, he shall indemnify the Department from any liability during
the execution of the work. Further, he shall obtain and submit to the Engineer-in-
Charge, a third party insurance policy for maximum Rs.10 Lakh for each accident,
with the Engineer-in-Charge as the first beneficiary. The insurance shall be obtained
in joint names of Engineer-in-Charge and the Contractor (who shall be second
beneficiary). The Contractor shall, from time to time, provide documentary evidence
as regards payment of premium for all the Insurance Policies for keeping them valid
till the completion of the work. The Contractor shall ensure that Insurance Policies
are also taken for the workers of his Sub-Contractors / specialized agencies also.
Without prejudice to any of its obligations and responsibilities specified above, the
Contractor shall within 7 days from the date of letter of acceptance of the tender and
thereafter at the end of each quarter submit a report to the Department giving details
of the Insurance Policies along with Certificate of these insurance policies being valid,
along with documentary evidences as required by the Engineer-in-Charge. No work
shall be commenced by the Contractor unless he obtains the Insurance Policies as
mentioned above. Also, no payment shall be made to the Contractor on expiry of
insurance policies unless renewed by the Contractor. Nothing extra shall be payable
on this account. No claim of hindrance (or any other claim) shall be entertained from
the contractor on these accounts.

PART – B : 26
1.62 APPLICABLE PERMITS

1.62.1 The contractor(s) shall give to the Municipality, police and other authorities all
necessary notices etc. that may be required by law and obtain all requisite
licenses for temporary obstructions, enclosures etc. and pay all fee, taxes and
charges which may be levied on account of these operations in executing the
contract. He shall make good any damage to the adjoining property whether
public or private and shall supply and maintain lights either for illumination or for
cautioning the public at night.
1.62.2 The contractor shall ensure that applicable permits mandated by the local bodies
and in case warranted for this work are obtained as required under the Applicable
Laws. An indicative but not exhaustive list of some of the applicable permits are
mentioned below for the guidance of the Contractor.
1.62.3 Consequences on account of failure to obtain the mandatory permits shall be the
sole responsibility of the contractor and no claim whatsoever shall be entertained
by the engineer-in-charge. Any liability incurred by engineer-in-charge on account
of such failure shall be recovered from the amounts / payments due to the
contractor.
• Permission of the State Government for extraction of boulders from quarry;
• Permission of Pollution Control Board for installation of crushers;
• License for use of explosives;
• Permission of the State Government for drawing water from river / reservoir;
• License from Inspector of factories or other competent authority for setting of
Batching Plant;
• Clearance of Pollution Control Board for setting up Batching Plant;
• Clearance of Pollution Control Board for Asphalt Plant;
• Clearance of Pollution Control Board for installation of diesel generator sets;
• Fire safety clearance from fire authorities;
• Permission of State Government for cutting of trees; if any.
• Permit for employing unskilled / semi skilled labour during day / night.
• Permit for disposal of solid waste / excess material or soil,
• Permissions from the public authorities for diversion of utilities including
reinstatement / re-construction to original specifications;
• Approvals for electric supply / distributions;
• Any other permits or clearance required under the Applicable laws.
1.63 Procurement of Centering and Shuttering
The marine ply centering and shuttering and other connected materials required for
shuttering an area of 5,000 sqm ± 10% shall be made available within 45 days of
date of start of work, failing which recovery will be made at the rate of Rs. 5,000/- per
day till the materials are made available at site upto the satisfaction of Engineer-in-
charge. The recovery will be effected in the next running account bill itself. The
material so brought shall not be removed from the site of work, unless all connected
works are completed and approval of Engineer-in-charge is obtained. The decision of
the Engineer-in-charge in this regard shall be final and binding upon the contractor.
1.64 The bidder shall mobilize construction equipment to site of work as per Table within
the time schedule as mentioned in the table.

PART – B : 27
1.65 Sample Room and Sample toilet for non residential building, sample quarter for
residential building incorporating all relevant items including, painting, water supply
and sanitary installations, electrical installations and services shall be completed to
demonstrate their functioning within 365 days from the stipulated date of start.
1.66 The recovery, if any, towards late procurement of centering and shuttering, delay in
submission of construction programs, progress reports, non construction of Lab
building are non refundable.
1.67 It is intended to make our built environment Barrier free and accessible to all. Bidders
are instructed to strictly adhere to the provision contained in Hand Book on Barrier
free and accessibility containing 22 chapters and corresponding provisions of NBC
2016 while incorporating such features in the building. Bidders should visit CPWD
website www.tenderwizard.com/CPWD or www.cpwd.gov.in. Nothing extra shall be
1.68 All efforts will be made to make the payment of running account bills within 15
days of submission of the bill in correct shape and form. However due to any
reason if the payment of running account bills could not be made within this
fifteen days, the contractor cannot claim any hindrance in work on account of
delay in payment. However, In case of delay in payment of intermediate bills after
45 days of submission of bill by the contractor provided the bill submitted by the
contractor found to be in order, a simple interest @ 5% (five percent) per annum shall
be paid to the contractor from the date of expiry of prescribed time limit which will be
compounded on yearly basis
1.69 Samples of all materials being used in the work and sample of work of all items shall
be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge well in advance.
1.70 Two Nos., rooms, each not less than 100 sqm shall be constructed with the
provisions as directed by Engineer-in-charge for keeping approved samples till
completion of the work.
1.71 Earth required for filling in all works like trenches, foundations, Plinth, around building,
road work and other development works shall be of good quality useful for filling as
per CPWD specifications. The available excavated earth suitable for filling shall be
used by the contractor. Excess earth required if any shall be procured from outside
the campus for which nothing extra shall be paid. Surplus excavated earth after filling
as per site conditions to be disposed outside the campus by taking required
permission from concerned Government authority. No extra payment will be made for
the above.
1.72 The safety and security of the completed building is the responsibility of the
contractor till they are handed over to the client department. The Safety and Security
of the buildings including all fixtures and fittings is the responsibility of the contractor
till it is handed over to IISER authorities and nothing extra shall be payable on this
account.
1.73 The contractor has to make his own arrangements for site for labour camp at his own
cost. No land will be provided in the IISER campus for labour sheds.
1.74 The Items of all works are including all operations involved in completing the item of
works. Nothing extra shall be paid unless mentioned in items.

PART – B : 28
1.75 In case of reduction in scope of work no claim on account of reduction in value of

work, loss of expected profit, consequential overheads etc. shall be entertained
1.76 GST or any other tax applicable in respect of inputs procured by the contractor for
this contract shall be payable by the contractor and Govt. will not entertain any claim
whatsoever in respect of the same.
1.77 The bidder should engage sufficient number of Technical and Administrative
employees for the proper execution of the contract. The bidder shall have to submit a
list of these employees stating clearly how these would be involved in this work within
15 days of award of work.
1.78 If any information furnished by the applicant is found to be incorrect at a later stage,
he shall be liable to be debarred from tendering/taking up of works in CPWD. The
department reserves the right to verify the particulars furnished by the applicant
independently.
1.79 The bidder should not have been barred / black listed by the central / State
Government, or any entity controlled by it, from participating in any tender, and the
bar subsists as on the Bid Due Date, such bidder would not be eligible to submit the
BID.
1.80 The testing charges of all materials including steel, cement, bricks, tiles, doors,
aluminium, wood works items etc shall be borne by the contractor including all
incidental charges like cost of materials, packing and transportation etc. This
condition will supersede if anywhere in this document it is mentioned that the testing
charges shall be paid by the department.
1.81 Compliance of directives of Hon’ble National Green tribunal (NGT) dated 04.12.2014
and 10.04.2015 and EIA guidance manual issued in February 2010. The contractor
shall comply with following guidelines on the matter in pursuance of orders passed by
Hon’ble National Green Tribunal.
i. The contractor shall not store / dump construction material or debris on metalled
road.
ii. The contractor shall get prior approval from Engineer-in-charge for the area where
the construction material or debris can be stored beyond the metalled road. This area
shall not cause any obstruction to the free flow of traffic / inconvenience to the
pedestrians. It should be ensured by the contractor that no accidents occur on
account of such permissible storage.
iii. The contractor shall take appropriate protection measures like raising wind breakers
of appropriate height on all sides of the plot/area using CGI sheets or plastic and/or
other similar material to ensure that no construction material dust fly outside the plot
area.
iv. The contractor shall ensure that all the trucks or vehicles of any kind which are used
for construction purposes or are carrying construction material like cement, sand and
other allied material are fully covered. The contractor shall take every necessary
precautions that the vehicles are properly cleaned and dust free to ensure that en-
route their destination, the dust, sand or any other particles are not released in
air/contaminate air.
v. The contractor shall provide mask to every worker working on the construction site
and involved in loading, unloading and carriage of construction material and
construction debris to prevent inhalation of dust particles.

PART – B : 29
vi. The contractor shall provide all medical help, investigation and treatment to the
workers involved in the construction of building and carry of construction material and
debris relatable to dust emission.
vii. The contractor shall ensure that C&D waste is transported to the C&D waste site only
and due record shall be maintained by the contractor.
viii. The contractor shall compulsory use of wet jet in grinding and stone cutting.
ix. The contractor shall comply all the preventive and protective environmental steps as
started in the MoEF guidelines, 2010.
x. The contractor shall carry out on-road-inspection for black smoke generating
machinery. The contractor shall use cleaner fuel. The contractor shall ensure that all
DG sets comply emission norms notified by MoEF.
xi. The contractor shall use vehicles having pollution under control certificate. The
emissions can be reduced by a large extent by reducing the speed of a vehicle to 20
kmph. Speed bumps shall be used to ensure speed reduction. In cases where speed
reduction cannot effectively reduce fugitive dust, the contractor shall divert traffic to
nearby paved areas.
xii. The contractor shall ensure that the construction material is covered by tarpaulin. The
contractor shall take all other precaution to ensure that no dust particles are permitted
to pollute air quality as a result of such storage.
xiii. Nothing shall be paid extra for fulfilling of all the above conditions.
xiv. The contractor has to make demo of Form finished / Fair faced concrete wall for any
one of the building and get it approved by the Engineer-in-charge before execution of
Form finished/Fair faced concrete Works.
1.82. Atleast 3.00 mts height pre-coated G.I corrugated sheet barricading shall be provided
at Site by the contractor. The barricading around each building for restricted entry to
only those involved in the work and also for safety and security, keeping in view good
aesthetics of the campus. The barricading panels shall be painted and “CPWD” logo
should be made in suitable size, shapes and number as directed by Engineer-in-
charge. It shall be dismantled and taken away by the contractor after completion of
the work at his own cost with the permission of Engineer-in-charge.
1.83. The initial levels shown in the layout plan are indicative and the actual ground levels
may vary with the levels shown in the layout plan. The correctness of the levels must
be ascertained by the contractor before quoting the tender. No claim due to difference
in ground levels as per layout plan and as per actual on ground shall be entertained.
Nothing extra shall be paid due to difference in ground levels as per layout plan and
as per actual on ground.
1.84. Appropriate Electrical License shall have to be produced issued by the competent
authority in the name of the contractor.
1.85. White cement slurry shall be applied over cement mortar base for all Granite works in
flooring. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
1.86. In order to maintain uniformity of the shade / colour of the exposed RCC, the source
of materials like aggregate and sand used in RCC works shall be consistent and the
cement shall be procured from a single manufacturer as far as possible.

PART – B : 30
1.87. If Shahabad stone flooring is mentioned in the Specifications of any buildings,

Drawings or any other place, the same shall be read as not less than 20 mm thick
Gang saw cut granite of approved colour and shade.
1.88. Additional thickness of mortar / concrete laid below floorings to match the level of the
flooring to the Architectural levels shown in the drawings shall be deemed to be
inclusive in the contract and nothing extra shall be payable on any account
whatsoever.
1.89. In any case, if the thickness of the bed below the granite / Kota stone/ Vitrified /
ceramic tile flooring material is more than 30 mm, cement concrete leveling course
shall be laid using coarse aggregate of suitable size and of mix not leaner than M10
1.90. In some buildings, race ways for electrical wiring may have to be laid below the floor
finish. In such case a cement concrete layer of required thickness to conceal the race
ways with a mix not leaner than M10 shall be laid below the floor finish and the cost
of the same shall be deemed to be inclusive in the contract and nothing extra shall be
payable on any account whatsoever.
1.91. Documentation of Hinderances
Whenever any hinderance on the part of department or beyond the control of the
contractor, causing delay in the works comes to the notice of contractor, he should at
once make a report to the Engineer in Charge through CPWD website following the
process mentioned hereunder.
i. The contractor has to register himself through a registration form, available on
CPWD website under “Contractors Login” tab. After registration, user ID and
Password will be automatically generated and sent on his registered mobile and
email ID. Using this User ID and Password, he can access the module and view all
the works which are being carried out by him in CPWD and he can register the
hinderance against any particular work. After recording hinderance by the
contractor, it will be visible to all concerned officers of that work. An alert through
text message and email will be sent to the Engineer-in-charge.
ii. In case of receipt of any occurrence of hinderance from the contractor through the
CPWD Website, the Engineer-in-charge shall within 4 days shall take appropriate
action and record his decision. The decision will be visible to the contractor under
“Decission of Engineer-in-Charge”.
1.92. Independent External Monitors (IEM) shall be appointed by the Superintending
Engineer and Project Director, ISER Project Circle, CPWD, Tirupati for monitoring of
Integrity Pact. The IEM shall be appointed from the approved panel of CVC.

PART – B : 31
2.0 SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR CEMENT BROUGHT BY THE CONTRACTOR

The contractor shall procure pozzolana Portland Cement (PPC) conforming to
relevant IS code as required in the work from reputed manufacturers of cement such
as ACC, Ultratech, Shree Cement, Ambuja, Jaypee Cement, Vikarm, Centuary, J.K.
Cement, Penna Cement, Bharati cement etc., Supply of cement shall be taken in
50kg bags bearing manufacturer’s name and ISI marking or in containers as
approved by Engineer –in-charge. Samples of cement arranged by the contractor
shall be taken by the Engineer-in-Charge and got tested in accordance with
provisions of relevant BIS codes. In case test results indicate that the cement
arranged by the contractor does not conform to the relevant BIS codes, the same
shall stand rejected and shall be removed from the site by the contractor at his own
cost within a week’s time of written order from the Engineer-in-Charge to do so. If the
contractor uses Ordinary Portland Cement (OPC) instead of Pozzolana Portland
Cement (PPC) nothing extra shall be paid.
The cement of approved make as aforesaid bearing manufacturers name and ISI
marking, along with manufacturers test certificate for each lot shall be procured by the
contractor. It shall be noted that, if the contractor uses higher grade of cement,
nothing extra shall be paid.
i. The cement shall be brought at site in bulk supply of approximately 50 tonnes or
as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.
ii. The cement godown of the capacity to store a minimum of 1 month requirement
shall be constructed by the contractor at site of work for which no extra payment
shall be made. The contractor shall be responsible for the watch and ward and
safety of the cement godown. The contractor shall facilitate the inspection of the
cement godown by the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representatives.
iii. The cement shall be got tested by the Engineer-in-Charge and shall be used on
the work only after satisfactory test results have been received. The contractor
shall supply free of charge the cement required for testing including its
transportation cost to testing laboratories.
iv. Cement brought to site and cement remaining unused after completion of work
shall not be removed from site without written permission of the Engineer-in-
charge.
v. Damaged cement shall be removed from the site immediately by the contractor on
receipt of a notice in writing from the Engineer-in-charge. If he does not do so
within 3 days of receipt of such notice, the Engineer-in-charge shall get it removed
at the cost of the contractor.
vi. The cement bags shall be stacked on proper floors consisting of two layers of dry
bricks laid on well consolidated earth at a level of at least one foot above ground.
The stacks shall be in rows of 2 and 10 bags high with minimum of 0.6m clear.
Bags should be placed horizontally continuous in each line. Actual size / shape of
godown shall be as per site requirement and nothing extra shall be paid on this
account. The decision of Engineer-in-charge regarding capacity shall be final.
vii. Cement register for the cement shall be maintained at site. The account of daily
receipts and issues of cement shall be maintained in the register in the proforma
prescribed and signed daily by contractor or his authorized agent.
viii. The contractor has to make separate arrangements for storage facilities for OPC,

PART – B : 32
PPC and bulk supply in containers. The storage facility shall be good enough to
preserve the cement without any damage and as per the direction of Engineer-in-
charge. The safety and security is the total responsibility of the contractor.
ix. The testing charges shall be borne by the contractor including all incidental
charges like cost of cement, packing and transportation etc.
x. The contractor shall have to obtain and furnish test certificates to the Engineer-in-
Charge in respect of all supplies of cement brought by him to the site of work.
xi. The contractor shall furnish to the department all the purchase invoices for cement
for every consignment.

PART – B : 33
3.0 SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR STEEL BROUGHT BY THE CONTRACTOR

3.1 The Contractor shall procure IS marked TMT bars of various grades from the steel
manufactures or their authorized dealers.
3.2 The contractor shall have to obtain and furnish test certificates to the Engineer-in-
Charge in respect of all supplies of steel brought by him to the site of work.
3.3 Samples shall also be taken and got tested by the Engineer-in-Charge as per the
provisions in this regard in relevant BIS codes. In case the test results indicate that
the steel arranged by the contractor does not conform to the specifications, the same
shall stand rejected, and it shall be removed from the site of work by the contractor at
his cost within a week time on written orders from Engineer-in-Charge to do so.
3.4 The steel reinforcement bars shall be brought to the site in bulk supply of 10 tonnes
or more or as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.
3.5 The steel reinforcement bars shall be stored by the contractor at site of work in such
away as to prevent their distortion and corrosion, and nothing extra shall be paid on
this account. Bars of different sizes and lengths shall be stored separately to facilitate
easy counting and checking.
3.6 For checking nominal mass, tensile strength, bend test, re-bend test etc. specimens
of sufficient length shall be cut from each size of the bar at random, and at frequency
not less than that specified below:
For Consignment For Consignment

Size of bar
below 100 tonnes above 100 tonnes
Under 10 mm One sample for each 25 One sample for each 40 tonnes
dia Bars tonnes or part thereof or part thereof
10 mm to 16 One sample for each 35 One sample for each 45 tonnes
mm dia bars tonnes or part thereof or part thereof
Over 16 mm One sample for each 45 One sample for each 60 tonnes
dia bars tonnes or part thereof or part thereof
3.7 The contractor shall supply free of charge the steel required for testing including its
transportation to testing laboratories. The cost of tests shall be borne by the
contractor.
3.8 The steel brought to site and the steel remaining unused shall not be removed from
site without the written permission of the Engineer-in-Charge.
3.9 Weights being calculated with the help of table 5.4 in para 5.3.4 of CPWD
Specifications 2009 (Volume-I). However, for Thermo mechanically treated bars the
following procedure shall be adopted.
The average sectional weight for each diameter shall be arrived at from samples from
each lot of steel received at site. The actual weight of steel issued shall be modified
to take in to account the variation between the actual and the standard coefficient
given in table 5.4 and the contractors account will be debited by the cost of modified
quantity only. The decision of the Engineer- in -charge shall be final for the procedure
to be followed for determining the average sectional weight of each lot. Quantity of

PART – B : 34
each diameter of steel received at site of work each day will constitute one single lot
for this purpose.
3.10 The contractor shall furnish to the department all the purchase invoices for steel for
every consignment.

PART – B : 35
SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR GREEN BUILDINGS
1.0 The work is aimed for minimum GRIHA LD 4 star rating. To obtain minimum GRIHA
LD 4 star rating the contractor shall ensure to execute the work in a befitting manner
to obtain the targeted GRIHA rating. In case of non compliance of the following
conditions, a recovery will be imposed, which will be recovered from the immediate
next running account bill of the Contractor. The recovery amount shall be decided by
the Superintending Engineer cum Project Director, IISER-PC, CPWD, Tirupati and
shall be binding on the contractor.
2.0 Special conditions for GRIHA rating:-
2.1 The contractor shall prepare scheme for the approval of Engineer–in-charge for
obtaining GRIHA LD rating in the criteria relevant to the execution of work.
2.2 The contractor shall plan and execute the work in a manner to preserve and protect
the landscape during construction and shall arrange the materials / equipment and
follow the procedure as per GRIHA LD rating requirement as applicable.
2.3 All the mandatory criteria of GRIHA LD and additional conditions for Green Building
practices are to be necessarily followed.
2.4 The contractor shall comply with NBC-2016 norms on construction safety, health and
sanitation as per GRIHA LD rating system.
2.5 The construction activity shall be done in a befitting manner and the contractor shall
adopt measures to prevent air pollution at site in compliance with GRIHA LD rating as
applicable.
2.6 The contractor shall comply with all the instructions and schemes for execution
of Green building.
2.7 Nothing shall be paid extra for fulfilling of all the above conditions.
2.8 Construction Stage
i. Construction Vehicles, Equipment and Machinery All vehicles, equipment and
machinery to be procured for construction shall conform to the relevant Bureau of
India Standard (BIS) norms.
ii. Emission from the vehicles must conform to environmental norms.
iii. Dust produced from the vehicular movement and other site activities is to be
mitigated by sprinkling of water.
iv. Noise limits for construction equipments shall not exceed 75 dB(A), measured at one
meter from the edge of the equipment in free area, as specified in the Environment
Protection Act,1986, schedule VI part E, as amended on 9th May, 1993. The
maximum noise levels near the construction site should be limited to 65 dB (A) Leq (5
min) in project area.
v. Contractor is required to get existing top soil tested for fertility. If test finds it fertile,
then top soil preservation is required. For preservation, top layer of soil (150 mm -
200 mm from the top) must be stripped off the site areas where construction activity
will be carried out and kept separately for preservation. The preserved top soil must
not be mixed with sub-soil (soil excavated below 150 mm – 200 mm depth). The top
soil should be preserved from erosion by wind / rain water by planting plants or grass
on it. The preserved top soil stack height should not be more than 400 mm – 600 mm.

PART – B : 36
The area used for preserved top soil should be barricaded from all the sides &
nothing should be dumped on it during the construction process. There should be
regular water sprinkling on the preserved top soil for its compaction & to maintain its
fertility by adding organic manure as per the direction of horticulturist. Top-soil fertility
test must be carried out before preservation and post construction to ensure and
maintain its fertility. The soil fertility should be enhanced by organic means only if
required. Preserved top soil must be spread back to landscaped areas after the
construction activity is completed as per the direction of site in charge. Top soil
fertility test must be done from an ICAR or NABL accredited laboratory for the
following parameters.
Ph value., Mineral Content, Organic Matter (%), Nitrogen (kg/Hec), Phosphorus
(kg/Hec), Potassium (kg/Hec), Free Lime content (%), Iron (ppm), Manganese (ppm),
Bauxite (ppm), Copper (ppm), Texture (%), Bulk Density (Mg/m3), Particle Density
(Mg/m3), Maximum Water Holding Capacity (%), Exchangeable Sodium (Mg/100g)
2.9 Construction Waste Disposal
i. The pre-identified dump locations will be a part of solid waste management plan to be
prepared by the Contractor in consultation with Engineer-in-charge.
ii. Contractor shall get approved the location of disposal site prior to commencement of
the excavation on any section of the project location.
iii. Contractor shall ensure that any spoils of material / construction waste will not be
disposed off in any municipality solid waste collection bins.
iv. Procurement of Construction Materials
v. All vehicles delivering construction materials to the site shall be covered to avoid
spillage of materials and maintain cleanliness of the roads.
vi. Wheel tyres of all vehicles used by of the contractor, or any of his sub contractor or
materials suppliers shall be cleaned and washed clear of all dust/mud before entering
and leaving the project premises. This shall be done by routing the vehicles through
tyre washing tracks to be built at all vehicular entrances and exits of site during
construction.
vii. Contractor shall arrange for regular water sprinkling at least twice a day (i.e. morning
and evening) for dust suppression of the construction sites and unpaved roads used
by his construction vehicles.
2.10 Water Pollution
i. The Contractor shall take all precautionary measures to prevent the waste water
during construction to accumulate anywhere.
ii. The waste water arising from the project is to be disposed off in the manner that is
acceptable to the Engineer –in-charge.
2.11 Air and Noise Pollution
Contractor shall use dust screens and sprinkle water around the construction site to
arrest spreading of dust in the air and surrounding areas.
i. Contractor shall ensure that all vehicles, equipment and machinery used for
construction are regularly maintained and confirm that emission levels comply with
environmental emission standards/norms.

PART – B : 37
ii. For controlling the noise from Vehicles, Plants and Equipments, the Contractor shall
confirm the following:
a. All vehicles and equipment used in construction will be fitted with exhaust silencers.
b. Servicing of all construction vehicles and machinery will be done regularly and
during routine servicing operations, the effectiveness of exhaust silencers will be
checked and if found defective will be replaced.
c. Noise emission from compactors (rollers) front loaders, concrete mixers, cranes
(movable), vibrators and saws should be less than 75 dB(A).
d. As per the standards / guidelines for control of Noise Pollution from Stationary
Diesel Generator (DG) sets, noise emission in db(A) from DG Set (15-500 KVA)
should be less than 94+10 log10 (KVA). The standards also suggest construction of
acoustic enclosure around the DG Set and provision of proper exhaust muffler with
insertion loss of minimum 25 db(A) as mandatory.
2.12 Personal Safety Measures for Labour
Contractor shall provide the following items for safety of workers employed by
contractor and associate agencies:
i. Protective footwear / helmet and gloves to all workers employed for the work
on mixing, cement, lime mortars, concrete etc., and openings in water
pipeline/sewer line.
ii. Welder’s protective eye-shields to workers who are engaged in welding works.
iii. Safety helmet and Safety harness / belt : Provide adequate sanitation / safety
facilities for construction workers to ensure health and safety of the workers during
construction, with effective provisions for the basic facilities such as sanitation,
drinking water and safety equipment or machinery.
iv. All the workers should be wearing helmet and shoes all the time on site.
v. Masks and gloves should be worn whenever and wherever required.
vi. Adequate drinking water facility should be provided at site, adequate number of
decentralized latrines and urinals to be provided for construction workers.
vii. Full time workers (if any with the approval of Engineer-in-Charge) residing onsite
should be provided with clean and adequate temporary hutment. The hutment must
have minimum clear height of 2700 mm and adequate provision for daylight and
ventilation. The hutment should also not have any sharp edges on the doors,
openings etc to prevent any accidental hurt to labour.
viii. First aid facility should also be provided.
ix. Overhead lifting of heavy materials should be avoided. Barrow wheel and hand-lift
boxes should be used to transport materials onsite.
x. Tobacco and cigarette smoking should be prohibited onsite.
xi. All dangerous parts of machinery are well guarded and all precautions for working on
machinery are taken.
xii. Maintain hoists and lifts, lifting machines, chains, ropes and other lifting tackles
in good condition. Provide safety net of adequate strength to arrest falling material
down below.
xiii. Use of durable and reusable form work systems to replace timber form work and
ensure that form work where used is properly maintained.
xiv. Ensure that walking surfaces or boards at height are of sound construction and are

PART – B : 38
provided with safety rails and belts. Provide protective equipments such as helmets.
xv. Provide measure to prevent fire. Fire extinguisher and buckets of sand to be provided
in fire-prone area and elsewhere.
xvi. Provide sufficient and suitable light for working during night.
xvii. Ensure that measures to protect workers from materials of construction,
transportation, storage and other dangers and health hazards are taken.
xviii. Ensure that the construction firm / division / company have sound safety policies.
xix. Comply with the safety procedure, norms and guidelines (as applicable) as outlined in
NBC 2016 (BIS 2005).
xx. Adopt additional best practices and prescribed norms as in NBC 2016 (BIS2005).
2.13 Identify roads on-site that would be used for vehicular traffic. Update vehicular roads (if
these are unpaved), by increasing the surface strength by improving particle size,
shape and mineral type that make up the surface base. Add surface gravel to reduce
source of dust emission. Limit amount of fine particles (smaller than 0.075mm) to 10 -
20%. Limit vehicular speed on site 10km/h. Nothing extra will be payable for this.
2.14 All dusty raw material storages like sand, stone dust cement, aggregates etc should be
adequately covered and contained so that they are not exposed to situations where
winds on site could lead to dust / particulate emissions.
2.15 Ensure that water spraying is carried out by wetting the surface by spraying water on:
i. Any dusty material.
ii. Areas where demolition work is carried out.
iii. Any unpaved main-haul road and
iv. Areas where excavation or earth moving activities are to be carried out.
2.16 The contractor shall ensure the following:
i. Cover and enclose the site by providing dust screen, sheeting or netting to scaffold
along the perimeter of a building.
ii. Covering stockpiles of dusty material with impervious sheeting.
iii. Covering dusty load on vehicles by impervious sheeting before they leave the site.
iv. Transferring, handling / storing dry loose materials like bulk cement and dry
pulverized fly ash inside a totally enclosed system.
v. Spills of dirt or dusty materials shall be cleaned up promptly so that the spilled
material does not become a source of fugitive dust and also to prevent seepage of
pollutant laden water into the ground aquifers. When cleaning up the spill, ensure that
the clean-up process does not generate additional dust. Similarly, spilled concrete
slurries or liquid wastes should be contained / cleaned up immediately before they
can infiltrate into the soil / ground or run-off in nearby areas.
vi. Clear vegetation only from areas where work will start right away within a designated
& fenced construction area.
2.17 Adopt measures to prevent air pollution in the vicinity of the site due to construction
activities. There is no standard reference for this. The best practices should be
followed (as adopted from international best practice documents and codes).
2.18 Provide sheet covering / barricading of boundary of construction areas of individual
buildings on-site of not less than 3 m height including next to a road or other public
area. The construction area around the building under construction should not be

PART – B : 39
more than 10 m from the building perimeter to reduce site disturbance & harm to
existing flora & fauna on site. Nothing extra will be paid for this.
2.29 The contractor shall provide experienced personnel with suitable training to ensure
that these methods are implemented. Prior to the commencement of any work, the
method of working, plant equipment and air pollution control system to be used on–
site should be made available for inspection and approval of the Engineer–in-Charge
to ensure that these are suitable for the project.
2.20 Employ measures to segregate the waste on-site into inert, chemical or hazardous
wastes. Recycle the unused chemical / hazardous wastes such as oil, paint, batteries
and asbestos. The inert waste is to be disposed off to Municipal Corporation / local
bodies dump yard and landfill sites as per the approval of Site Engineer in charge.
2.21 To preserve the existing landscape and protect it from degradation during the process
of construction. Select proper timing for construction activity to minimize the
disturbance such as soil pollution due to spilling of the construction material and its
mixing with rainwater. The construction management plan including soil erosion
control management plan, storm water management plan, sedimentation control plan
shall be prepared accordingly for each month. The application of erosion control
measures includes construction of gravel pits and tyre washing bays of approved size
and specification for all vehicular site entry / exits, protection of slopes greater than
10%. Sedimentation Collection System and run-off diversion systems shall be in
place before the commencement of construction activity and the same be maintained
throughout the construction process. Preserve and protect the existing vegetation by
not-disturbing or damaging to specified site areas during construction.
2.22 The Contractor should follow the construction plan as proposed by the Engineer-in-
charge / landscape consultant to minimize the site disturbance such as soil pollution
due to spilling. Use staging and spill prevention and control plan to restrict the spilling
of the contaminating material on site.
2.23 Spill prevention and control plans should clearly state measures to stop the source of
the spill, measures to contain the spill and measures to dispose the contaminated
material and hazardous wastes. It should also state the designation of personnel
trained to prevent and control spills. Hazardous wastes include pesticides, paints,
cleaners and petroleum products.
2.24 A soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan (ESCP) should be prepared prior to
construction and should be applied effectively.
2.25 The contractor shall prepare and submit “Spill prevention and control plans” before
the start of construction, clearly stating measures to stop the source of the spill, to
contain the spill, to dispose the contaminated material and hazardous wastes and
stating designation of personnel trained to prevent and control spills. Hazardous
wastes include pesticides, paints, cleaners, and petroleum products.
2.26 The contractor shall ensure that no construction leaches (e.g. cement slurry) are
allowed to percolate into the ground. Adequate precautions are to be taken to
safeguard against this, including reduction of wasteful curing processes, collection,
basic filtering and reuse. The contractor shall follow requisite measures for collecting
drainage water run-off from construction areas and material storage sites and
diverting water flow away from such polluted areas. Temporary drainage channels,

PART – B : 40
perimeter dike / swale, etc. shall be constructed to carry the pollutant laden water
directly to the treatment plant or facility (municipal sewer line).
2.27 All lighting installed by the contractor around the site and at the labour quarters during
construction shall be with LED bulbs of appropriate illumination levels. This condition
is a must, unless specifically prescribed otherwise.
2.28 All paints, adhesives and sealants should comply with the VOC limits prescribed by
GRIHA.
Maximum VOC Limit

Description
(g/l less water)
ADHESIVES
Architectural Applications
Indoor Carpet Adhesives 50
Carpet Pad Adhesives 50
Wood floor Adhesive 100
Rubber floor Adhesive 60
Ceramic Tile Adhesive 65
VCT and Asphalt Adhesive 50
Dry wall and panel Adhesive 50
Structural Glazing adhesive 100
Multipurpose Construction Adhesive 70
Specialty Applications
PVC Welding 510
Top & Trim Adhesive 250
Contact Adhesive 80
Special Purpose Contact 250
Substrate Specific Applications

Metal to Metal 30
Plastic foams 50
Maximum VOC Limit

Description
(g/l less water)
Porous material (except wood) 50
Wood 30
Fibre Glass 80
SEALANTS
PVC Welding 250
Top & Trim Adhesive 300

PART – B : 41
Contact Adhesive 250

Special Purpose Contact Adhesive 420
PAINTS
Non-flat 150 g/L
Flat (Mat) 50 g/L
Anti-corrosive/anti -rust 250 g/L
COATINGS
Clear Wood Finishes
Varnish 350 g/L
Lacquer 550 g/L
Floor Coatings 100 g/L
Stains 250 g/L
Sealers
Waterproofing sealers 250 g/L
Sanding sealer 275 g/L
Other sealer 200 g/L
2.29 All the building materials and systems used on site must be as per the specifications
and approved makes by the Engineer-In-Charge.
2.30 All required certificates explaining the properties of the building material/system
needs to be obtained from the manufacturer/vendor as required by the green building
rating authority. The final certificates would be produced after the approval of green
building consultant with necessary due diligence. The purchase orders of all the
materials made with the manufacturers / authorized vendors should be maintained
and shall be provided for the process with due diligence upon request.
2.31 Water saving measures as suggested by the consultants need to be followed on site.
If bore well water is used for construction, it must be metered. For waste water use in
construction, record must be maintained of all tankers used at site. All sources of
water use during construction must be regularly monitored.
2.32 The contractor / subcontractor shall prepare and submit a Site Management
Plan (SMP) within 10 days of start, for approval by the Engineer –in-charge. This
SMP shall indicate the locations of godown, stockpiles, barricading, waste storage,
offices, vehicular movement routes etc. In short this SMP would comprehensively
represent how the site activities shall be managed conforming to GRIHA guidelines.
Contractor will be penalized @ Rs. 1,000/- per day of delay on non-submission of
SMP beyond due date to be recovered from next RA bill.
2.33 Any other site management measures suggested by the Engineer-in-charge / green
building consultant shall be followed on site.
2.34 The contractor & his team shall put adequate efforts to minimize construction waste
generation at site. This shall include collection and segregation of all construction

PART – B : 42
waste at site like broken bricks, tiles, glass, pavers, Steel scrap, Concrete debris,
Plastic bags, drums, packaging cardboard, Timber scrap, Cement bags etc.
2.35 The contractor must keep record of all the construction waste being recycled or
reused at site and also maintain receipts/records of waste sold from site. The
contractor must ensure that no waste from the site is sent to landfill sites, either all
waste is reused within the site or sent for recycling. Track the waste sent off the site
to its final destination. Contractor must keep record as gate passes / challans for all
the waste material sent out for selling.
2.36 The contractor shall submit to the Engineer –in-Charge after construction of the
buildings, a detailed as built quantification of the following within 10 days of recording
of completion.
i. Total materials used
ii. Total waste generated,
iii. Total waste reused,
iv. Total water used,
v. Total electricity consumed, and
vi. Total diesel consumed.
2.37 Evidence for the implementation of the all the above required measures shall
be provided to the Engineer-in-Charge in the form of photographs and templates as
required which is required for the submission to the green building rating authority
(GRIHA).
2.38 The contractor is required to submit following documents for GRIHA submission to
achieve rating in due time.
Submission
Project Stage
No.
1 Excavation Work Completed
2 Above Ground Structure 50% Completed
3 Structure Work 90% completed
4 Masonry Work 90% completed
Submission
Project Stage
No.
5 Roof Insulation 100% completed
6 Interior Finishing 90% Completed
(Flooring, False ceiling, Wall Tiles, Wall Panelling, painting, polishing etc.,)
7 Low Side HVAC 90% completed
8 High Side HVAC 100% completed
9 External Glazing 100% Completed
10 Electrical Works 90% completed
(Installation of Interior & exterior lighting, transformers, LT panels, energy
meters etc.,)

PART – B : 43
Submission
Project Stage
No.
11 STP Installation & commissioning completed
12 Renewable Energy Systems Installation completed
(Solar PV Panels, Solar Water heaters etc.,)
13 Outdoor Paving completed 100%
(Open Parking, Footpath, Internal Roads etc.,)
14 Landscape Plantation 100% Completed
(Trees, Plants, Grass, Ground Covers, Shrubs etc.,)
15 Project completion & All Electrical, Mechanical & Plumbing equipment
commissioning
S.
Documents List Submission
No.
1 Site Management Plan highlighting following strategies 1,2,3,4,6,13,15
i. Excavation area for building foundations.
ii. Extent of construction activity area on site
iii. Area of stacked Top soil for preservation & its
quantity in cubic meters
iv. Labour hutment & No. of workers (men / women)
v. Drinking water near construction area and labour
hutments
vi. Toilets for gents and ladies near construction area
and labour hutments
vii. Creche facility for children of the labour
viii. Fencing along perimeter of the site
ix. Storm water drainage within site
x. Storm water collection & sedimentation pit
xi. Vehicle wheel wash pit
xii. First aid facility
xiii. Location of DG sets
xiv. Location of all existing trees preserved at site
xv. Batching Plant location
xvi. Cement Store location
xvii. Raw material storage like steel, aggregates, sand,
stone dust, chemicals, bricks, concrete blocks, AAC
Blocks, stone, tiles, paint drums, false ceiling, etc.
xviii. Segregated waste collection areas for steel scrap,
empty cement bags, empty chemical drums, broken
bricks, scrap wood etc

PART – B : 44
S.
Documents List Submission
No.
2 Photographs of the above site management strategies 1,2,3,4,6,13,15
3 Photographs of construction waste materials segregated & 1,2,3,4,6,13,15
collected at site
4 Purchase invoices of cement, Bricks, AAC blocks, Fly-ash 2,3,4,15
bricks, concrete blocks etc
5 Purchase invoices of all interior finishing materials like 6,15
flooring stone / tiles, false ceiling, wall panelling, Paints,
polishes, wall tiles etc.,
6 Purchase invoices of flush doors, fire rated doors, window 6,15
frames & window glass
7 Purchase invoices & technical cut-sheets of roof insulation, 5,7,8,15
Duct & Pipe insulation
8 Cement test reports highlighting fly ash content 2,3,4,6,15
9 Test reports of drinking water at site 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,
10,11,12,13,14,15
10 Air quality test report’s for site 1,2,3,4,6,9,13,14,15
11 Manufacturers certificate of fly-ash content in flash bricks, 2,3,4,15
AAC blocks, concrete blocks etc.,
12 Purchase invoices & technical cut-sheets of Glass used in 9
project windows / exteriors
13 Site challans highlighting quantity of all sold scrap from site 2,3,4,5,6,7,,9,10,11,1
like steel, waste wood, plastic drums, empty cement bags, 3,15
broken glass, aluminium etc.,
14 Photographs of construction waste materials reused within 2,3,4,5,6,7,,9,10,11,1
site like broken bricks, broken tiles, stone cutting, concrete 3,15
debris etc.,
15 Purchase invoices & technical cut-sheets of Renewable 12
Energy Systems
16 Photographs of Renewable Energy Systems installed in the 12
project
17 Test report of STP treated water 11
18 Digital copies of Mechanical, Electrical & Plumbing 15
equipment commissioning reports, Operation & Maintenance
Manuals & Annual Maintenance Contracts
19 Purchase invoices of landscape trees, plans, shrubs & 14
ground covers
20 Photographs of Landscape trees, plants, shrubs & ground 14
covers

PART – B : 45
ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS AND PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS
1.0 ADDITIONAL conditions and particular specification for R.C.C. WORK (DESIGN
MIX CONCRETE )
The contractor shall establish minimum 2 Nos., fully automatic batching plants of
production capacity not less than 30 cum per hour as approved by the Engineer-
in-charge
(Before start of RCC work concrete Mix Design shall be got done by the contractor
from a NABL accredited laboratory / IIT / NIT / JNTU laboratory with the approval of
Engineer-in-Charge. The RCC Work shall be carried out as per the Mix Design
approved by the Engineer-in-charge)
GENERAL :
1.1 The RCC work shall be done with Design Mix Concrete. Wherever letter M has been
indicated, the same shall imply for the Design Mix Concrete. The Design Mix
Concrete shall be as per IS : 4926 and as per CPWD Specifications and guidelines.
For the nominal mix in RCC, CPWD specification shall be followed. The Design Mix
Concrete will be designed based on the principles given in IS : 456, 10262 and SP
23. The contractor shall carry out design mixes for each class of concrete indicating
that the concrete ingredients and proportions will result in concrete mix meeting
requirements specified. The cement shall be actually weighed as presumption of
each bag having 50 kg shall not be allowed. In case of use of admixture, the mix
shall be designed with these ingredients as well. The specification mentioned herein
below shall be followed for Design Mix Concrete.
INGREDIENTS
i. Coarse Aggregate :- As per CPWD Specifications
ii. Fine Aggregate :- As per CPWD Specifications.
iii. Water :- As per requirements laid down in IS 456-2000 and CPWD specifications.
iv. Cement : Cement arranged by the contractor will be PPC conforming to
relevant IS code.
1.2 Admixture : Type of Admixture shall be got approved from Engineer-in-Charge.
Admixtures of approved quality shall be mixed with concrete to achieve the desired
workability within specified water cement ratio. The admixture shall conform to IS
9103. The chloride content in the admixture shall satisfy the requirement of BS 5075.
The total amount of chlorides in the admixture mixed concrete shall also satisfy the
requirements of IS 456-2000.
1.3 Grade of concrete : The characteristic compressive strength of various grades of
concrete shall be given as below :-

PART – B : 46
Specified
Compressive Minimum
characteristic Maximum
Sl. Grade strength on 15 cm cement
compressive water cement
No Designation cubes @ min. 7 content*
2 strength ratio
days (N/mm ) 2 (kg per cum)
@ 28 days (N/mm )
(i) M-20 As per Design 20 300 As per IS 456
(ii) M-25 As per Design 25 330 As per IS 456
(iii) M-30 As per Design 30 340 As per IS 456

(iv) M-35 As per Design 35 350 As per IS 456
(v) M-40 As per Design 40 360 As per IS 456
1.4 The Concrete mix will be designed for minimum workability as specified in para 7 of
IS–456-2000
WORKABILITY OF CONCRETE
(unless otherwise specified elsewhere or as decided by the engineer-in-charge.
Placing Conditions Degree of Slump (mm)

Workability
(1) (2) (3)
Lightly reinforced sections in slabs, beams, walls, Low 25-75
columns
Heavily reinforced sections in slabs, beams, walls, Medium 50-100
columns.
Pumped concrete Medium 75-100
1.5 The recommended values of slump for various members to confirm IS 456
1.6 In the designation of concrete mix letter M refers to the mix and the number to the
specified characteristic compressive strength of 15 cm – Cube at 28 days expressed
in N/mm2
1.7 The concrete design mix with or without admixture and the specified quantity of
cementitous material will be got carried out by the contractor from any NABL
accredited laboratory / IIT / NIT / JNTU laboratory as per the direction of Engineer-In-
Charge.
1.8 For such approval various ingredients for mix design as submitted by the contractor
shall be sent to the lab / test houses through the Engineer-In-Charge and got it tested
in approved laboratories as may be decided by the Engineer-in-charge. Samples of
aggregates sent shall be preserved at site by the department for each different set of
Coarse aggregates & Fine aggregates. Fresh design shall be got done and approved
by the Department. The admixture if used by contractor shall be at his own cost
without any extra payment.
1.9 Cement means pozzolana Portland cement.
1.10 In case of change of source or characteristic properties of the ingredients used in the
concrete mix during the work, a revised laboratory mix design report conducted in
approved by Engineer-In-Charge shall be submitted by the contractor as per the
direction of the Engineer in charge. All cost of mix designing and testing connected

PART – B : 47
therewith including charges payable to the laboratory shall be borne by the

contractor.
1.11 APPROVAL OF DESIGN MIX
1.11.1 The mix design for a specified grade of concrete shall be done for a
target mean compressive strength Tck = {Fck + 1.65*S } or { Fck + X } whichever
is higher
Where, Fck = Characteristic Compressive Strength at 28 days

S = Standard deviation which depends on degree of quality control.
X = Factor based on the grade of concrete as per Table 1 (IS 10262 -
2019)
1.11.2 The degree of quality control for this work is “good” for which the standard
deviation (S) obtained for different grades of concrete shall be as per relevant IS
Standards / Codes.
1.11.3 Out of the six specimens of each set, three shall be tested at seven days and
remaining three at 28 days. The preliminary tests at seven days are intended only
to indicate the strength to be attained at 28 days.
CHARGES FOR DESIGN MIX
All costs of mix designing and testing connected therewith including charges payable
to the laboratory shall be borne by the contractor.
1.12 Ready Mix Concrete from fully automatic computerised concrete batching and
mixing plant (If procured instead of DMC)
In case of failure of batching plant and site conditions warrants for smooth progress of
work, RMC of suitable design mix from the approved RMC plants may be allowed
with the written permission of Engineer-in-charge. Nothing extra shall be paid if RMC
is used instead of DMC.
1.12.1 The contractor shall bring Ready Mix Concrete from approved RMC plants as
mentioned in the list showing preferred Brands / Manufacturers / Makes enclosed
in this NIT. The contractor has to produce text of MOU proposed to be entered
between purchaser (the contractor) and supplier (R.M.C. plant) to the Engineer-in-
charge. The Engineer-in-charge shall give approval in writing. The contractor shall
draw the MOU with approved RMC plant owner / company and submit to the
Engineer-in-charge within a week of such approval. The contractor will not be
allowed to purchase ready mixed concrete without completion of above stated
formalities for use in this project.
1.12.2 Not withstanding the approval granted by the Engineer-in-charge in aforesaid
manner, the contractor shall be fully responsible for the quality of concrete
including input control, transportation and placement etc.
1.12.3 The Engineer-in-charge will reserve right to inspect at any such stage and reject
the concrete if he is not satisfied about quality of product. The contractor should
therefore draw MOU / agreement with RMC owner / company very carefully
keeping all terms and conditions / specifications forming a part of this tender
document.

PART – B : 48
1.12.3.1 The Engineer-in-charge reserves the right to exercise control over the
ingredients, water and admixtures purchased, stored and to be used in the
concrete including conducting of tests for checking quality of materials,
recordings of test results and declaring the materials fit or unfit for use in
production of mix.
1.12.3.2 Calibration check of the RMC : Weight and quantity check on the
ingredients, water and admixtures added for batch mixing.
1.12.3.3 Time of mixing of concrete.
1.12.3.4 Testing of fresh concrete, recordings of results and declaring the mix fit or
unfit for use. This will include continuous control on the workability during
production and taking corrective action.
1.12.4 For exercising such control, the Engineer-in-charge shall periodically depute his
authorized representative at the RMC plant. It shall be responsibility of the
contractor to ensure that all necessary equipment manpower & facilities are made
available to the Engineer-in-charge and / or his authorized representative at RMC
plant.
1.12.5 Ingredients, admixtures & water declared unfit for use in production of mix shall
not be used. A batch mix found unfit for use shall not be loaded into the truck for
transportation.
1.12.6 All required relevant records of RMC shall be made available to the Engineer-in-
charge or his authorized representative. The Engineer-in-charge shall, as
required, specify guidelines & additional procedures for quality control & other
parameters in respect of materials and production & transportation of concrete
mix, which shall be binding on the contractor & the RMC plant.
1.13 Proportioning Concrete
In proportioning cement concrete, the quantity of both cement and aggregates shall
be determined by weight. The cement shall be weighed separately from the
aggregates. Water shall either be measured by volume in calibrated tanks or
weighed. All measuring equipment shall be maintained in a clean and serviceable
condition. The amount of mixing water shall be adjusted to compensate for moisture
content in both coarse and fine aggregates. The moisture content of aggregates shall
be determined in accordance with IS: 2386 (Part III). Suitable adjustments shall also
be made in the weights of aggregates to allow for the variation in weight of
aggregates due to variation in moisture content.
1.14 Production of Concrete
1.14.1 The concrete shall be DMC produced in a central batching and mixing plant with,
computerized printing for contents and admixture dosage. The batching plant
shall be fully automatic. Automatic batcher shall be charged by devices which,
when actuated by a Single starter switch will automatically start the weighing
operation of each material and stop automatically, when the designated weight of
each material has been reached. The batching plant shall have automatic
arrangement for dispensing the admixture and shall also be capable of
discharging water in more than one stage. A print out from the batching plant for
every lot shall be submitted. A batching plant essentially shall consist of the
following components:

PART – B : 49
i. Separate storage bins for different sizes of aggregates, silo for cement; and
water storage tank.
ii. Batching equipment Mixer’s Control panels, Mechanical material feeding and
elevating arrangements
1.14.2 The Contractor shall arrange for inspection of automatic batching plant within
seven days of issue of letter of award to facilitate inspection and approval of same
by Engineer-In-Charge. Nothing extra will be paid for this.
1.14.3 The compartments of storage bins for aggregates shall be approximately of equal
size. The cement compartment shall be centrally located in the batching plant. It
shall be watertight and provided with necessary air vent, aeration fittings for
proper flow of cement & emergency cement cut-off gate. The aggregate and sand
shall be charged by power operated centrally revolving chute. The entire plant
from mixer floor upward shall be enclosed and insulated. The batch bins shall be
constructed so as to pass by self-cleansing during drawdown. The batch bins
shall in general conform to the requirements of IS : 4925.
1.14.4 The batching equipment shall be capable of determining and controlling the
prescribed amounts of various constituent materials for concrete accurately i.e.
water, cement, sand, individual size of coarse aggregates etc. The accuracy of
the measuring devices shall fall within the following limits.
Material Tolerance limit

Measurement of Cement ± 2% of the quantity of cement in each batch
Measurement of Water ± 3% of the quantity of water in each batch
Measurement of Aggregate ± 3% of the quantity of aggregate in each batch
Measurement of Admixture ± 3% of the quantity of admixture in each batch
1.15 Mixing Concrete

The mixer in the batching plant shall be so arranged that mixing action in the mixers
can be observed from the operator’s station. The mixer shall be equipped with a
mechanically or electrically operated timing, signaling and metering device which will
indicate and assure completion of the required mixing period. The mixer shall have all
other components as specified in IS : 4925.
1.16 Transportation, Placing and Compaction of Concrete.
1.16.1 Mixed concrete from the batching plant shall be transported to the point of
placement by transit mixers or through concrete pumps or steel closed bottom
buckets capable of carrying 6 cum concrete. In case the concrete is proposed to
be transported by transit mixer, the mixer speed shall not be less than 4 rev/ min.
of the drum nor greater than a speed resulting in a peripheral velocity of the drum
as 70 m/minute at its largest diameter. The agitating speed of the agitator shall be
not less than 2 rev / min. nor more than 6 rev / min. of the drum. The number of
revolutions of the mixing drum or blades at mixing speed shall be between 70 to
100 revolutions for a uniform mix, after all ingredients, have been charged into
the drum. Unless tempering water is added, all rotation after 100 revolutions shall
be at agitating speed of 2 to 6 rev / min. and the number of such rotations shall
not exceed 250. The general construction of transit mixer and other requirements
shall conform to IS :5892.

PART – B : 50
1.16.2 In case concrete is to be transported by pumping, the conduit shall be primed by

pumping a batch of mortar / thick cement slurry through the line to lubricate it.
Once the pumping is started, it shall not be interrupted (if at all possible) as
concrete standing idle in the line is liable to cause a plug. The operator shall
ensure that some concrete is always there in the pump-receiving hopper during
operation. The lines shall always be maintained clean and shall be free of dents.
1.16.3 Materials for pumped concrete shall be batched consistently and uniformly.
Maximum size of aggregate shall not exceed one-third of the internal diameter of
the pipe. Grading of aggregate shall be continuous and shall have sufficient ultra
fine materials (materials finer than 0.25 mm). Proportion of fine aggregates
passing through 0.25 mm shall be between15 & 30% and that passing through
0.125 mm sieve shall not be less than 5% of the total volume of aggregate. When
pumping long distances and through hot weather, set- retarding admixtures may
be used. Admixtures to improve workability can be added. Suitability of concrete
shall be through pumping shall be verified by trial mixes and by performing
pumping tests.
1.17 PREPARATION OF MIXES AS PER APPROVED DESIGN MIX AND
CONDUCTING CONFIRMATORY TEST AT FIELD LAB.
a. The contractor shall make the cubes of trial mixes as per approved Mix design at site
laboratory for all grades, in presence of the Engineer-in-charge using samples of
approved materials proposed to be used in the work prior to commencement of
concreting and get them tested in his presence to his entire satisfaction for 7 days
and 28 days. Test cubes shall be taken from trial mixes as follows.
b. For each mix, a set of six cubes shall be made from each of the three consecutive
batches. Three cubes from each set of six shall be tested at the age of 7 days and
remaining three cubes at the age of 28 days. The cubes shall be made, cured,
transported and tested strictly in accordance with the specifications. The average
strength of nine cubes at the age of 28 days shall exceed the specified target mean
strength for which design mix has been approved , the evaluation of test results will
be done as per IS : 456-2000.
1.18 WORK STRENGTH TEST
TEST SPECIMENS
Work strength test shall be conducted in accordance with IS: 516 on random
sampling. Each test shall be conducted on six specimens, three of which shall be
tested at 7 days and remaining three at 28 days. Additional samples shall be
prepared, if required, as per direction of Engineer in charge for testing samples cured
by accelerated method as described in IS: 9103.
TEST RESULTS OF SAMPLE
The test results of the sample shall be the average of the strength of three specimen.
The individual variation shall not be more than +/ - 15 percent of the average. If more,
the test results of the sample are invalid. 90% of the total tests shall be done at the
laboratory established at site by the contractor and remaining 10% in the laboratory of
Government Engineering colleges, or in any other approved laboratory as directed by
the Engineer-in-charge. Nothing extra shall be payable towards cost of testing
charges payable to outside laboratories.
1.19 STANDARD FOR ACCEPTANCE
1.19.1 Standard of acceptance shall be same as specified in clause 16 of IS 456-2000.

PART – B : 51
1.20 Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity Method of Test for RCC

1.20.1 The underlying principle of assessing the quality of concrete is that comparatively
higher velocities are obtained when the quality of concrete in terms of density,
homogeneity and uniformly is good. The consistency of the concrete as regards
its general quality gets established. In case of poorer quality lower velocities are
obtained. If there are cracks, voids or flaws inside the concrete which come in the
way of transmission of pulse, lower velocities are obtained.
1.20.2 The quality of concrete in terms of uniformity, incidence or absence of internal
flaws, cracks and segregation etc. indicative of the level of workmanship
employed, can thus be assessed using the guidance given in table below, which
have been evolved for characterizing the quality concrete in structure in term of
the ultrasonic pulse velocity.
Velocity criterion for Concrete Quality Grading.
Pulse velocity by Cross Probing
Sl. No. Concrete Quality Grading
(km/sec)
1 Above 4.5 Excellent
2 4.5 to 3.5 Good
3 3.5 to 3.0 Medium
4 Below 3.0 Doubtful
Note : In Case of “doubtful” quality it may be necessary to carryout further tests.
1.20.3 Pulse velocity method of test of concrete is to be conducted for CPWD works as a
routine test. The acceptance criteria as per the above table will be applicable
which is as per IS : 13311 (part-1) : 1992. From the above “Good” and
“Excellent” grading are acceptable and below these grading the concrete will
not be acceptable.
1.20.4 5% of the total number of RCC members in each category i.e. beam, column, slab
and footing may be tested by UPV test method for establishing quality of
concrete. It is suggested that test be conducted on RCC beam near joint with
column, on RCC column near joint with beam, on RCC footings and rafts. On
RCC rafts a suitable grid can be worked out for determining number of tests. In
addition doubtful areas such as honeycombed locations, locations, where
continuous seepage is observed, construction joints and visible loose pockets will
also be tested.
1.20.5 The test results are to be examined in view of the above acceptance criteria
“Good” and “Excellent” and wherever concrete is found with less than the required
quality as per the acceptance criteria, repairs to concrete shall be made.
Honeycombed areas and loose pockets shall be repaired by grouting using
Portland Cement Mortar / Polymer Modified Cement Mortar / Epoxy Mortar, etc.,
after chipping loose concrete in appropriate manner. In areas where concrete is
found below the acceptance criteria and defects are not apparently visible on
surface, injecting approved grout in appropriate proportion using epoxy grout /
acrylic Polymer modified cement slurry mixed with shrinkage compensating
cement / plain cement slurry etc., will be resorted to for repairs. (refer relevant
chapters from CPWD Hand Book on Repairs and Rehabilitation of RCC

PART – B : 52
Buildings). Repairs to concrete shall be done till satisfactory results are obtained
as per the acceptance criteria by retesting of the repaired area. If satisfactory
results are not obtained dismantling and relaying of concrete shall be done at the
cost of contractor.
1.20.6 10% of the tests shall be got done by outside agencies, i.e., from approved
agencies and the testing charges shall be borne by the contractor.
1.21 MEASUREMENT
As per CPWD specifications.
1.22 TOLERANCES
As per CPWD specifications
1.23 RATE:-
1.23.1 In case of actual average compressive, strength being less than specified
strength which shall be governed by para “Standard of Acceptance” as above the
deduction shall be worked out accordingly on the basis of analysis.
1.23.2 In case of rejection of concrete on account of unacceptable compressive
strength, governed by para ‘Standard of Acceptance’ as above, the work for which
samples have failed shall be redone at the cost of contractors. However, the
Engineer in charge may order for additional tests (like cutting cores, ultrasonic
pulse velocity test, load test on structure or part of structure etc) to be carried out
at the cost of contractor to ascertain if the portion of structure wherein concrete
represented by the sample has been used, can be retained on the basis of results
of individual or combination of these tests. The contractor shall take remedial
measures necessary to retain the structure as approved by the Engineer in
charge without any extra cost.
1.23.3 As per general engineering practice, level of floors in toilet / bath, balconies, shall
be kept 12 to 20 mm or as required, lower than general floors shuttering should
be adjusted accordingly. The landing level of mumty / Staircase cabin shall be
kept one riser level higher than adjoining slab level so as to accommodate water
proofing treatment over terrace slab. In case of kitchen slab the portion of floor
trap below kitchen platform be kept at lower level as per drawings. Nothing extra
is payable on this account.
1.23.4 In order to keep the floor finish as per direction of Engineer-in-charge and as per
Architectural drawings and to provide required thickness of the flooring as per
specification, the level of top surface of RCC shall be accordingly adjusted at the
time of its centering, shuttering and casting for which nothing extra shall be paid
to the contractor.
1.23.5 For the execution of centering and shuttering, the contractor shall use proprietory
“Reebole” chemical mould release agent of FOSROC or equivalent as shuttering
oil as approved by Engineer-in-charge and nothing extra shall be paid on this
account.
1.24 COVER / SPACER BLOCK
The contractor shall provide approved type of support for maintaining the bars in
position and ensuring required spacing and correct cover of concrete to reinforcement
as called for in the drawings, spacer blocks of required shape and size. Chairs and

PART – B : 53
spacer bars shall be used in order to ensure accurate positioning of reinforcement.

Only factory made M30 grade cover blocks shall be used. Pre-cast cement mortar /
concrete blocks / blocks of polymer shall not be used as spacer blocks unless
specially approved by the Engineer-in-charge. RCC item is inclusive of cost of such
cover blocks.
2. 0 ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS AND PARTICULAR SPECIFICATION FOR WATER
PROOFING WORK
2.1 WATERPROOFING OVER TERRACES / MUMTY
The work shall be got executed as per CPWD Specifications and as per the
manufacturer’s specification through specialized agency as approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
2.1.1 The brick bats shall be from well-burnt bricks. The proprietary water proofing
compound shall be I.S.I. mark and shall confirm to I.S. 2645 The proprietary
waterproofing compound shall be added at the rate recommended by the
specialist firms.
2.1.2 The finished surface after water proofing treatment shall have minimum slope of
1 in 80. At no point, the thickness of water proofing treatment shall be less than
65 mm.
2.1.3 While treatment of roof surface is done, it shall be ensured that the outlet
drainpipes have been fixed and mouths at the entrance have been eased and
rounded off properly for easy flow of water.
2.1.4 The surface where the waterproofing is to be done shall be prepared by
thoroughly cleaning with wire brushes. All loose scales, laitance shall be removed
and dusted off and washed clean with water. The surface shall then be treated
with neat cement slurry @ 2.75 Kg per Sqm, admixed with proprietary
waterproofing compound, in proportion as recommended by the manufacturer, to
penetrate into crevices and fill up all the pores in the surface. This cement slurry
shall be applied at the junction of parapet and terrace slab including the vertical
face of the parapet up to 300 mm.
2.1.5 After the slurry coat is applied, a 20 mm thick layer of cement mortar not learner
than 1:5 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand) admixed with proprietary water proofing
compound confirming to IS : 2645 shall be laid. Then a layer of well burnt brick
bats shall be laid in cement mortar of mix as specified by the specialist firm but
not learner than 1:5 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand) admixed with proprietary water
proofing compound. This layer shall be laid to required gradient and joints filled to
half the depth. The brickbat layer shall be rounded at the junction with the parapet
and tapered towards top for a height of 300 mm. Curing of the layer shall be done
for 2 days.
2.1.6 After curing, the surface shall be applied with a coat of cement slurry admixed
with proprietary water proofing compound.
2.1.7 Joints of brickbat layer shall then be filled fully with cement mortar of mix as
specified by the specialist firm but not learner than 1:4 (1 Cement: 4 coarse sand)
admixed with proprietary water proofing compound.
2.1.8 Over the brick bat layer, Heat Resistant Terrace Tiles of size 300 mm x 300 mm
and thickness as specified by the manufacturer with SRI (solar refractive index) >

PART – B : 54
78, solar reflection > 0.70 and initial emittance > 0.75, shall be laid with 3 mm
thick spacers, on the top layer of 20 mm thick cement mortar of mix 1:4 (1
cement : 4 coarse sand) including laying glass fibre cloth of approved quality and
over this mortar bedding neat grey cement slurry of honey like consistency shall
be spread at the rate of 3.3 kg of cement per square metre and grouting the joints
with epoxy grout of approved brand and make, resistant to high temperature and
water proofing complete, including providing skirting upto 300 mm height along
the parapet walls in the same manner.
2.1.9 Curing and final test of water proofing treatment shall be done for a minimum
period of two weeks by ponding water. The water for this purpose shall be
arranged by the Contractor at his own cost. Nothing extra shall be payable on this
account.
2.1.10 This specification supercedes the specifications mentioned elsewhere in the
drawings
2.2 WATER PROOFING IN WET AREAS / SUNKEN FLOORS
2.2.1 The surface shall be Cleaned thoroughly using coir / wire brush to remove any
loose mortars etc., and loose dust. All piping works, openings or protrusions shall
be completed before taking up the surface preparation.
2.2.2 Junction of slabs & vertical walls shall be rounded off with cement mortar 1:3 (1
cement : 3 coarse sand) admixed with integral water proofing compound
confirming to IS : 2645.
2.2.3 After bore packing, ponding test shall be carried out for 24 hours by ponding
water for a depth of 40 mm.
2.2.4 Leaking points found if any, shall be pressure grouted after fixing the PVC nipples
and 40 PSI grout pump using cement slurry mixed with non-shrink admixture and
the surface shall be cleaned thoroughly.
2.2.5 Two coats of two component acrylic polymer modified cementitious flexible
waterproofing compound, shall then be applied with a minimum interval of 6-8
hours including curing by water sprinkling. The first coat shall be applied on a pre-
wet surface.
2.2.6. The waterproof coating shall be applied on the entire horizontal surface and shall
be extended on walls around, vertically up to 300 mm above finished floor level.
The coating shall be allowed to self cure for 24 hours.
2.2.7 After curing for 24 hours, the surface shall be applied with a coat of cement slurry
admixed with proprietary water proofing compound and 12 mm thick cement
plaster 1:3 (1 Cement: 3 Coarse sand) mixed with water proofing compound
confirming to IS:2645 in recommended proportion on the floor and extended upto
300 mm height of the walls around.
2.2.8. Final Ponding test shall be conducted for 48 hours after initial setting time.
2.3 LIFT WELL WATERPROOFING
2.3.1 For lifts starting at Stilt / Ground Floor
Both faces of walls of lift well below plinth shall be finished with 12 mm thick cement plaster
1:3 (1 Cement: 3 Coarse sand) mixed with water proofing compound confirming to IS:2645 in
recommended proportion.

PART – B : 55
2.3.2 For lifts starting at Basement Floor

External faces : Integral cement based treatment for water proofing on the vertical surface
by fixing rough Kota stone slab 22 mm to 25 mm thick with cement slurry mixed with water
proofing compound conforming to IS : 2645 in recommended proportions with a gap of 20
mm (minimum) between stone slabs and the receiving surfaces and filling the gaps with neat
cement slurry mixed with water proofing compound and finishing the exterior of stone slab
with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) 20 mm thick with neat cement punning
mixed with water proofing compound in recommended proportion complete at all levels and
as directed by Engineer-in-charge.
Internal faces of walls of lift well below plinth shall be finished with 12 mm thick cement
plaster 1:3 (1 Cement: 3 Coarse sand) mixed with water proofing compound confirming to IS
: 2645 in recommended proportion.
2.4 WATER PROOFING TREATMENT TO BASEMENTS
2.4.1 HORIZONTAL SURFACES
Integral cement based treatment for water proofing on horizontal surface at all depth below
ground level for under ground structures as directed by Engineer-in-Charge and consisting
of:
(i) 1st layer of 22 mm to 25 mm thick approved and specified rough Kota stone slab over a
25 mm thick base of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) mixed with water
proofing compound conforming to IS:2645 in the recommended proportion over the
leveling course and Joints sealed and grouted with cement slurry mixed with water
proofing compound.
(ii) 2nd layer of 25 mm thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) mixed with water
proofing compound in recommended proportions.
(iii) Finishing top with stone aggregate of 10 mm to 12 mm nominal size spreading @ 8
cudm/sqm thoroughly embedded in the 2nd layer.
2.4.2 VERTICAL SURFACES
Integral cement based treatment for water proofing on the vertical surface by fixing rough
Kota stone slab 22 mm to 25 mm thick with cement slurry mixed with water proofing
compound conforming to IS:2645 in recommended proportions with a gap of 20 mm
(minimum) between stone slabs and the receiving surfaces and filling the gaps with neat
cement slurry mixed with water proofing compound and finishing the exterior of stone slab
with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) 20 mm thick with neat cement punning
mixed with water proofing compound in recommended proportion complete at all levels and
as directed by Engineer-in-charge
2.5 WATER PROOFING TREATMENT TO TERRACE WATER TANKS
a) Waterproofing treatment to the RCC structures with integral crystalline slurry prepared
by mixing in the ratio of 5 : 2 (5 parts integral crystalline slurry : 2 parts water) and
applying two coats @ 0.70 kg/sqm per coat for vertical surfaces and mixing in the ratio of
3 : 1 (3 parts integral crystalline slurry : 1 part water) and applying one coat @1.10 kg
per sqm for horizontal surfaces and applying the same from negative (internal) side with
the help of synthetic fiber brush. The material shall meet the requirements as specified in
ACI-212-3R-2010 i.e., by reducing permeability of concrete by more than 90% compared
with control concrete as per DIN 1048 and resistant to 16 bar hydrostatic pressure on
negative side. The crystalline slurry shall be capable of self-healing of cracks up to a
width of 0.50mm. The work shall be carried out all complete as per specification and the

PART – B : 56
direction of the engineer-in-charge. The product performance shall carry guaranteed for
10 years against any leakage.
b) Over this coat of Integral Crystalline slurry, ceramic glazed tiles confirming to IS : 15622
shall be laid with 3 mm thick spacers over a base of 12 mm thick cement mortar 1: 3 (1
cement : 3 coarse sand) over walls and over 20 mm thick cement mortar 1: 4 (1 cement :
4 coarse sand) on floors, and joints grouted with polymer modified epoxy grout, all of
approved brand and manufacture.
2.6 GUARANTEE FOR WATER PROOFING TREATMENT
The contractor shall be fully responsible for and shall guarantee proper performance of the
entire waterproofing system for a period of 10 (Ten) years from the final completion of works.
In addition, specific 10 years written guarantee (to be furnished in a non-judicial stamp paper
of value not less than Rs.100/-) in approved proforma shall be submitted for the performance
of the system, before final payment and shall not in any way limit any other rights the
Employer may have under the contract. Guarantee for water proofing shall comprise of all
the items described above in particular specifications.
All water-proofing work shall be carried out through approved specialist agency as per
method of working approved by the Engineer-in-charge. However the Contractors shall be
solely responsible for waterproofing treatment until the expiry of the above guarantee period.
Ten years guarantee in prescribed proforma attached shall be given by the contractor for the
water proofing treatment. Towards that an amount of Rs. 50.00 lakhs shall be retained as
additional security deposit to watch the performance of the work executed. However, half of
this amount (withheld) would be released after five years from the date of completion of the
work, if the performance of the waterproofing works is satisfactory. The remaining withheld
amount shall be released after completion of ten years from the date of completion of work, if
the performance of the waterproofing work is satisfactory. If any defect is noticed during the
guarantee period, it should be rectified by the contractor within seven days of issuing of
notice by the Engineer-in-Charge and, if not attended to, the same shall be got done through
other agency at the risk and cost of the contractor and recovery shall be effected from the
amount retained towards guarantee. In any case, the contractor and the specialist agency,
during the guarantee period, shall inspect and examine the treatment once in every year and
make good any defect observed and confirm the same in writing. This additional security
deposit can be released in full, if bank guarantee of equivalent amount, valid for the duration
of guarantee period, is produced and deposited with the Department.
3.0 ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS AND PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS FOR
ALUMINIUM WORK
3.1 The material for the work shall be procured from the approved manufacturer as per
the list attached with the tender documents. The Contractor shall procure and submit
samples of various materials to be used in the work for the approval of Engineer-in-
Charge and no work shall commence before such samples are approved. Samples of
un-anodized as well as polyester powder coated / PVDF Coated aluminium sections,
microwave cured EPDM gaskets, glass, stainless steel screws, anchor fasteners,
hardware and any other material or components requiring approval of samples, in
opinion of Engineer-in-Charge, shall be submitted for the approval as mentioned
above. The above samples shall be retained as standards of materials and
workmanship.

PART – B : 57
3.2 The Contractor shall prepare the shop drawings for the aluminium windows giving
details of the various aluminium Europrofile sections, microwave cured EPDM
gaskets, cleats, anchor fasteners, hardware, sealants, glass etc. and submit the
same for the approval of Engineer-in-Charge.
3.3 Only after the approval of the samples and the shop drawings by the Engineer-in-
Charge, the Contractor shall procure the material for the work. All materials brought
to the site by the Contractor, for use in the work, as well as fabricated components
shall be subject to inspection and approval by Engineer-in-Charge. The Contractor
shall produce manufacturer’s test certificates for any material or particular batch of
materials supplied by him.
3.4 The Contractor shall prepare a finished sample of the aluminium window along with
glazing panel and fittings etc. for approval of workmanship and material. Nothing
3.5 Aluminium sections to be used for various works shall be appropriate to meet
technical, structural, functional and aesthetic considerations. The PVDF coating shall
be carried out in an approved factory /workshop as specified in the tender
documents.
3.6 Fabrication
3.6.1 All joints shall be accurately fabricated and be hairline in appearance. The
finished surface shall be free from visible defects. All the aluminium windows /
ventilators / doors shall be factory made and shall be brought to site for assembly
and fixing.
3.6.2 All hardware used shall conform to the relevant specifications and as per samples
approved by the Engineer- in-Charge. Design, quality, type, number and fixing of
hardware shall be generally in accordance with architectural drawings and as
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge before use.
3.6.3 All doors, windows, ventilators and glazing etc. shall be made water tight with
microwave cured EPDM gaskets and weather silicone sealants to the satisfaction
of the Engineer-in-Charge, for which nothing extra shall be payable.
3.6.4 The frames shall be strictly as per Architectural drawings, the corners of the frame
being fabricated to the true right angles. Both the fixed frames and openable
shutter frames shall be fabricated out of sections cut to required length, mitered
and mechanically jointed for satisfactory performance. All members shall be
accurately machine milled and fitted to form hairline joints. The jointing
accessories such as aluminium cleats, stainless steel screws etc., shall not to
cause any bi-metallic reaction by providing separators, wherever required.
Vertical members of the aluminum frame work shall be embedded in the floors,
wherever required, by cutting and making good of the floor.
3.7 FIXING OF ALUMINIUM FRAME WORK
3.7.1 The screws used for fixing fixed aluminium frames of the aluminium windows to
masonry walls / RCC members and aluminium members to other aluminium
members shall be of stainless steel of approved make and quality and of stainless
steel grade 304. Threads of machine screws used shall conform to requirement of
I.S. 4218.
3.7.2 For the aluminium windows, the gap between the aluminium frames and the

PART – B : 58
R.C.C / Masonry and also any gaps in the various sections shall be filled with
weather silicone sealant DC 795 of Dow Corning or equivalent in the required bite
size, to ensure water tightness including providing and fixing backer rod.
Wherever required. The weather silicone sealant shall be of such approved colour
and composition that it would not stain or streak the masonry / R.C.C.work. It
should not sag or flow and shall not set hard or dry out under any conditions of
weather and shall be tooled properly. The weather silicone sealant shall be used
as per the manufacturer’s specifications and shall be of approved colour and
shade. Any excess sealant shall be removed / cleared. Nothing extra shall be
payable for the above.
3.7.3 Fixing of glass panes shall be designed in such a way that replacing damaged
/broken glass panes is easily possible without having to remove or damage any
members or interior finishing materials.
3.7.4 Stainless steel adjustable heavy duty friction hinges and the aluminum handles for
the openable side hung windows shall be of "Earl Bihari” Ebco, make or
equivalent as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. A pair of SS friction stays of
required size shall be provided per shutter.
3.8 PROTECTIONS AND CLEANING :
3.8.1 All glass panes shall be retained within aluminum framing by use of exterior grade
microwave cured EPDM gaskets. Use of glazing or caulking compounds around
the perimeter of glass will not be permitted. There shall be no whistling or rattling.
Before installation of glass, Contractor shall ensure the following:
3.8.2 All glazing rebates shall be square, to plumb, true to plane, dry and free from
dust. Glass edge shall be clean and cut to exact size and grounded Low ‘E’ –
Heat strengthened glass of specified thickness in doors, windows, ventilators and
fixed glazing etc. shall be of approved make and standard quality conforming to
C.P.W.D. Specifications.
3.9 GUARANTEE FOR ALUMINIUM WORK.
3.9.1 The contractor shall be fully responsible for and shall guarantee proper design
and performance of his installed system for a period of 5 years from the date of
completion of work. The design and installation shall be to the best international
standards and shall specially take account of wind and seismic loads, storms,
thermal stresses, building movements and the like In addition 5 years guarantee
(to be furnished in non-judicial stamp paper of value Rs.100/-) in prescribed
Performa shall be given for polyester powder coating / PVDF Coating / EPDM /
silicon gaskets and sealants. All the Guarantees shall be submitted before final
payment and shall not in any way limit any other rights to correct which the
Employer may have under the Contract.
3.9.2 In addition an amount of Rs. 20.00 lakhs shall be retained as additional
security deposit to watch the performance of the work executed. This amount to
be withheld towards additional security deposit shall be in addition to the other
amounts to be withheld as mentioned elsewhere in the contract agreement.
However, this amount (withheld) would be released after five years from the date
of completion of the work, if the performance, as required, is satisfactory. If any
defects is noticed during the guarantee period, it shall be rectified by the
contractor within seven days of issue of notice to the contractor, temporarily, to

PART – B : 59
the satisfaction of the CPWD / IISER or any other authorized representative of

CPWD / IISER and within a period of one month the permanent rectification of the
defects / replacement of defective materials should be carried out by the
contractor. If not attended to, the same shall be got done through other agency at
the risk and cost of the contractor and the cost, which shall be final and binding on
the contractor, shall be recovered from the amount withheld towards the
guarantee as mentioned above or any other amount due to the contractor.
However, the amount withheld as guarantee can be released in full against
deposition of irrevocable bank guarantee, from a Schedule / Nationalized Banks,
of the same amount, valid for the duration of the guarantee period is submitted by
the contractor in favour of Government. The defects, if any, shall be rectified in a
workman like manner, retaining the same aesthetics and other functional
parameters of the original work.
4. ALUMINUM WORK:
Aluminium work for doors, windows, ventilators and partitions shall be with PVDF coated
(Euro profile) extruded built up standard tubular sections / appropriate Z sections and other
sections of approved make conforming to IS: 733 and IS: 1285, fixing with dash fasteners of
required dia and size, necessary filling up the gaps at junctions, i.e. at top, bottom and sides
shall be with required EPDM rubber/ neoprene gasket etc. Aluminium sections shall be
smooth, rust free, straight, mitered and jointed mechanically wherever required including
cleat angle, Aluminium snap beading for glazing / paneling, C.P. brass / stainless steel
screws, all complete as per GFC architectural drawings and the directions of Engineer-in-
charge. Glazing in aluminium door, window, ventilator shutters and partitions etc., shall be
single / double glazed as specified in the drawings, using glass of specifications detailed
therein. All Specifications of Aluminum work shall be as per CPWD Specifications Section
No. 21 except the following
i. All Aluminum sections will be Euro Profile sections capable of being used
of Euro profile Hardware
ii. All Aluminum sections will be finished with PVDF
4.1 PVDF coating
PVDF (Polyvinylidene fluoride) should be confirming to AAMA 605.2
a. PVDF (Polyvinylidene fluoride) should be confirming to AAMA 605.2
b. Resin: 70 percent poly vinylidene fluoride (PVDF).
c. Substrate: Cleaned and pre-treated.
d. Primer: Manufacturer’s standard epoxy or acrylic coating.
e. Dry film thickness: minimum 35 microns
4.2 Semi (Grid) Unitized system of Structural Glazing System
The frame work for structural glazing shall be of Aluminium extruded tubular and other
aluminium sections as per the architectural drawings and approved shop drawings, the
aluminium quality as per grade 6063 T5 or T6 as per BS 1474 including super durable
powder coating of thickness minimum 60 microns conforming to AAMA 2604 of required
colour and shade as approved by the Engineer -in-Charge

PART – B : 60
Designing, fabricating, testing, protection, installing and fixing in position semi (grid) unitized
system of structural glazing (with open joints) for linear as well as curvilinear portions of the
building for all heights and all levels including:
a) Structural analysis, design and preparation of shop drawings for the specified design
loads conforming to IS 875 part III (the system must passed the proof test at 1.5 times
design with pressure without any failure including functional design of the aluminium
sections for fixing glazing panels of various thickness, aluminium cleats, sleeves and
splice plates etc. gaskets, screws, toggles, nuts, bolts, clamps etc. structural and
weather silicone sealants, flashings, fire stop (barrier)-cum smoke seats, microwave
cured EPDM gaskets for water tightness, pressure equalization & drainage and
protection against fire hazard.
b) Fabricating and supplying serrated M.S. hot dip galvanized/ aluminium alloy of 6005 T5
brackets of required sizes, sections and profiles etc. to accommodate 3 Dimensional
movement for achieving perfect vertically and proper fixing of structural glazing system
with the RCC/masonry/structural steel framework of building structure using stainless
steel anchor fasteners /bolts, nylon separator to prevent bimetallic contacts with nuts
and washers etc. of stainless steel grade 316, of the required capacity and in required
numbers.
c) Providing and filling, two part pump filled, structural silicone sealant and one part
weather silicone sealant compatible with the structural silicone sealant of required bite
size in a clean and controlled factory/work shop environment, including double sided
spacer tape, setting blocks and backer rod, all of approved grade brand and
manufacturer, as per the approved sealant design, within and all around the perimeter
for holding glass.
d) Providing and fixing in position flashings of solid aluminium sheet 1mm thick and of
sizes, shapes and profiles, as required as per the site conditions, to seal the gap
between the building structure and all its interfaces with curtain glazing to make it water
tight.
e) making provision for drainage of moisture/water that enters the curtain glazing system to
make it watertight, by incorporating principles of pressure equalization, providing suitable
gutter profiles at bottom (if required), making necessary holes of required sizes and of
required numbers etc. complete.
Note:-
1. The extruded aluminium frames, shadow boxes, fire stop (barrier)-cum-smoke seals,
extruded aluminium section capping for fixing in the grooves of the curtain glazing
and vermin proof stainless steel wire mesh shall be provided as per GFC drawing
2. The following performance test are to be conducted on structural glazing system if
area of structural glazing exceeds 2500 sqm from the certified laboratories accredited
by NABL (National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration laboratories)
Department of Science & Technologies, India. The NIT approving authority will decide
the necessity of testing on the basis of cost of the work, cost of the test and
importance of the work.
Performance Testing of Structural glazing system :
Tests to be conducted in the NABL certified laboratories.
i. Performance laboratory Test for air Leakage Test (-50pa to 300pa) & (+50pa to
+300pa) as per ASTM E-283-04 testing method for a range of testing limit 1to
200mVhr"l.

PART – B : 61
ii. Static Water Penetration Test (50pa to 1500pa) as per ASTM E-331-09 testing
method for a range upto 2000ml"
iii. Dynamic Water penetration (50pa to 1500pa) as per AAMA 501.01-05 testing
method for a range upto 2000ml
iv. Structural Performance Deflection and deformation by static air pressure test (1.5
times design wind pressure without any failure) as per ASTM E-330-10 testing
method for a range upto 50mm"
v. Seismic Movement Test (Upto 30mm) as per AAMA 501.4-09 testing method for
Qualitative test;
Tests to be conducted on site.
1- On site Test for Water leakage for a pressure range 50 kpa to 240 kpa (35 psi) upto
2000 ml'
Note: The Contractor shall bare all the testing charges and nothing extra will be paid.
4.3 Glazing
Vision glass panels (IGUs) comprising of hermetically-sealed 6-12- 6 mm insulated glass
(double glazed) vision panel units of size and shape as required and specified,
comprising of an outer heat strengthened float glass 6mm thick, of approved colour and
shade with reflective soft coating on surface # 2 of approved colour and shade, an inner
Heat strengthened clear float glass 6mm thick, spacer tube 12mm wide, desiccants’,
including primary seal and secondary seal (structural silicone sealant) etc. all complete
for the required performances, as per the Architectural drawings, as per the approved
shop drawings, as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The IGUs shall
be assembled in the factory/ workshop of the glass processor.
(i) Coloured tinted float glass 6 mm thick substrate with reflective soft coating on face # 2,
+ 12 mm Airgap + 6 mm Heat Strengthened clear Glass of approved make having
properties as visible Light transmittance (VLT) of 35 to 45%, Light reflection internal 10 to
15%, light reflection external 10 to 20%, shading coefficient (0.25-0.28) and U value of
1.6 to 1.8 W/m2 degree K etc. The properties of performance glass shall be decided by
Engineer-in-charge as per the site requirement.
5.0. ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS FOR FACTORY MADE FIRE CHECK DOORS:
Guarantee Bond:
5.1 The contractor shall be fully responsible for and shall guarantee proper design and
performance of his installed system for a period of 5 years from the date of
standards and shall specially take account of thermal stresses, air tightness, proper
closing and opening without any gaps between shutter and frames and the like In
addition 5 years guarantee(to be furnished in non-judicial stamp paper of value
Rs.100/-) in prescribed Performa shall be given for material and hardware. All the
Guarantees shall be submitted before final payment and shall not in any way limit any
other rights to correct which the Employer may have under the Contract.
5.2 In addition an amount of Rs. 5.00 lakhs shall be retained as additional security
deposit to watch the performance of the work executed. This amount to be withheld
towards additional security deposit shall be in addition to the other amounts to be
withheld as mentioned elsewhere in the contract agreement. However, this amount
(withheld) would be released after five years from the date of completion of the
work, if the performance, as required, is satisfactory. If any defects is noticed during

PART – B : 62
the guarantee period, it shall be rectified by the contractor within seven days of issue
of notice to the contractor, temporarily, to the satisfaction of the CPWD/ IISER or any
other authorized representative of CPWD / IISER and within a period of one month
the permanent rectification of the defects/replacement of defective materials should
be carried out by the contractor. If not attended to, the same shall be got done
through other agency at the risk and cost of the contractor and the cost, which shall
be final and binding on the contractor, shall be recovered from the amount withheld
towards the guarantee as mentioned above or any other amount due to the
contractor. However, the amount withheld as guarantee can be released in full
against irrevocable bank guarantee, from a Schedule / Nationalized Banks, of the
same amount, for the guarantee period is submitted by the contractor in favour of
Government. The defects, if any, shall be rectified in a workmanlike manner, retaining
the same aesthetics and other functional parameters of the original work.
6.0 ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS FOR FACTORY MADE STEEL DOORS
Guarantee Bond:
6.1 The contractor shall be fully responsible for and shall guarantee proper design and
performance of his installed system for a period of 5 years from the date of
standards and shall specially take account of thermal stresses, air tightness, proper
closing and opening without any gaps between shutter and frames and the like In
addition 5 years guarantee(to be furnished in non-judicial stamp paper of value
Rs.100/-) in prescribed Performa shall be given for material and hardware. All the
Guarantees shall be submitted before final payment and shall not in any way limit any
other rights to correct which the Employer may have under the Contract.
6.2 In addition an amount of Rs. 5.00 lakhs shall be retained as additional security
deposit to watch the performance of the work executed. This amount to be withheld
towards additional security deposit shall be in addition to the other amounts to be
withheld as mentioned elsewhere in the contract agreement. However, this amount
(withheld) would be released after five years from the date of completion of the work,
if the performance, as required, is satisfactory. If any defects is noticed during the
guarantee period, it shall be rectified by the contractor within seven days of issue of
notice to the contractor, temporarily, to the satisfaction of the CPWD / IISER or any
other authorized representative of CPWD / IISER and within a period of one month
the permanent rectification of the defects/replacement of defective materials should
be carried out by the contractor. If not attended to, the same shall be got done
through other agency at the risk and cost of the contractor and the cost, which shall
be final and binding on the contractor, shall be recovered from the amount withheld
towards the guarantee as mentioned above or any other amount due to the
contractor. However, the amount withheld as guarantee can be released in full
against irrevocable bank guarantee, from a Schedule / Nationalized Banks, of the
same amount, for the guarantee period is submitted by the contractor in favour of
Government. The defects, if any, shall be rectified in a workman like manner,
retaining the same aesthetics and other functional parameters of the original work.
7. CPVC Pipes for Internal water supply.
CPVC pipes and accessories confirming to IS : 15778 and of grade SDR 11 shall be
provided for all water supply lines unless otherwise specified in all locations i.e.,
Internal work – Exposed on wall & concealed work with suitable clamps etc., as per

PART – B : 63
CPWD Specifications. Masonry / concrete pillars of suitable size shall be constructed

to support the pipes running over terrace. These pillars shall be plastered neat and
painted with exterior cement paint of colour matching with the surroundings. The
CPVC pipes exposed on wall shall be painted with two or more coats of exterior
acrylic emulsion over a coat of approved cement primer.

PART – B : 64
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR NON SCHEDULE ITEMS

1.0 POST TENSIONING WORKS
The work of post tensioning of structural members should be carried through an approved
specialized agency and as per method of working approved by Engineer-in-charge.
General
Before taking up the work, the contractor shall submit his design, shop drawings and method
statement for the whole of the pre-stressed system for approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
The system proposed by the contractor shall be a proven system and the Engineer- in-
Charge (whose decision shall be final) shall determine the acceptability of any system. The
contractor shall not commence the work without approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
For post-tensioned work, the Contractor’s proposal shall include the type, composition and
number of strands, type of sheathing, anchorage devices and associated reinforcement,
stages of stressing and any other relevant information.
During the construction, the Contractor shall maintain such records and perform or arrange
to perform such tests as the Engineer-in-Charge may deem necessary to ensure compliance
with the various provisions in this specification.
The tenderer shall allow in his cost for the repair of all cracks due to shrinkage, insufficient
curing, settlement cracks, temperature movements or cracks due to prestressing.
Determination of pre-stressed concrete strength at transfer
In addition to the minimum number of test cubes specified in “concrete specification” the
Engineer-in-Charge may require nominal 150mm cubes to be made for the purpose of
determining the concrete strength at transfer. These Cubes shall be stored under the same
conditions as the concrete they represent and which has been cast in the works. The Post –
Tensioning (stressing) to be carried out after concrete attains the desired strength.
Placing concrete in pre-stressed concrete work
Concrete in one member panel shall be placed in one operation continuously without
interruption. The contractor shall provide such protective cover as and when necessary to
avoid stoppage due to sudden rain.
For post-tensioned construction, temporary openings shall be provided in the form work
wherever necessary to enable placing and adequate compaction of concrete especially
around and underneath sheathing and anchorage. Care shall be taken to avoid damaging
the sheathing. Vibrators shall not come into direct contact with the sheathing in the case of
post tensioned work. If the sheathing is damaged during concreting the Engineer-in-Charge
may reject the whole or a portion of the concrete cast. Sheathing shall be cleaned out within
half an hour of completion of each concreting operation
High Tensile Steel
H.T. steel to be used in all pre-stressing work shall confirm to relevant I.S. Specification as
detailed below. Each consignment or batch of H.T. steel supplied at site shall be
accompanied by the manufacturer’s test certificate.
Additional tests on samples of steel taken from the site consignment shall be carried out by
the contractors at an approved laboratory and at contractor’s own cost and the Engineer-in-
charge or his representative shall be given necessary facilities to witness such tests.

PART – B : 65
The wire shall be stored in weather proof sheds on damp proof platforms at least 300 mm
above ground level to avoid contamination with soil, ground water etc.
The H.T. Steel before being incorporated in the works shall be free from loose rust, scales,
grease and similar other deleterious matter liable to adversely affect its bond with concrete/
grout. It shall also be free of kinks, notches and other mechanical defects liable to adversely
affect its strength.
H.T. Steel shall be supplied in straight lengths or in large diameter coil to lay out straight.
H.T. Strands Technical Details
Nominal Diameter 12.7 mm or as per design
Nominal Area 98.7 sqmm
Nominal Weight 0.775 kg/m
Minimum Ultimate Strength 1860 N/sqmm
Modulus of Elasticity 195 KN/sqmm
Minimum Breaking load per Strand 196 KN
Relaxation, low 2.5% at 0.70 UTS
Temporary corrosion Protection Snell Dromus BX or equivalent
Identification Metal Tag for each coil
Certificates Mill Certificate for each
Strand quality in Accordance with IS 14268
Material standard and workmanship IS 456-2000, IS 800-1984, IS 1785-1
Methodology in accordance with IS 1343 (First Revision), IS 3414,
BS-8110:1997, BS-8007
Tools and Tackles:

The contractor shall also procure his own stressing jacks, pumps, sheathing and such other
appurtenances as are necessary for the workmanlike execution of the work and as
prescribed by the makers of the respective system. The contractor is bound to supply the
Engineer-in-charge all the pertinent information for the pre-stressing system adopted by him.
However to accept or reject any system of pre-stressing, the sufficiency of other precaution
etc. lies with the Engineer-in-charge and his decision shall be final and binding.
Mono Strand or Multi Strand Jacks:
This is a twin or single ram jack which shall be used for stressing at the stressing
anchorages. It is equipped with a chair appropriate for the particular opening. The jack shall
be suitable also for short clearance spaces (block- out). For stressing, the minimum space
requirement with full stroke of piston extended is 1000mm.
Mixer:
The mixers are specially designed for the purpose of mixing and agitating the grout and
carrying out the grouting operation in single unit. They enable the grout constituents to be
metered accurately and an absolutely homogeneous mix passes to the pump. The
recommended pressure to be maintained on complete grouted tendon with a lock-off nozzle
is at 3 to 5 bars.

PART – B : 66
Sheathing:
In case of post tensioned pre-stressed work all tendons shall be properly encased in
galvanized metal sheathing of proper diameter till the final stressing of the tendon is done.
The sheathing shall be strong enough to bear the cable weight or any other incidental loads
and impact applied during construction. It should also be flexible enough to adopt smooth
curvature of the tendons.
The strength and the connection of the same with anchorage other pieces of sheathing shall
be leakage-tight in order to avoid ingress of cement slurry inside the duct during concreting
and leakage of grout during grouting. Suitable acceptance test for achieving the same may
be adopted. The thickness of metal strip forming sheathing shall not be less than 0.24 mm
for sheathing up to 48 mm I.D. and 0.30 mm for sheathing unto 60mm. I.D. Higher thickness
may be specified for larger diameter. The density of galvanizing shall not be less than 35
gm/m2 on each surface.
Anchorages:
The anchoring device shall be such as to hold the pre-stressing tendons firmly and
permanently and be strong enough to resist in all respects, force equal at least 92% of
bearing strength of the prestressing element in anchors. The minimum elongation of wires
when tested for above should not be less than 1.8%. The anchorage shall transfer effectively
and distribute evenly the entire force from the pre-stressing tendons to the concrete without
including dangerous secondary stresses. The anchorage shall be adequately protected
against damage and corrosion by encasing them in concrete.
The maximum permissible slip or take-up during the seating of anchorage shall be specified
by the manufacturer and this shall form part of performance specification for the anchorages
accepted for the work. This slip not be exceeded during the actual execution of work.
General
Corrosion of the gripping and anchoring system wedges and anchor head is prevented by oil
and grease for the wedges and wedge holes of the anchor heads. Oil or grease or other
corrosion protection agents are non-aggressive and non-degrading. Light corrosion on the
other anchorage parts (bearing plats, casting heads etc.) is permissible. In post tensioning
systems for bonded tendons the following anchorages are available.
i. Stressing Anchorage
ii. Dead End Anchorage
Stressing Anchorage :
At this anchorage the strands are stressed, anchored and the tendon forces transferred to
concrete.
Dead End Anchorage:
The principal feature of this anchorage is the bulb shape end formed on each strand by
splaying out the individual wires. The force is transmitted into the concrete by bearing at the
bulbs and bond in the exposed length of the strands.
Tendons:
The strands shall be continuous over the entire length of tendon and joint shall not be
permitted. The tendon shall be carefully and accurately located in the exact position and
profile and the method of fixing them shall be such that they are not displaced during placing
or compaction of concrete and during tensioning (stressing). Type of fixture used for

PART – B : 67
positioning of tendons shall be such as not to give rise to friction greater than prescribed
codal limits. The fixtures and the entire scheme of positioning tendons will be dully approved
by Engineer-in-Charge.
Stressing:
After the concrete has reached the required strength as well as has achieved prescribed age,
stressing operation may be undertaken. The pre-stressing job shall be done under
supervision of an experienced supervisor approved by the Engineer-in-charge and in the
presence of an authorized representative of an engineer-in-charge. The force in tendon shall
be measured by means of calibrated and approved pressure gauges attached to the
tensioning apparatus as well as by measuring elongation. Variation upto 5% will be normally
accepted. Variations beyond the limits shall be reported to the Engineer-in-charge. The
instruction entered on drawing shall be carefully followed. The contractor shall forward 3
copies of the entire stressing and elongation data to the Engineer-in-charge in prescribed
form. The data so forwarded will bear signatures, both of representatives of Engineer-in-
charge and the contractor’s supervisor present during stressing. The data shall be true and
faithful record actual measurements at site. All stressing results should be got approved from
Engineer-in-charge before cut-off strands. All the equipments such as dial gauges etc. will be
checked periodically and check certificates obtained for record.
Grouting:
All the tendons will be fully grouted as early as practicable as and not later than 2 weeks
after they are finally stressed unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer-in-charge. The
grouting holes shall be left in concrete at such places and in such manner as directed by
Engineer-in-charge. The cable ducts will be first cleansed by passing compressed air through
them in order to see than no obstructions to passage of grout exist. The grout shall be made
to the consistency of thick paste with water-cement ratio not exceeding 0.40%. After flushing
the Re-grouting will be done to fill up the space formed as a result of settlement of grout after
min 24 Hrs.
Grout consists of :-
Portland Pozzolana cement 50 kg bags
Potable water
Grout additive
Water / Cement ratio 0.35 - 0.43
Additive / Cement ratio 0.5% -1% by weight of cement
Bleeding Max 2% after 3 Hrs
Max 4% at any time
Water to be absorbed after 24 Hrs.
Compressive Strength Minimum 17 N/mm2 at 7 days
Minimum 30 N/mm2 at 28 days
Mixing Time Minimum 3 minutes

PART – B : 68
General working procedures:

General
Sequence of work should adhere to the following guidelines:
a. Place bottom layer of rebars in slab and beam.
b. Lay post –tensioning tendons to correct profiles.
c. Place top layer of rebar in slabs and beams.
NB: For edge beams where tendons are anchored open links be used. Top longitudinal
rebars and closing links are to be placed after tendons are installed.
It is of paramount importance that the main Contractor and the Engineer-in-charge or his
authorized representative shall ensure that the placement of rebars do not interfere with
tendon Profiling. Should there be any conflict, Priority should be given to correct tendon
placement.
Placement Procedure of tendons
The tendons are usually assembled on site. The procedure is as follows:
a. Positioning and fixing of block-outs for stressing anchorages to the edge formwork or
construction joint formwork.
b. Cut hole to the edge formwork for each anchorage to accommodate protruding strands
(by main contractor).
c. Place tendon according to tendon layout.
d. Fabrication of dead-end anchorages.
e. Lay tendons to correct profile with support bars and chairs.
Important
• All tendon profiles shall be measured from formwork level.
• Do not damage duct with tie bars or formwork.
• Avoid stepping on duct placed.
• Check visually the axis of ducts placed and fixation at support before concreting.
• The damaged sheath segments shall be replaced with a fresh one. Tapes may be
provided at joints.
• Pour concrete carefully and avoid any damage of duct and profile by vibrator.
Tolerance of tendon profile is recommended as follows:
• Slab tendon vertical ± 5 mm (at lowest and highest points)
• The horizontal ± 150 mm (to avoid small M & E openings or other obstructions, if
necessary)
If the above tolerance exceeds the design engineer should be consulted.
Pre-stressed concrete cables will be laid such that their profile is a smooth curve unless
otherwise specified.

PART – B : 69
The alignment tolerances shall be as under:

Depth of Member Tolerance in direction of depth ‘d’ of Members
up to 210 mm + or - d/40
210 mm – 1000 mm + or – 5 mm
wide
More than 1000mm + or - 10mm
Width of Member Tolerance in direction of width of Members
@ level of tendon
Up to 210 mm + or – 5mm
210 – 1000mm wide + or – 10mm
Slabs and beams more + or – 21mm
than 1000 mm wide
Tendon extensions will be measured up to 1 mm accuracy. The total pre-stressing force

applied to a beam shall not vary more than + or – 3% from the design force specified and
measured in terms of the total elongation of all the tendons in that member.
In the case of slabs this variation shall be measured and restricted over a range of five
consecutive tendons.
Stressing
Stressing can commence after the concrete has attained minimum individual cube strength
of 25 N/mm2 or otherwise stated in the drawing, whichever is greater.
Tendons which are stressed at both ends may be stressed from end followed by the other.
The sum of elongation from both ends is then covered with the total theoretical extension.
The stressing Procedures are as follows:
a. Initial stressing to 25% of the total force can commence any time after the concrete has
attained minimum cube strength of 25 N/mm2.
b. A mark is made on the strands after initial stressing.
c. Sequence of stressing at this stage is not important.
d. No elongation measurement is done during real stressing. This is due to a varying
degree of slacks in each strand and therefore, measurements made at this stage would
prove erroneous.
e. Proceed with 100% stressing after the concrete has achieved 70% of the Characteristic
Strength.
f. Measurement of elongation then be made (say ‘x’ mm). As the “datum” mark is from the
previous 25% stressing. The measurement made would only reflect the elongation of the
strand from 25% to 100%.
g. Due to the wedge draw-in upon release of jack pressure, the measurement made in item
(f), i.e. ‘x’ mm, should include an additional 4-7 mm (Approx.)
h. In order to obtain the full elongation of the strands extrapolation of the measurement
made is done as follows :
Actual elongation = (x + 4 to 7 mm) x 100
75

PART – B : 70
(0% - 100%) = 1.333 x (x + 4 to 7 mm)

i. For elevated slab construction the stripping of formwork can be carried out after full
stressing of the slab is completed. The intermediate props shall be provided at the
interval of 2.00 m spacing, if the construction or design load of the proposed next above
slab is more than the completed floor slab. However, the Engineer-in-charge shall be
consulted before any removal of formwork is performed.
NB: For tendon less than 10 metres in length theoritical strand elongation is used as a
guide rather than criteria for acceptance.
Cut-off
After completion of stressing work and approval of stressing records by the authorized
representative / consultant, excess length of strands are to be cut-off by means of a grinding
disc or fibre disc cutter minimum 20 mm from the edges.
Tendon Stressing Report
Stressing result for each tendon shall be recorded during the stressing operation. Copies of
records shall be given to authorized representative or consultants who shall approve or
comment on these records.
Safety Precautions
Special precautions shall be taken when working near tendons, which have been tensioned
or are in the process of being tensioned.
Do not stand behind the jack during all stressing conditions
Test reports for steel Tendons for ultimate Tensile Failure strength and elongation, 0.2%
proof stress shall be produced by the vendor for 4 samples for each batch of procurement,
atleast 10 days before execution.
Grouting
Grouting Material, mixing sequence and Quantities
(a) Water/ Cement Ratio : 0.43
(b) Mineral Additive : 0.4% by weight of cement (Additive)
(c) Mixing time: Minimum 3 minutes
(d) Mixing sequence : Water-Cement-Additive
Tests
The following tests shall be carried out to determine the most suitable mixes,
(e) Viscosity (flow-time) : (i.e. trial Mix Purpose only)
(f) Bleeding : (i.e. trial Mix Purpose only)
(g) Compressive strength
Viscosity
(h) Viscosity test will be executed by means of flow cone.
(i) Flow time measured with a stopwatch.
(j) Measurement is carried out directly and 10 minutes after mixing. The flow time should
not exceed max 13 to 14 seconds.

PART – B : 71
Bleeding
(k) Measurement is carried out in order to determine the effect of the additive.
(l) For bleeding tests, plastic or glass containers are used. Containers must be placed in
horizontal plan.
(m) Fill the container up to approximately 100 mm and measure the exact height.
(n) Bleeding: Shall not exceed 2% after 3 hrs,
Shall not exceed 4 % at all times.
And the water shall be absorbed after 24 hrs.
If the above values cannot be achieved, the grouting formula is to be changed and the
test will be repeated.
Measurement for Compressive Strength of Grout Tubes
(o) 6 samples of cubes of size 100 mm*100 mm*100 mm will be taken and tested for 7 days
and 28 days strength. The minimum cube strength should be as below.
7 days : Minimum 17 N/mm² (3 cubes)
28 days : Minimum 30 N/mm² (3 cubes)
Interruption of Grouting Operation In case of an interruption (more than hour) the grout
shall be flushed with water and Compressed air.
Tendon Stressing Report
Acceptance criteria and Remedial Measures for Different Failures during Stressing
and De-shuttering activity.
1) Types of Failures and Standard Procedures:
A) Honeycomb (voids) in Concrete and Casting Head Failure:
In case of failure of tendons occur due to honeycomb in concrete or failure of casting
head then following measures to be adopted at site.
De-shuttering Procedure for PT slab and PT beams.
2) If above failure (A) occurs at single tendon within one column bay then normal de-
shuttering can be adopted. No extra remedial measures required for de-shuttering.
3) If same failure (A) occurs in two tendons within one column bay then de-shuttering can
be done, but all remaining tendons within same column bay shall be stressed for 430 bar
pressure instead of 410 bar pressure.
4) If above failure (A) occurs in more than two tendons within one column bay then entire
slab de-shuttering need not be hold, but de-shuttering of slab area of full column bay
where failure occur shall not be done.
Hold the de-shuttering still replacement of casting head, fresh concreting and
successful stressing.
5) In case of above failure (A) in PT beam then de-shuttering of PT beam bottom shall not
be done till replacement of casting head, fresh concreting and successful stressing.
Adjacent slab can be de-shuttered, if stressing is completed successfully.

PART – B : 72
Procedure for Replacement of Casting Head, Concreting and Stressing.

1) If failure (A) occurs then first de-stress all strands and remove old concrete with voids
behind casting head by hacking within appropriate area.
2) After removal of old concrete with voids, remove old casting head and fix a new casting
head at same position and do a fresh concreting of same grade with proper needle
vibrator to ensure void free concreting. Also at the same time, sufficient number of cubes
for concrete shall be cast to check required strength.
3) After getting required concrete strength then go for normal stressing procedure.
4) If stressing is completed successfully, then, the de-shuttering (if any de-shuttering area
is on hold due to failure), can be taken up with the approval of Engineer-in-charge.
B) Strand Slip / Strand cut during stressing activity due to failure of Bearing plate,
Barrel and Wedge:
In case of failure of tendons occur due to Strand Slip then following measures to be
adopted at site.
De-shuttering Procedure for PT slab and PT beams.
1) If above failure (B) occurs at single tendon within one column bay then normal de-
shuttering can be adopted. No extra remedial measures are required for de-shuttering.
2) If same failure (B) occurs in two tendons within one column bay, then de-shuttering can
be done, but all remaining tendons within the same column bay shall be stressed for 430
bar pressure instead of 410 bar pressure.
3) If above failure (B) occurs in more than two tendons within one column bay then de-
shuttering of entire slab need not be hold, but de-shuttering of slab area of full column
bay where failure occurred, shall be kept on hold.
Hold de-shuttering till any special remedial measure to be given by Engineer-in-
charge.
C) Failure of Dead End due to Honeycomb (voids) in Concrete:
In case of failure of tendons occur due to honeycomb in concrete at dead End then
following measures shall be adopted at site.
De-shuttering Procedure for PT slab and PT beams
1) If above failure (C) occurs at single tendon within one column bay then normal de-
shuttering can be adopted. No extra remedial measures are required for de-shuttering.
2) If same failure (C) occurs in two tendons within one column bay then de-shuttering can
be done, but all remaining tendons within the same column bay shall be stressed for 430
bar pressure instead of 410 bar pressure.
3) If above failure (C) occurs in more than two tendons within one column bay then, entire
slab de-shuttering need not be kept on hold, but de-shuttering of slab area of full column
bay where failure occurred, shall not be done.
De-shuttering shall not be taken up, till de-stressing of strands, replacement of fresh
concreting and stressing completed successfully.

PART – B : 73
Procedure for Replacement of Concrete and Stressing

1) If failure (C) occurs, then first de-stress all strands and remove old concrete with voids at
dead end by hacking within appropriate area as marked by design engineer.
2) After removal of old concrete with voids, Quality of the concrete at bulking end shall be
ensured, otherwise redo the same and place a fresh concrete of same grade with proper
needle vibrator to ensure void free concreting.
Also at the same time sufficient number of cubes shall be cast to ascertain the required
strength of the concrete.
3) After getting concrete strength as required, then normal stressing procedure can be
adopted.
4) If stressing is completed successfully, then, the de-shuttering (if any de-shuttering area
is on hold due to failure), can be taken up with the approval of Engineer-in-charge.
THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR -
1) Delivery of all post tensioning materials as per specifications mentioned above.
2) Providing all necessary equipment to carry out the post tensioning works as per
specifications mentioned above.
3) Mobilization and demobilization of the PT equipments, materials, labourers.
4) Providing experienced and specialized post tensioning engineers and technicians.
5) Laying, stressing, cut-off strands and grouting of the PT tendons as per the shop
drawings and specifications mentioned above.
6) Preparation of as built drawings.
7) Demarcation of tendons with Red colour paint marking.
MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT OF PT WORKS
The theoretical / standard weight of stand shall be calculated on the basis of unit weight
specified in the manufacturer’s catalogue. For actual weight, the length of sample
strands of each dia (three random samples for each dia., of length 0.5m) shall be
measured correct to half a centimetre. Thereafter, these strands shall be weighed and
average weight shall be calculated. Based on these weights, the actual weight per metre
for strands of each dia., shall be worked out and recorded.
The quantity of the strands, to be paid for, shall be worked on basis of the lesser of the
two weights calculated on the basis of above two paras. The decision of the Engineer-in-
Charge as regards the random samples and average weight shall be final and binding
on the Contractor and no claim of any kind shall be entertained from the contractor in
this regard.
For the purpose of payment, the weight of strands measured from anchor to anchor
length actually provided and fixed in position along the profile shall be measured in Kg.
GUARANTEE FOR THE POST TENSIONING WORK:
Five years Guarantee bond for the post tensioned structural members, in the prescribed
proforma given in the tender document, shall be submitted by the contractor which shall
also be signed by both the specialized agency and the contractor to meet their liability /
liabilities under the guarantee bond. However, the sole responsibility about efficiency of
post tensioning work shall rest with the building contractor. An amount of Rs. 10.00
Lakhs shall be retained as additional Security Deposit and the amount so deducted

PART – B : 74
would be released after five years from the date of completion of the entire work under
the agreement, if the performance of the post tensioning work is found satisfactory. If
any defect is noticed during the guarantee period, the contractor shall rectify it within 7
days of issuing notice of intimation of defects in the work by the Engineer-in-charge. If
the defects pointed out are not attended to within the specified period, the same will be
got done from another agency at the risk and cost of contractor and such cost recovered
from the contractor, from any of the amount due to the contractor either on this work or
any other work being executed for CPWD / Government organization. In any case the
contractor and the specialized agency, during the guarantee period, shall inspect and
examine the performance of the post tensioned structural members once in every year
and make good any defect observed and confirm the same in writing.
However this security deposit can be released in full, if bank Guarantee of equivalent
amount for Full 5 (Five) years is produced and deposited with the department.
However the contractor shall solely be responsible for the satisfactory performance until
the expiry of the above guarantee period.
2. SPECIFICATIONS FOR SELF COMPACTING, FAIR FACED CONCRETE
Guiding documents
EFNARC Guidelines 2005 PERI Reference Booklet on Fair Faced Concrete
The consistency classes should be fixed based on the type of element (i.e. wall, slab, column
etc.), using the EFNARC suggested approach:
The definitions of the consistency classes are:
Table A.1 – Slump – Flow Classes
Class Slump – Flow in mm

SF1 550 to 650
SF2 660 to 750
SF3 760 to 850

PART – B : 75
Table A.2 – Viscocity Classes
Class T600, S V Funnel time in Sec

VS1 / VF1 ≤2 ≤8
VS2 / VF2 >2 9 to 25
Table A.3 – Passing ability Classes (L – Box)
Class Passing ability

PA1 ≥ 8 for 2 rebars
PA2 ≥ 8 for 3 rebars
Table A.4 – Segragation resistance Classes (Sieve segregation)
Class Segregation Resistance in Percentage

SR1 ≤ 20
SR2 ≤ 15
In order to get a fair faced self compacting concrete, apart from using the best quality
formwork and form release agents (some guidance provided in the PERI document),
EFNARC suggests the use of high flow ability concrete, corresponding to slump flow class of
SF3 and Viscosity class of VS1 or VF1. However, very high flow ability should be avoided in
the case of slabs in order to reduce the potential for plastic settlement cracking.
As a general recommendation, the following specifications are provided:
Type of Slump flow V- funnel time (s) L-box (H2/H1) – Segregation

element (mm) if congestion is resistance %
Initial After 5
high, use 3
min in
rebars;
V-
otherwise 2
funnel
Wall 780 ± 40 6 – 12 6 – 18 More than 0.8 Less than 20

Column 780 ± 40 6 – 12 6 – 18 More than 0.8 Less than 20
Beam 680 ± 40 6 – 12 6 – 18 More than 0.8 Less than 15
Slab 600 ± 40 12 – 20 12 – 24 More than 0.8 Less than 15
Note: Test method details are provided in Annexure B of the EFNARC Guidelines
3. Form Finish Concrete Acceptance Tolerances
3.1. Formwork for Exposed Concrete Surfaces
3.1.1 Material and Workmanship
The relevant specification of CPWD Vol-I clause No.5.2 shall be followed except that
the laminated shuttering plywood not less than 12 mm with supporting frame work
comprising of MS angle / Tee / Flat / Channel / ‘I’ beam and steel sheathing and steel

PART – B : 76
plates made out of CR MS sheet not less than 2 mm thickness (14 gauge) shall be
used instead of ordinary shuttering plywood / steel sheathing, to obtain a desired
smooth exposed surface finish. Contractor shall prepare shop drawing for shuttering
pattern, which matches the architectural control line and shall obtain approval from
the Engineer-in-charge before commencement of the work. The exposed surface
shall be in desired pattern and size as per the approved shuttering pattern drawing.
The shuttering shall have restricted reuse to obtain good surface finish. Contractor
shall get prior approval for reuse of shuttering plate or shuttering ply. Before re-use,
all forms shall be inspected by the Engineer-in-charge and their suitability shall be
ascertained. If, any of the forms are found to be unsuitable, they shall be immediately
replaced. Only similar type of material shall be used for the entire work. The surface
shall be presentable without further treatment. The surface shall be rendered and
sand papered to the satisfaction of the Engineer in charge.
The specifications as given in CPWD Specifications shall generally be followed. In
addition, the Contractor shall ensure the following:
a) Since the exposed concrete is intended to make a visual statement, the Contractor
shall ensure that the concrete on de-shuttering presents a clean and even surface.
Repair / patchwork shall not be permitted.
b) Form exposed corners of beams and columns to produce square, smooth, solid,
unbroken lines, except as otherwise shown.
c) The Contractor to furnish the shutter boards in largest practicable sizes to
minimize number of joints and to conform to joint system shown on drawings.
d) All formed joints on concrete surfaces to be exposed shall be taped and shall align
so that joints will not be apparent on the concrete surfaces.
e) The location of all exposed features such as through tie bolts, joints shall be
planned in such a way that no bolt hole/joint line etc., seems to be arbitrary and/or
out of place.
f) The shuttering shall be of superior construction so as to avoid slurry leakage and
consequent honeycombing etc.
g) The pattern of formwork for exposed concrete works shall be approved by the
Engineer-in-charge prior to execution.
h) Approval of Engineer-in-charge for the shuttering material shall not absolve the
contractor of his responsibility regarding the quality of finished work.
i) The design of form work shall conform to sound engineering practices and relevant
BIS Codes.
3.1.2 All vertical members for formwork scaffolding shall be of steel like props, ‘H’ frame
etc., Care shall be taken to set all formwork in perfect line, level (or in required
camber or slope as specified) and plumb. Formwork propping shall be strong, rigid
and sturdy. The formwork shall be as per pattern & design shown in drawings.
Formwork shall be done accurately and precisely so as to achieve neat, clean and
smooth concrete surface, in line, level and plumb. Crimps, twists, offsets, warps,
riveting etc. in plates or forms shall not be allowed. Before placing concrete, forms
shall be thoroughly cleaned off of all rust, dust and loose materials. Mould release
agent of approved make or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge shall be applied
on sheathing before placing the reinforcement steel. Also the formwork material will

PART – B : 77
be of laminated plywood / best quality steel sheathing or any sort of such material,
as approved by the Engineer-in-charge, so that all exposed concrete surfaces have
uniform colour and texture. After de-shuttering, all concrete surfaces shall be
properly rendered with sand paper or emery stone. The sample of the exposed
concrete shall be got approved by the Engineer in charge.
3.1.3 Exposed / Ordinary fair finished formwork for walls, columns, beams of Super
structure
For walls, columns and beams, the shuttering plates on either side shall be bolted
with through tie rods made from round bars minimum 12 mm with heavy quality PVC
sleeves and minimum 25 mm thick PVC cones on either side of the sleeve. The
whole tie rod assembly along-with PVC cone shall be placed /fixed with through
bolts on either side of the shuttering plates. Holes of cones shall be filled with rich
cement mortar (1:1) and bonding agent in recommended proportion.
3.1.4 Hydrophobic Silane –Siloxane Coating
a) Materials:: Hydrophobic Silane - Siloxane coating shall be of approved quality like
Wacker, GE silicon, Pidilite, Dow Corning, or equivalent (water repellent paint) as
approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge. It shall conform to M-74.
b) Workmanship : The silicone paint shall be diluted with water (benzene or toluene) in
proportion as per manufacturer’s specifications. The paint shall be sprayed with
spray gun as directed. As far as possible ready-mix paint shall be used.
c) Concentration of silicon content shall be in proportion so that after the application,
surface is clear and as it is. The sample shall be approved by architect. Normally 5%
concentration is sufficient for not to have change in parent colour.
d) The concrete surfaces should also be thoroughly cleaned of dust, dirt, rust, concrete
slurry or any other foreign material with appropriate method so as not to damage the
RCC work, as approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
e) Rate shall be inclusive of mopping, cleaning, masking the door windows/floor/plants
etc during and after the execution for protection
f) A guarantee bond on appropriate non-judicial stamp paper shall be given by the
Contractor to the Client in the manner form prescribed below:
FORM OF GUARANTEE BOND
"I/We ......................(Contractor) hereby guarantee that work will remain unaffected

and will not be in any way damaged by water or any other humid conditions, for a
period of 5 years after completion of the work of Silicone painting as per the terms
and conditions of the contract and Contractor hereby indemnifies and agrees to save
the Institute from any loss and or damage that might be caused on account of
exposure to water and hereby Guarantees to make good any loss or damages
suffered by the Institute and further guarantee to redo the affected work without
claiming any extra cost."
g) This guarantee shall remain force for the period of 5 years from the completion of the
work under the contract and it shall remain binding to the Contractor for period of 5
years.
3.1.5 Mode of measurement and payment
Clause 5.2 of CPWD specifications shall be followed for any type and shape of

PART – B : 78
elements.
The following reference images are attached to acquaint the Contractor of the
expectation of the Client regarding the appearances of exposed concrete and are
meant as a guide

PART – B : 79

PART – B : 80

PART – B : 81
Additions : NIL Corre

rrections : NIL
Overwritings : NIL Delet
letions : NIL AE EE
PART – B : 82
Tolerance Limits of Various Surface Characteristics:

1. Texture Panel Joints
a. Formwork should be grout tight. Avoid grout/mortar leakage.
b. Permissible surface offsets of panel joint up to 1/8 in. (3 mm)
2. Colour Uniformity
a. Colour consistency between adjacent placements and layer lines should be
uniform
b. Concrete source materials and form-facing
form facing material should be of consistent type,

rrections : NIL
letions : NIL AE EE
PART – B : 83
grade, and source to avoid causing deviations in appearance.

c. Rust and dirt stains are unacceptable
3. Surface Void Ratio
Void area is the summation of the areas of all voids / pores within the sample space
of 24” x 24” (610 x 610 mm). Voids with an average diameter of d < 3/32” (2.4 mm)
are excluded from the calculation of the void area.
area
Void area within the sample space of 24” x 24” (610 x 610 mm) shall not exceed = 3.5
sq.inch (2258 mm2) ; Dmax = 3/8”
3/8 (9.5 mm)
4. Surface Irregularities
a. Maximum gradualdual deviation over a distance of 5 ft. (152 cm), or abrupt deviation
is 1/8 in. (3 mm).
b. Limit deflection of formwork structure to L/40
5. Construction Joints
a. Maximum offset of surfaces between two adjacent placements ≤ 1/4 in. (6 mm).
b. Construction joint locations should be coordinated with architectural design
6. Surface Holes, Patches, etc.
No. Criterion Acceptability Tolerance

1 Vibrator burns Unacceptable
Concrete remnants Unacceptable
2
hardened concrete on the form face
3 Swelling of facing at fastener or tie holes Unacceptable
4. EXPANSION JOINT SYSTEM

The expansion joint system of required thickness as shown in drawing and of approved
make as per approved GFC drawing shall be provided with following specifications.
a) Floor to Floor / Floor to Wall Joints :
The expansion joints system shall be of extruded aluminum base members, self aligning
/ self centering arrangement and support plates etc. as per ASTM B221-02.
B221 The system
shall be such that it provides floor to floor / floor to wall expansion
expansion control system for
various vertical locations in load application areas that accommodates multi directional
seismic movement without stress to it's components. System shall consist of metal
profiles with a universal aluminum base member designed to accommodate
accom various
project conditions and finish floor treatments. The cover plate shall be designed of width

rrections : NIL
letions : NIL AE EE
PART – B : 84
and thickness required to satisfy projects movement and loading requirements and
secured to base members by utilizing manufacturer’s pre-engineered self-centering
arrangement that freely rotates / moves in all directions. The Self - centering
arrangement shall exhibit circular sphere ends that lock and slide inside the
corresponding aluminium extrusion cavity to allow freedom of movement and flexure in
all directions including vertical displacement. Provision of Moisture Barrier Membrane in
the Joint System to have watertight joint is mandatory requirement all as per the
manufactures design and as approved by Engineer -in- Charge. (Material shall conform
to ASTM 6063).
b) Wall Joint (Internal / External)
Expansion joint system shall be of approved make and manufacture and related with
wall joint (internal / external) location as per drawings and direction of Engineer-In-
Charge. The joints shall be of extruded aluminum base members, self aligning /
centering arrangement and support plates as per ASTM B221- 02. The material shall be
such that it provides an Expansion Joints System suitable for vertical wall to wall / wall to
corner application, both new and existing construction in office Buildings & complexes
with no slipping down tendency amongst the components of the Joint System. The Joint
System shall utilize light weight aluminum profiles exhibiting minimal exposed aluminum
surfaces mechanically snap locking the multi-cellular to facilitate movement. (Material
shall conform to ASTM 6063).
c) Roof locations
Expansion joint system shall be of approved make and manufacture for various roof
locations as per approved drawings and direction of Engineer-In-Charge. The joints shall
be of extruded aluminium base members with, self aligning and self centering
arrangement support plates as per ASTM B221-02. The system shall be such that it
provides water tight roof to roof /roof to corner joint cover expansion control system that
is capable of accommodating multidirectional seismic movement without stress to its
components. System shall consist of metal profile that incorporates a universal
aluminum base member designed to accommodate various project conditions and roof
treatments. The cover plate shall be designed of width and thickness required to satisfy
movement and loading requirements and secured to base members by utilizing
manufacturer’s pre-engineered self-centering arrangement that freely rotates / moves in
all directions. The Self centering arrangement shall exhibit circular sphere ends that lock
and slide inside the corresponding aluminum extrusion cavity to allow freedom of
movement and flexure in all directions including vertical displacement. The Joint System
shall resists damage or deterioration from the impact of falling ice, exposure to UV,
airborne contaminants and occasional foot traffic from maintenance personnel. Provision
of Moisture Barrier Membrane in the Joint System to have water tight joint is mandatory
requirement. (Material shall confirm to ASTM 6063).
5. TOILET CUBICLES
Toilet cubical (of following standard dimension which includes 600 mm door size width) made
up of thermosetting resin treated high pressure, self supporting decorative compact
laminates with permanently incorporated anti-bacterial agents (under JIS Z2801:2000
certification) during manufacturing. Compact board should be resistant to water immersion
through permissible increase on thickness and mass < 0.60% and board density > 1.35
kg/cm3 and fulfill the criteria of green guard gold certification and manufactured under EN
438 - 2&3 : 2005 standard. 12 mm thick compact board should be Moisture resistant, Impact
resistant, termite resistant, Scratch resistant, Weather and climatic shock resistant. Finish of
compact laminates should be suede finish which includes door, pilasters and intermediate
panels finished with approved texture / shade as per IS2046 and fulfill the criteria of fire
retardance under BS-476/97 and EN438-6 with classification of BS1D0 standard. Pilaster to
be supported with SS (grade 316) adjustable foot and intermediate panels shall be attached

PART – B : 85
to the wall with the help of approved SS (grade 316) channels and all required hardware,
made up of stainless steel as per manufacturer’s specification. Door knob, gravity hinges,
Thumb turn locksets with occupancy indicators, coat hooks with door stopper, U channel, top
rail with corner connector, adjustable foot / pedestal, Rubber noise deafening tape, screw &
wall plugs should be approved under the instruction of Engineer-in-charge. The top fitting
should consist of SS round top rail which will get fixed with pilaster, with SS panel tube
holder, SS corner bend (connected with top rail) will be use in corner of cubical in absence of
brick wall, SS wall fixing is used only on the wall which will hold the SS top rail. All screws
shall be of 304 grade in SS with stain finish. All pilasters are supported by SS bottom
cladding. The base of the stainless steel bottom cladding will be anchored to the floor with a
clearance height upto 150 mm. Finish and colour of Toilet cubical should be approved under
guidance of engineer-in-charge.
6. POLY CARBONATE SHEET ROOFING
The polycarbonate multi-layered system, a complete assembly of extruded multilayer UV
protected poly carbonate panels incorporated into a complete system. Co-extruded UV
protected polycarbonate panel system of minimum 18 mm thick panels of 1200 mm width
shall be provided. Panels shall have six–seven layers with opaque and translucent clear
combination as per required lux level with all fixing accessories to ensure best performance
against wind uplift, vibration, oil canning and visual appearance. Panels shall be
manufactured with vertical offset standing seam at both sides of the panel. Panels shall be
fixed on Purlins with snap on connectors with grip lock locking mechanism and will be
secured on MS structure with 3 numbers self drilling screws & trapezoid SS fasteners holding
the base of the standing seam offering best stability having a pull-out load of minimum 7000
N (7 KN) tested as per ISO 6892:1998 and IS 1608: 2005. Panels must satisfy Dart drop
impact test as per IS 14443-97 and shall show no sign of breakage on Poly carbonate sheets
which have been exposed to UV for a minimum of 500 Hours as per ASTM G 155. Panels
shall not have Yellowness Index as per ASTM D 1925 of 15 units when tested on a sample
exposed to UV for 500 Hours as per ASTM G 155. U value shall not be more than 2.0 W/m2
K as per EN ISO 10077-2:2018. Panels shall be with additional End cap / Aluminium U / F
Profile / Glazing Bar (mill finish) for ends as required. Panels shall be fixed over M.S.
structural steel / M.S. purlins conforming to the detail technical specifications as per
approved architectural drawings. Trained and factory authorized labour with supervision to
complete the entire panel installation as per drawing & direction of the engineer in charge.
7. METAL FIRE CHECK DOORS
Providing and fixing of Hollow metal Insulated fire rated doors as per IS 3614 part-1, for
stability, integrity & insulation. Pressed galvanized steel confirming to IS 277 with the
following specifications shall be used. Recommended fire door shall be tested to IS 3614 part
2 / ISO 834-1 Part 1 / BS 476 Part 20 & 22, CBRI / Cerifire or third party certified or
equivalent lab, for maximum rating of 120 minutes with 30 minutes of insulation, in latched /
unlatched condition (if used with deadbolts and pull handles). Labeled doors with certification
shall be with vision glass as a part of complete assembly. Manufacturer test certificate shall
cover doors both single and double leaf and all doors supplied shall be within the tested
specimen, deviation in specification and sheet thickness other than what is mentioned in the
test certificates are not allowed. Proper label confirming the type of door and the hourly rating
is mandatory from Approved manufacturer or equivalent.
Size of door fame and shutter shall be as per the manufactures specifications with 2 hours
fire rating. Door frame shall be single / double rebate grooved profile of size 143 x 57 mm
made out of 1.60 mm (16 SWG) minimum thick galvanized steel sheet. Frames shall be

PART – B : 86
mitred and field assembled with self-tabs. Frames to have in build grooved sealing system
and shall be site fitted with fire rated EPDM gasket as per standard specifications. All
provisions should be mortised, drilled and tapped for receiving appropriate hardware. Frames
should be provided with back plate bracket and anchor fasteners for installation on a finished
plastered masonry wall opening. Frames shall be filled with fire rated puff / vermiculate
based concrete.
Door leaf shall be 46mm thick fully flush double skin door, insulated with or without vision lite.
Door leaf shall be manufactured from 1.20 mm (18 SWG) minimum thick galvanized steel
sheet. The internal construction of the door should be rigid reinforcement pads for receiving
appropriate hardware. The infill material shall be high density insulation material.
Intumuscent fire seal srtrips of minimum size 10x4 mm to be provided all around the door in
addition to the grooved smoke seal. All doors shall be factory prepared for receiving
appropriate hardware and provided with necessary reinforcement for hinges, locks, and door
closers. The edges should be interlocked with a bending radius of 1.4 mm. For pair of doors
integrated astragals have to be provided on the meeting stile for both active and inactive leaf.
Vision lite wherever applicable should be provided as per manufacturer’s recommendation
with a clip-on arrangement. The glass should be 6 mm clear borosilicate fire rated glass of
relevant rating of the door.
All doors and frames shall be finished Powder coated and shall have passed minimum 250
hours of salt spray test.
Item shall include supply and installation of door and hardware as a complete assembly as
mentioned in the door and hardware schedule. Frame, once installed should be filled with fire
rated PUF or / vermiculate based concrete as recommended by the manufacturer or
engineer-in-charge.
120 Minutes Fire Rated Door Double leaf of size : 1350-1500 x 2100 with vision panel 200 x
300 mm with hardware set 6 Nos., Stainless steel ball baring butt hinges, panic bar / latch
(Double point) fitted with a single body, Trim Latch & Lock on back side of the Panic Latch for
double leaf door, 1 No., door closers HDC 35 with slide arm, door coordinator, groove &
intumuscent fire seal for smoke, all hardware are as per List of Approved makes & inclusive
of PUFF Grouting.
8. HOLLOW METAL DOORS
8.1 Hollow Metal Door and Frames
Part 1 - General
8.1.0 Section Includes
A. Architectural hollow metal doors and frames as shown on the Drawings and as
specified herein.
Flush Steel Doors as per Indian standard or British standard
Flush steel fire doors as per Steel frames
8.1.1 Reference
A. Indian Standard
• IS 277 standard specifications for steel sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized)
• IS 3614 Part 1 Specification for fire rated doors, windows, glazed doors & partitions

PART – B : 87
• IS 3614 Part 2 Metallic and non-metallic fire check doors – Resistance test and
performance criteria
• IS 513 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, carbon, Cold rolled Commercial
Quality.
B. British Standard
• BS 476 Part 22:1987 Standard methods of test of fire door assemblies
C. International Standard
• ISO 834-1 : Fire resistance test - Elements of building construction
8.1.2 Submittals
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications for fabrication and installation,
including data substantiation that products comply with requirements.
B. Certificates:
1. Manufacturers Certification that products comply with referenced standards.
2. Evidence of certificates as listed.
C. Shop Drawings: Submit for fabrication and installation of metal doors and frames.
Include details of each frame type, elevations of door design types, conditions at
openings, details of construction, location and installation requirements of finish
hardware and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage
and details of joints and connections. Indicate door elevation, internal reinforcement,
closure method, and cutouts for glass lights and louvers. Show anchorage and
accessory items. Provide schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers
for details and openings as shown on Drawings.
D. Samples
1. Submit 300 mm x 300 mm cut away sample door with provisions for lockset, hinge and
corner section of the frame.
8.1.3 Transportation, Handling and Storage
A. Deliver, store and handle hollow metal work in a manner to prevent damage and
deterioration.
A. Provide packaging such as cardboard or other containers, separators, banding,
spreaders and paper wrappings to protect hollow metal items.
B. Store doors and frames upright, in a protected dry covered area, at least 100 mm or
more above ground or floor and at least 6 mm between individual pieces.
C. Doors and frames are to have a metal tag with the door number thereon.
E. Should door wrapper becomes wet, remove immediately
8.1.4 Quality Assurance
A. General: Unless otherwise specified, provide doors and frames complying with the
Indian standard and the British standard for stability, integrity and insulation
B. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Provide Fire Doors and Frames with CBRI / ARAI or
Warrington Certifier test certificate

PART – B : 88
Labeled Fire doors and frames in accordance with IS 3614 for stability and integrity Fire
tests of Door Assemblies.
1. Where insulation is the criteria supply labeled Fire doors and frames in accordance
with IS 3614 for stability, integrity and Insulation Fire tests of Door Assemblies
2. Complying with BS476 part 22: 1987 and which are labeled and listed by Certifier or
internationally accredited laboratory.
3. Manufacture doors and frames under the Certifire inspection program and in strict
compliance to standards and provide the degree of fire protection, heat
transmission.
4. Affix a physical label or approved marking to each fire door or fire door frames at
any authorized facility as evidence of compliance and test conducted by approved
agency.
5. Conform to applicable codes for fire ratings. It is the intent of the specification that
hardware and its application comply or far exceeds the standard for fire doors
C. Manufacturers: Provide doors, frames and hardware from a single manufacturer
approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
D. Installers: Minimum three years documented experience installing products of similar
nature.
Part 2 - Products
8.2.1 Manufacturers
A. The fire rated doors shall be procured from approved manufacturers as mentioned in
the list of approved / preferred makes.
B. Substitution: Not permitted
C. Provide all steel doors and hardware from a single manufacturer.
8.2.2 Materials
A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets: Commercial quality carbon steel, complying with IS 513
B. Galvanized Steel Sheets: Zinc-coated carbon steel sheets of commercial quality,
complying with IS 277 zinc-coating, mill phosphatized. Minimum sheet thickness 1.60
mm for the frame and 1.60 mm for the shutter.
C. Supports and Anchors: Fabricated of 1.25 mm thick, galvanized sheet steel.
D. Inserts, Bolts and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units, except hot-dip galvanize
items to be built into exterior walls
E. Shop Applied Paint: Rust-inhibitive self-etching primer and polyurethane paint as per
manufacturer specification and coating.
F. Graintech sheets to be used for doors with surface wood finish. Minimum sheet
thickness shall be 1.60 mm
8.2.3 Fabrication - General
A. Fabricate metal door and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from
defects (warp or buckle). Wherever practicable, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's
plant. Work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment, shall be
clearly marked to assure proper assembly at project site.

PART – B : 89
B. Fabricate exposed faces of doors and panels, including styles and rails of non-flush
units, from only Galvanized steel.
C. Frames, concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, louvers and mouldings
shall be fabricated from Galvanized steel.
D. Exterior doors, panels, and frames shall be fabricated from galvanized sheet steel. Top
edges of all doors shall be closed as an integral part of the door construction or by
addition of inverted steel channel.
E. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide counter-sunk flat heads for
exposed screws and bolts.
F. Finish Hardware Preparation
1. Doors and frames shall be so designed and prepared as to receive mortised and
concealed finish hardware in accordance with Hardware Schedule and templates
provided by hardware supplier.
2. Doors and frames shall be reinforced to receive surface applied hardware. Drilling
and tapping for surface-applied finish hardware may be done at project site.
3. Finish hardware shall be located as shown on final shop drawings or, if not shown,
in accordance with Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware.
G. Shop Painting - Primer
1. Exposed surfaces of steel door and frame units including galvanized surfaces shall
be cleaned, treated and painted.
2. Clean steel surfaces of mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt, and other foreign materials
before application of priming coat.
3. Shop coat of suitable primer of even consistency shall be applied to provide a
uniformly finished surface
8.2.4 Pressed Metal Frames
A. General: Provide continuous type pressed metal frames, including glazing stops and
reinforcement, of various profiles to suit conditions detailed on the drawings and be
constructed of new prime quality, Galvanized sheet steel. All frames shall be fabricated
from zinc-coated sheet chemically treated after fabrication for optimum paint adhesion.
B. Materials: Provide pressed metal frame of the following minimum thickness:
1. Exterior / interior Frames: 1.60 mm thick sheet respectively. Sheets lesser than 1.60
mm are not acceptable for frames.
2. Wall Anchors: Same thickness and material as frame.
3. Hinge Reinforcement: Manufacturer’s Standard 5 mm thick unless recommended
otherwise by the door manufacturer.
4. Strike Reinforcement: Manufacturer’s Standard unless recommended otherwise by
the manufacturer.
5. Closer and Holder Reinforcement: 1.6 mm by the required length and width.
C. Frames: Provide frames that have joints die-mitered with integral tabs for reinforcement
and interlocking of the jambs to head. All frames should be with grooved seal for air

PART – B : 90
leakages and dust control. Frames shall be knock-down or equivalent, with self
aligning tabs and slots for securely locked corners.
D. Construction: The finished work shall be strong and of rigid construction neat in
appearance and free from warp, wave and buckle. Moulded members shall be clean cut,
straight and true. Miters shall be well formed and in true alignment. Fastenings shall be
concealed where practicable.
E. Door Silencers: Except on weather stripped frames, drill stops to receive 3 rubber
silencers on strike jamb of single-swing frames and 4 silencers on heads of
double-swing frames.
F. Anchors
1. Unless otherwise indicated on drawings, anchor frame in concrete and masonry
walls by means of galvanized expansion shields and flat-head machine screws.
Screw heads shall be counter-sunk in soffit of jamb. Machine screws shall be
approved type, 9 mm diameter by minimum 75 long of zinc plated or dichromate
steel with 9 mm diameter by minimum 44 mm long malleable iron or steel
expansion shield. Reinforce jamb at each expansion screw location with 5 mm by
38 mm wide steel fitting into inside of stop and welded to backbends. Anchors shall
be located not more than 150 mm from top and bottom of each jamb with
intermediate anchors spaced at a maximum of 650 mm on center.
2. Anchors for plaster partitions with truss stud framing shall be Z-clip type, to be
secured to studs and welded to back of frames above each hinge reinforcement
and just below the top hinge reinforcement. Anchors on the strike side shall occur
directly opposite to those on the hinge side.
3. Provide at least 4 anchors for each jamb for frames up to 2.28 m in jamb height; 5
anchors up to 2.40 m; and one additional anchor for each 0.6 m fraction thereof
over 2.4 m jamb height.
8.2.5 Door Leaf
A. General:
Construct exterior or interior doors to the following design and gauges:
Full flush - 1.20 mm sheet thickness as approved
Full flush / Rail & Style - minimum 1.20 mm sheet thickness
1. Interior Doors: Fabricate interior hollow metal doors of 2 outer sheets, 1.2 mm
thick galvanized sheet steel, free from rust, scale, pits and surface defects.
Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, hollow metal door thickness shall be 46
mm.
2. Exterior Doors : Fabricate exterior hollow metal doors of 2 outer sheets, 1.6 mm
thick galvanised steel sheet. Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, hollow
metal door thickness shall be 46 mm.
3. Glass Lite doors: Fabricate glass lite of approved sizes and rating based on the
door schedule. The material shall be 1.2 mm galvanized steel with face fixing
counter-sunk screws.
4. Metal Louvered Doors: Shall be manufacture's standard product fabricated of
20 SWG cold-rolled galvanized steel sheet, free from rust, scale, pits and surface
defects. Door thickness shall be 46 mm. Style channels, stiffener channels and

PART – B : 91
other construction members shall be of sizes as recommended by the

manufacturer. For fire doors the louvers are not applicable
5. Service Heavy-Duty Doors: Fabricate service doors using same sheet facing
thickness as that for exterior doors as per door location. Provide additional
reinforcing stiffeners for the door construction.
B. Door Construction
I. Full Flush Doors (Non-fire rated)
1. Door leaf to have internal reinforcing channels or z-shaped members of 1.6 mm thick
steel, on top and bottom. Door styles to be interlocked on both sides with a bending
radius of 1.4 mm.
2. Hollow portions of doors shall be filled completely with expanded honeycomb core
glued on either inside surface for stability and integrity. If the infill material is mineral
wool, it shall be of a density of minimum 100 kg per sq.mt,
3. Door thickness should be 46 mm
4. Vertical edge seams: Provide doors with continuous vertical edges and mechanical
interlocking joints at lock and hinge edges.
5. Provide single swing doors with not more than 3 mm clearance at jambs and heads
and not more than 6 mm clearance at meeting edges of pair of doors (3 mm on fire
rated doors).
6. Where required as indicated on door type schedule drawing, provide doors with
grills and vision glass panels of thickness indicated on drawings. Manufacturer's
standard steel assembly, one side integral with door and the other side equipped with
applied steel stops of minimum 20 SWG steel, single piece lengths, secured within 76
mm of ends and maximum 306 mm centers between with cross-slotted flat-head
countersunk screws.
7. All double doors to have integrated astragal both for fire and non-fire rated doors
II. Rail & Style Doors (Non-fire rated) :
1. Door leaf to have internal reinforcing channels or z-shaped members of 1.6mm thick
steel, on top and bottom. Door styles to be interlocked on both sides with a bending
radius of 1.4 mm.
2. Hinge style and lock style size of (Maximum 150 x 46 mm) Plus 16 mm for glass bead
and stop.
3. Top Rail size shall be (Maximum 150 x 46 mm) Plus 16 mm for glass bead and stop.
4. Bottom Rail size should be (Maximum 250 x 46 mm) Plus 16 mm for glass bead and
stop.
5. Intermediate Rails size should be (Maximum 150 x 46 mm) Plus 16 mm for glass bead
and stop
6. Door thickness should be 46 mm
7. Mechanically fastened hairline flush vertical joints on the inside and interlocking
joints at lock and hinge edges.
8. Glazing bead should be 16 mm high with counter-sunk screws.

PART – B : 92
III. Fire rated Doors: Insulated

1. All fire doors shall be manufactured as per the test certificate and the original product
proto-type for 120 minutes as per NBC 2016 requirement
2. It should comply with the specification in terms of sheet thickness and frame design.
Door frame and leaf sheet thickness can be on the higher side of the specification but
not otherwise and shall be fully compliant in terms of construction design and finish.
Minimum recommended sheet thickness for frame shall be 1.6 mm (16 SWG) and
shutter shall be 1.60 mm (16 SWG)
3. All fire doors should be tested for stability, integrity and insulation. Doors shall be
tested for 120 minutes integrity and 30 minutes insulation.
4. The infill material shall be high density insulation material tested for minimum 30
minutes insulation. The internal construction of the door shall be rigid reinforcement
for stability and integrity.
5. Fire doors shall be tested as a complete assembly including Frame, door leaf, vision
lite and hardware.
6. Intumescent seal is mandatory for all insulated doors. This is independent of the
addition smoke seal if required. Smoke seal cannot be used as an alternative for the
intumescent seals.
7. Products tested and certified shall be from approved labs of national or international
repute. Third party certified products under a labeling program shall be acceptable
provided the test certificates are valid and in line with the door and hardware.
8. All fire doors supplied by the manufacturer shall also be acceptable to the Local
authority or AHJ (Authority Having Jurisdiction)
9. Doors tested without vision panel shall not be used if it is not covered as a assembly
in the related test certificate
10. The Maximum size of the glazing shall not exceed the overall glass sq.mt tested.
11. All hardware used shall be in line with minimum and maximum fire rating for which it
is tested and approved. The hardware supplier shall provide relevant certificates to
the door manufacturer and agree in writing if the material is not tested along with the
door.
12. Door manufacturer shall be fully responsible for manufacturing, supplying of material
in compliance with the standard and certification. Any deviation thereof shall be
documented and approved by competent authority before the supplies are affected.
IV. Fire rated Doors: Un-Insulated
1. All fire doors shall be manufactured as per the test certificate and the original product
proto type for 120 minutes as per NBC 2016 requirement.
3. All fire doors should be tested for stability and integrity. Doors shall be tested for 120
minutes stability and integrity.
4. The infill material shall be resin bonded honeycomb craft paper of higher density. The

PART – B : 93
internal construction of the door shall be rigidly reinforced for stability and integrity.
5. Fire doors shall be tested as a complete assembly including Frame, door leaf, vision
lite and hardware.
6. Products tested and certified shall be from approved labs of national or International
repute. Third party certified products under a labelling program shall be acceptable
8. Doors tested without vision panel shall not be used if it is not covered as an assembly
in the related test certificate.
10. All hardware used shall be in line with minimum and maximum fire rating for which it is
tested and approved. The hardware supplier shall provide relevant certificates to the
door manufacturer and agree in writing if the material is not tested along with the door.
V. Glazed Fire rated Doors: Insulated
1. All glazed fire doors shall be manufactured as per the test certificate and the original
product proto type for maximum rating of 120 minutes as per NBC 2016 requirement.
3. All fire glazed doors should be tested for stability, integrity and insulation. Doors shall
be tested for 120 minutes integrity and 30 minutes for insulation.
4. The infill material shall be high density insulation material tested for minimum 30
minutes insulation. The internal construction of the door shall be rigidly reinforced for
stability and integrity.
5. Fire doors shall be tested as a complete assembly including Frame, door leaf,
glazing glass with intumescent seal and hardware.
6. Intumescent seal is mandatory for all insulated doors. This is independent of the
addition smoke seal if required. Smoke seal cannot be used as an alternative for the
intumescent seals.
7. Products tested and certified shall be from approved labs of national or international
repute. Third party certified products under a labeling program shall be acceptable
8. For doors with side and top partitions, the certificate shall satisfy the requirement for
maximum size of the partition and sq.mt area.
9. For continuous side partition the design approval shall be based on valid
assessment report indicating the maximum and minimum allowable glass in each
panel. Manufacturer test certificate for specimen door may not be sufficient; it should
be supported by valid assessment report from accredited lab for continuity of the
system.

PART – B : 94
10. Glass manufacturer certificate may not be acceptable as they are just part of the
assembly. Door manufacturer test certificate is mandatory.
11. As per NBC all door, hardware and glazing material shall be supplied as a unit by
the door manufacturer.
13. Doors tested without vision panel shall not be used if it is not covered as an
assembly in the related test certificate
15. All hardware used shall be in line with minimum and maximum fire rating for which it
is tested and approved. The hardware supplier shall provide relevant certificates to
the door manufacturer and agree in writing if the material is not tested along with the
door.
8.2.6 SHOP FINISH
A. Carry out shop finishing of metal doors and frames as follows:.
1. Non-galvanized, non bonderized metal surfaces shall be chemically treated with a
phosphate compound to assure maximum paint adherence.
2. All metal surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of all rust, scale, grease, rough spots
and other foreign matter which may prevent proper paint adhesion.
3. Rust-inhibitive self-etching Primer shall be applied by spray coat on all surfaces of
frames and on exposed surfaces of doors and panels. Primer shall be baked on in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for developing maximum
hardness and resistance to abrasion; paint dry film thickness shall not be less than
35 microns.
4. Primed surfaces shall be smooth and suitable to receive the finish coats.
8.2.7 FINAL FINISH
A. Painted Doors: All doors and frames shall either be painted with suitable aliphatic grade
paint with polyurethane base or Powder coated of approved colour and shade as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Paint surface shall be tested for 250 hours of salt
spray test.
B. Wood grain finish: Provide wood finish on the grain tech surface of the door and frame.
Doors to be hand finished and stained with approved wood finishes.
8.2.8 HARDWARE PREPARATION
A. General: Hollow metal doors and pressed metal frames shall be prepared at the
manufacturer's plant for all hardware in accordance with templates furnished and shall
be drilled and tapped to receive hardware as indicated on the hardware templates.
B. Mortised and concealed hardware: Mortise, reinforce, drill and tap for mortised and
concealed hardware.

PART – B : 95
C. Locations: Locate hardware as shown on the drawings and conform to standards

established by the door hardware manufacturers.
Part - 3 - Execution
8.3.1 Inspection
A. Examine the substrates and the conditions under which hollow metal doors and frames
shall be installed and correct any unsatisfactory conditions.
B. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a
manner acceptable to the Engineer-in-charge..
8.3.2 Installation
A. General: Install metal doors, frames, and accessories in accordance with final shop
drawings and manufacturer's data, and as specified in this section.
B. Placing Frames: Shall comply with provisions Recommended Erection Instructions For
Steel Frames, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Door Installation: Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances
specified.
D. Finish Hardware: Conform to recommended hardware installation manual.
E. Anchors for installation shall be recommended by manufacturer based on kind of
construction and fire rating
F. Grouting of frames shall be done once the doors are fully aligned.
8.3.3 Adjust and Clean
A. Prime Coat Touch-Up: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged
areas of prime coat and apply touch-up with compatible air-drying primer.
B. Protection Removal: Immediately prior to final inspection, remove protective plastic
wrappings from pre-finished doors.
C. Final Adjustments: Check and re-adjust operating finish hardware items leaving steel
doors and frames undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition.
Hollow metal Un-Insulated doors manufactured with Pressed galvanized steel sheets
confirming to IS 277 with the following specifications. Recommended Size of door fame and
shutter shall be as per the manufactures specifications. Door frame shall be single rebate
grooved profile of size 125 x 60 mm made out of galvanized steel sheet of minimum 1.60 mm
(16 SWG) thickness. Frames shall be mitered and field assembled with self-tabs. Frames to
have in-build grooved system and shall be site fitted as per manufacturers specifications. All
provision should be mortised, drilled and tapped for receiving appropriate hardware. Frames
should be provided with back plate bracket and anchor fasteners for installation on a finished
plastered masonry wall opening.
Door leaf shall be 46 mm thick fully flush double skin door, Un-insulated with or without vision
lite. Door leaf shall be manufactured from galvanized steel sheet of minimum 1.20 mm (18
SWG) thickness. The internal construction of the door should be with rigid reinforcement
pads for receiving appropriate hardware. All doors shall be factory prepared for receiving
appropriate hardware and provided with necessary reinforcement for hinges, locks, and door
closers. The edges should be interlocked with a bending radius of 1.4 mm. For pair of doors
integrated astragals have to be provided on the meeting stile for both active and inactive leaf.

PART – B : 96
Vision lite wherever applicable should be provided as per manufacturer’s recommendation

with a clip-on arrangement. The glass should be 6 mm clear glass.
All doors and frames shall be finished Powder coated and shall have passed minimum 250
hours of salt spray test.
Item shall include supply and installation of door and hardware as a complete assembly as
mentioned in the door and hardware schedule. Frame, once installed should be filled with
PUF or vermiculate based concrete as recommended by the manufacturer or engineer-in-
charge.
Doors and Windows : Different types of Doors and windows of the specifications mentioned
in the schedule given hereunder shall be provided.
SCHEDULE OF STEEL DOORS
Sl.
Brief decription Specification
No.
1 Door Frames
1.1 Pressed Steel Steel Door frame with single rebate Profile of size 125 x 55
Door Frames - mm made out of 1.20 mm minimum thick galvanized steel
Single rebated sheet for Single Leaf Hollow Metal Doors designed for single
125 x 55 mm or double leaf shutters with necessary stiffeners and padding
to receive butt hinges and other hardware, as per relevant
drawings and fixed to masonry / concrete with Anchor
fasteners (minimum 4 Nos. on one side for 2100 mm high
frame and including factory painting / powder coating to
required colour and shade and EPDM rubber gasket along the
inner corner of the rebate in the door frame as shown in the
drawing and as directed by he Engineer-in-charge
1.2 Pressed steel Steel Door frame with box Profile of size 140 x 38 mm made
Door Frames- out of 1.20 mm minimum thick galvanized steel sheet Hollow
without rebate Metal Doors designed for double Leaf – double swing shutters
140 x 38 mm for with necessary stiffeners and padding to receive butt hinges
double swing and other hardware, as per relevant drawings and fixed to
doors masonry / concrete with Anchor fasteners (minimum 4 Nos. on
one side for 2100 mm high frame and including factory
painting / powder coating to required colour and shade and
EPDM rubber gasket along the inner corner of the rebate in
the door frame as shown in the drawing and as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge
2 Door shutters
2.1 Steel Door (D1) / 46 mm thick fully flush double skin hollow metal door single
(D24) leaf manufactured from minimum 1.20 mm thick galvanised
steel sheet and with or Without RFID, including 4 Nos. SS butt
Single leaf
hinges (heavy duty) of size 100 x 75 x 3 mm, Sash Lock with a
With door closer pair of SS lever handles, SS tower bolt of size 300 mm x10
mm etc., Hydraulic door closer and necessary reinforced
padding for receiving the hardware, and painting / powder
coating as shown in the drawing

PART – B : 97
Sl.
No.
2.2 Steel Door (D2) / 46 mm thick fully flush double skin hollow metal door double
(D26) leaf manufactured from minimum 1.20 mm thick galvanised
steel sheet and with or Without RFID, including 8 Nos. SS butt
Double leaf
hinges (heavy duty) of size 100 x 75 x 3 mm , Sash Lock with
a pair of SS lever handles, SS tower bolts of size 300 mm x10
mm etc., a pair of SS “D” type handles 300x22 mm, Hydraulic
door closers and necessary reinforced padding for receiving
the hardware, and painting / powder coating as shown in the
drawing
2.3 Steel Door (D3) 46 mm thick fully flush double skin hollow metal door single
leaf with vision glass manufactured from minimum 1.20 mm
Single leaf- with
thick galvanised steel sheet and Without RFID, including 4
vision panel
Nos. SS butt hinges (heavy duty) of size 100 x 75 x 3 mm ,
Sash Lock with a pair of SS lever handles, SS tower bolt of
size 300 mm x10 mm etc., Hydraulic door closer, 6mm thick
toughened glass for vision panel with necessary EPDM
gaskets, and G.I. beading and necessary reinforced padding
for receiving the hardware, and painting / powder coating as
shown in the drawing
2.4 Steel Door (D4) 46 mm thick fully flush double skin hollow metal door double
leaf with vision glass manufactured from minimum 1.20 mm
Double leaf- with
thick galvanised steel sheet and Without RFID, including 8
vision panel
Nos. SS butt hinges (heavy duty) of size 100 x 75 x 3 mm ,
Sash Lock without lever handles, a pair of SS “D” type handles
300x22 mm, SS tower bolts of size 300 mm x10 mm etc.,
Hydraulic door closers, 6mm thick toughened glass for vision
panel on one leaf with necessary EPDM gaskets, and G.I.
beading and necessary reinforced padding for receiving the
hardware, and painting / powder coating as shown in the
drawing
2.5 FHC Shaft Door 46 mm thick paneled and glazed metal door manufactured
shutters - Single from minimum 1.20 mm thick galvanised steel sheet double
leaf (D5) skin hollow styles and rails, 6 mm thick clear float glass panel
fixed with necessary EPDM gasket and Without RFID - Single
Leaf, as shown in the drawing including 4 Nos. SS butt hinges
(heavy duty) of size 100 x 75 x 3 mm , Sash Lock with a pair of
SS lever handles, handles, etc., and painting / powder coating
as shown in the drawing
2.6 Steel Door (D6) 46 mm thick fully flush double skin hollow metal door double
leaf with vision glass and fixed glazing on both sides of the
Double leaf- with
door manufactured from minimum 1.20 mm thick galvanised
vision panel and
steel sheet and Without RFID, including 4 Nos. SS butt hinges
fixed glazing
(heavy duty) of size 100 x 75 x 3 mm , Sash Lock without lever
handles, a pair of SS “D” type handles 300x22 mm, SS tower
bolts of size 300 mm x10 mm etc., Hydraulic door closers, 6
mm thick toughened glass for vision panel on active leaf with
necessary EPDM rubber gaskets, and G.I. beading and
necessary reinforced padding for receiving the hardware, and
painting / powder coating as shown in the drawing

PART – B : 98
Sl.
No.
2.7 Steel shaft Door 46 mm thick fully flush double skin hollow metal door shutters
manufactured from minimum 1.20 mm thick galvanised steel
Single leaf (SD7)
sheet and Without RFID - Single Leaf including 4 Nos. SS butt
hinges (heavy duty) of size 100 x 75 x 3 mm , locking
arrangements, handles, tower bolts etc., and painting / powder
coating as shown in the drawing
2.8 Public toilet steel 46 mm thick fully flush double skin hollow metal door single
door : Single leaf leaf manufactured from minimum 1.20 mm thick galvanised
: (D10) steel sheet and Without RFID, including 4 Nos. SS butt hinges
(heavy duty) of size 100 x 75 x 3 mm , Sash Lock with a pair
of SS lever handles, a pair of SS “D” type handles 300x22 mm
, SS tower bolt of size 300 mm x10 mm etc., Hydraulic door
closer and necessary reinforced padding for receiving the
drawing
2.9 Steel Door - 46 mm thick fully flush double skin hollow metal door single
Single leaf leaf manufactured from minimum 1.20 mm thick galvanised
Without door steel sheet and Without RFID, including 4 Nos. SS butt hinges
closer (D13) (heavy duty) of size 100 x 75 x 3 mm , Sash Lock with a pair
of SS lever handles, SS tower bolt of size 300 mm x10 mm
etc., and necessary reinforced padding for receiving the
drawing
2.10 Kitchen Steel 46 mm thick fully flush double skin hollow metal door doublle
Door -Double leaf Leaf –double swing manufactured from minimum 1.20 mm
–Duble swing thick galvanised steel sheet and Without RFID, including two
Without door Nos., double action hydraulic floor springs of approved brand
closer (D18) and manufacture conforming to IS : 6315 with stainless steel
cover plate minimum 1.25 mm, dead Lock, a pair of SS “D”
type handles 300x22 mm, SS tower bolt of size 300 mm x10
mm, 300 mm high kick plate made of SS 304 grade sheet of 1
mm thickness, 6 mm thick toughened glass for vision panel
on active leaf with necessary EPDM rubber gaskets, and G.I.
beading etc., and necessary reinforced padding for receiving
the hardware, and painting / powder coating as shown in the
drawing
2.11 Handicapped 46 mm thick fully flush double skin hollow metal door single
toilet steel door : leaf manufactured from minimum 1.20 mm thick galvanised
Single leaf ., with steel sheet and Without RFID, including 4 Nos. SS butt hinges
hydraulic door (heavy duty) of size 100 x 75 x 3 mm , Sash Lock with a pair
closer: (D19) of SS lever handles in addition to Thumb turn on one side,
Occupancy indicator etc., with hydraulic door closer and
necessary reinforced padding for receiving the hardware, and

PART – B : 99
Sl.
No.
2.12 Personal toilet 46 mm thick fully flush double skin hollow metal door single
steel door with leaf manufactured from minimum 1.20 mm thick galvanised
hydraulic door steel sheet and Without RFID, including 4 Nos. SS butt hinges
closer: : Single (heavy duty) of size 100 x 75 x 3 mm , Sash Lock with a pair
leaf : (D20) of SS lever handles in addition to Thumb turn on one side,
Hydraulic door closer etc., and necessary reinforced padding
for receiving the hardware, and painting / powder coating as
shown in the drawing
2.13 Steel shaft door 46 mm thick metal door with louvers manufactured from
with louvers minimum 1.20 mm thick galvanised steel sheet double skin
Single leaf (D 22 / hollow styles and rails, with G.I. sheet louvers and Without
SDL22) RFID - Single Leaf, as shown in the drawing including 4 Nos.
SS butt hinges (heavy duty) of size 100 x 75 x 3 mm , with
allen key, a pair of SS “D” type handles 300x16 mm,etc., etc.,
and painting / powder coating as shown in the drawing
2.14 Steel shaft door 46 mm thick thick metal door with louvers Double Leaf metal
with louvers door manufactured from minimum 1.20 mm thick galvanised
Single leaf (D23 / steel sheet double skin hollow styles and rails, with louvers
SDL23) and Without RFID -, as shown in the drawing including 8 Nos.
SS butt hinges (heavy duty) of size 100 x 75 x 3 mm , with
allen key, a pair of SS “D” type handles 300x16 mm,etc., and
2.15 Steel glass panel 46 mm thick metal door double leaf with glass panels
door Double leaf manufactured from minimum 1.20 mm thick galvanised steel
(D28) sheet double skin hollow styles and rails, with 8 mm thick clear
toughened glass panels and Without RFID, including 4 Nos.
SS butt hinges (heavy duty) of size 100 x 75 x 3 mm, dead
lock, a pair of SS “D” type handles 300x16 mm, SS Tower bolt
300 x 10 mm etc., and painting / powder coating as shown in
the drawing
3 FIRE RATED DOORS
3.1 Frames Fire resistant door frame of section 143 x 57 mm having built in
rebate made out of 16 SWG G.I. sheet (zinc coating not less
Pressed Steel
than 120 gm/sqm) duly filled with vermuculite based concrete
Door Frames –
mix, suitable for mounting 120 minutes fire rated door shutters.
for fire rated
The frame shall be fitted with intumuscent fire seal strip of size
doors 120
10x4 mm (minimum) alround the frame and fixing with dash
minutes rating
fastener of approved size and make including applying a coat
Single rebated
of approved brand fire resistant primer etc., complete as per
125 x 55 mm
direction of Engineer-in-charge
3.2 Shutters 46 mm thick double skin fire resistant steel door shutters of
120 minutes fire rating conforming to IS:3614 (Part-II), tested
Steel Fire rated
and certified as per laboratory approved by Engineer-in-
door (120
charge, with suitable mounting on door frame, double leaf,
minutes rating) –
made out of 16 SWG G.I. sheet (zinc coating not less than 120
Double leaf – For
gm/ m2) duly filled with FR insulation material and fixing with
Stairs and Exit
necessary stainless steel ball bearing hinges, Panic bar with
(FD9)
external trim on active leaf, Mortice sash lock H8-GU-BKS,
65BS/72/9MM, Rd forend 24 mm, strike, Euro profile 5 pin
cylinder 5702, 70mm key x key, NP finish, SS 304, SSS finish.

PART – B : 100
Sl.
No.
Lever handle LT 002, 19 dia with rose and escutcheion etc.,
SS “D’ type handle of size 300 x 22 mm on inactive leaf, heavy
duty Hydraulic door closers with double speed adjustment,
standard arm (TS 68 EN 2/3/4 max), smoke seal, vision glass
planel of size 300 x 200 mm with clear fire resistant glass
panes 6mm thick of approved brand, having minimum 60
minutes fire resistance in active leaf with G.I. beading made
out of 20 SWG GI sheet and suitable for fire rated doors of
approved make, including applying a coat of approved fire
resistant primer etc. all complete as per the design of the
tested specimen of the manufacturers and direction of
Engineer-in-charge
3.3 Steel Fire rated 46 mm thick double skin fire resistant steel door shutters of
door (120 120 minutes fire rating conforming to IS:3614 (Part-II), tested
minutes rating) – and certified as per laboratory approved by Engineer-in-
Single leaf – For charge, with suitable mounting on door frame, made out of 16
Services (FD21) SWG G.I. sheet (zinc coating not less than 120 gm/ m2) duly
filled with FR insulation material and fixing with necessary
stainless steel ball bearing hinges, sash lock with, Euro profile
5 pin cylinder, NP finish, SS 304, SSS finish Lever handle, 19
dia., with rose and escutcheion etc., SS “D’ type handle of size
300 x 22 mm, heavy duty Hydraulic door closer with double
speed adjustment, standard arm (TS 68 EN 2/3/4 max), smoke
seal, vision glass planel of size 300 x 200 mm with clear fire
resistant glass panes 6mm thick of approved brand, having
minimum 60 minutes fire resistance with G.I. beading made out
of 20 SWG GI sheet and suitable for fire rated doors of
approved make, including applying a coat of approved fire
resistant primer and painting or powder coating etc. all
complete as per the design of the tested specimen of the
manufacturers and direction of Engineer-in-charge.
4 ALUMINIUM DOORS & WINDOWS
4.1 Frames Euro Profile aluminum frame with PVDF finish of size 100 x 46
mm and thickness of minimum 4 mm, with single rebate, all
Pressed
jointed with extruded aluminium angle cleats of thickness not
aluminium door
less than 6 mm using SS screws of required size, as per
frame with PVDF
relevant drawings and fixed to masonry / concrete with Anchor
Finish (D27)
fasteners of 10x140 mm with polyamide anchors (minimum 4
Nos. on one side for 2100 mm high frame and EPDM rubber
gasket along the inner corner of the rebate in the door frame
as shown in the drawing and as directed by the Engineer-in-
charge
4.2 Shutters 35 mm thick ISI marked flush door shutters conforming to IS :
2202 (Part I) non-decorative type, core of block board
Flush door
construction with frame of 1st class hard wood and well
shutter – Single
matched commercial 3 ply veneering with vertical grains or
leaf – Both side
cross bands and face veneers on both faces of shutters,
laminate (D27)
factory pressed on both sides and edges with 1.00 mm thick
decorative high pressure laminated sheet of plain / wood grain
in gloss / matt/ suede finish with high density protective surface
layer and reverse side of adhesive bonding quality conforming
to IS : 2046 Type S using adhesive of approved quality
including fixing to frames with ISI marked Stainless Steel butt

PART – B : 101
Sl.
No.
hinges (heavy duty) of size 100x75x3 mm, Hydraulic door
closer, Sash Lock with a pair of SS lever handles, SS hanging
Floor door stopper with necessary screws as shown in the
drawing
4.3 Frame An independent or combination of single hung glazed door with
a fixed glazing on one side and at the top as shown in the
Glazed doors and
drawing with following specifications.
fixed window
The frame alround the opening shall be PVDF finished Euro
Profile extruded aluminium sections of size and of minimum
1.80 mm thickness and of required profile as shown in the
drawing. 10 mm thick toughened clear glass panels shall be
fixed to the panels with PVC shim, EPDM rubber gasket /
beading etc., as per drawing.
4.4 Shutter A combination of single hung glazed door with a fixed glazing
on one side and at the top as shown in the drawing with
Glazed door and
following specifications
fixed window
Openable (side hung) door shutter using PVDF finished Euro
Profile extruded aluminium sections for styles, rails of size &
profile as shown in the drawings, glazing as shown in the
drawings with PVC shim etc., 4 Nos. SS butt hinges (heavy
duty) of size, multi point handle with key, extensor pin, locking
point, locking strip, pull in block etc., as required, Hydraulic
door closer, EPDM rubber gasket / beading etc., Fixed glazing
with aluminium glazing bead with PVDF finish, EPDM rubber
gasket / beading etc., as per drawing.
4.5 Shutter Euro Profile aluminum door shutters with PVDF finish of profile,
shape and size shown in the drawings and of thickness
Door shutter with
minimum 1.8 mm, all jointed with extruded aluminium angle
SS Mosquito
cleats of thickness not less than 4.8 mm using SS screws of
proof mesh
required size, glazing clips etc., as per relevant drawings and
fixed to aluminium frames with SS friction stays of required
size, multi point lock with handle, extensor pin, Locking point,
Locking strip, Pull in block etc., as shown in the drawing,
Stainless steel (grade 304) wire gauze of 0.5 mm dia wire and
1.4 mm aperture on both sides and EPDM rubber gasket as
shown in the drawing and as directed by the Engineer-in-
charge
4.6 SS Mosquito /fly Stainless steel (grade 304) wire gauze of 0.5 mm dia wire and
proof mesh 1.4 mm aperture on both sides
4.7 Aluminium Euro Profile aluminum casement window frame of profile,
casement window shape and size shown in the drawings and of thickness
frame minimum 1.8 mm, all jointed with extruded aluminium angle
required size, as per relevant drawings and fixed to masonry /
concrete with Anchor fasteners of 10x140 mm with polyamide
anchors (minimum 3 Nos. on one side and EPDM rubber
gasket as shown in the drawing and as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge

PART – B : 102
Sl.
No.
4.8 Aluminium Euro Profile aluminum casement window shutters with PVDF
casement window finish of profile, shape and size shown in the drawings and of
shutters with thickness minimum 1.8 mm, all jointed with extruded
glazing aluminium angle cleats of thickness not less than 4.8 mm
using SS screws of required size, glazing clips etc., as per
relevant drawings and fixed to aluminium frames with SS
friction stays of required size, multi point lock with handle,
extensor pin, Locking point, Locking strip, Pull in block etc.,
as shown in the drawing, glazing and EPDM rubber gasket as
charge
4.9 Aluminium Euro Profile aluminum casement window shutters with PVDF
casement window finish of profile, shape and size shown in the drawings and of
shutters with SS thickness minimum 1.8 mm, all jointed with extruded
mosquito proof aluminium angle cleats of thickness not less than 4.8 mm
mesh using SS screws of required size, glazing clips etc., as per
relevant drawings and fixed to aluminium frames with SS butt
hinges of size 100 x 75 x 3 mm, multi point lock with handle,
extensor pin, Locking point, Locking strip, Pull in block etc.,
as shown in the drawing, stainless steel mosquito proof wire
mesh of approved quality and EPDM rubber gasket as shown
in the drawing and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge
4.10 Aluminium sliding Euro Profile aluminum frame for two/three/four track
window frame configuration, with PVDF finish of profile, shape and size
shown in the drawings and of thickness minimum 1.8 mm, all
jointed with extruded aluminium angle cleats of thickness not
less than 4.8 mm using SS screws of required size, as per
relevant drawings and fixed to masonry / concrete with
Anchor fasteners of 10x140 mm with polyamide anchors
(minimum 3 Nos. on one side and EPDM rubber gasket as
charge. Gutter sections for collection and disposal of rain
water shall be provided as shown in the drawing or as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
4.11 Aluminium sliding Euro Profile aluminum sliding window shutters for two / three /
window shutters four track configuration, with PVDF finish of profile, shape
with glazing and size shown in the drawings and all sections of thickness
required size, as per relevant drawings and fixed in sliding
window frames, including providing glazing with glass panes
of approved thickness and specifications as shown in the
drawing EPDM rubber gasket, zinc alloyed (white powder
coated) touch lock, roller arrangements for sliding windows
etc., as shown in the drawing and as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge

PART – B : 103
Sl.
No.
4.12 Aluminium sliding Euro Profile aluminum sliding window shutters for two / three /
window shutters four track configuration, with PVDF finish of profile, shape
with SS mosquito and size shown in the drawings and all sections of thickness
proof mesh minimum 1.8 mm, all jointed with extruded aluminium angle
required size, as per relevant drawings and fixed in sliding
window frames, including providing and fixing stainless steel
mosquito proof wire mesh of approved quality, hollow square
mesh beading of required size, shape and specifications as
shown in the drawing, EPDM rubber gasket, zinc alloyed
(white powder coated) touch lock, roller arrangements for
sliding windows etc., as shown in the drawing and as directed
by the Engineer-in-charge
4.13 Aluminium frame Euro Profile aluminum frame with PVDF finish of profile,
for fixed glazing shape and size shown in the drawings and of thickness
required size, glazing clips etc., as per relevant drawings and
fixed to masonry / concrete with Anchor fasteners of 10x140
mm with polyamide anchors (minimum 3 Nos. on one side
and EPDM rubber gasket as shown in the drawing and as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge
However, this schedule is indicative only and the work shall be executed as per
relevant drawings only.
9. LAMINATE FLOORING
The laminates shall be in accordance to EN 13329, in size 192 W X 1202 L X 8 T mm.
The floor covering must contain high density fibre board (HDF with density of 850 Kg/M3 or
more) as base layer as defined in EN 316. The top layer consists of a decorative melamine
based layer covered by a transparent melamine overlay. The backing layer is also a
melamine layer. All the melamine layers are pressed on the base layer by direct pressing
(DPL).
The laminate floor covering consists of panels, with a thickness of 8 mm +/- 0.2 mm. The
decor layer is an imitation of wood or stones. The flooring panels shall have a formaldehyde
emission class E1, with an emission of not more than 0.025 ppm.
The laminate floor covering must be corresponding to minimum class 31/32 of EN 13329.
Class 31/32 is suitable for general domestic and for light commercial use, as defined in EN
685.
The laminate floor covering core board has to be of a water resistant quality. The maximum
swelling allowed according to EN 13329 after 24h in water at 20°C is </=12%.
The technical characteristics in respect to wear, impact and scratch resistance, staining,
cigarette burns and light fastness, have to satisfy the minimum requirements of EN 13329.
The laminate floor covering shall be installed floating. The under layment shall be a DPM
and an insulating and levelling underlay. The installation shall be carried out, according to the
instructions of the manufacturer, using the recommended accessories.

PART – B : 104
The panels shall be installed without glue, according to the instructions of the manufacturer.
There should be no visible gaps along the joints, larger than defined in EN 13329, during or
after the installation. The panels must allow uplift and reinstallation for a limited number of
times.
10. uPVC DOUBLE WALL CORRUGATED PIPE FOR SEWER LINE
DWC pipes and accessories of required dia., and confirming to IS: 16098-II and in SN 4 and
SN 8 stiffness class shall be provided for soil, waste and vent pipes on wall face and under
the floors.
Jointing procedure for DWC pipes.
The pipe shall be jointed with integral sockets and one EPDM sealing ring. Socket shall be
free from any damage. EPDM rubber seal shall be fitted into the first corrugation of the plain
pipe and seal shall be correctly placed. The socket end of pipe shall be aligned with non
socket end of the other pipe. Lubricant shall be used on the EPDM rubber ring and the inner
surface of the socket.
Jointing Procedure for plain ended pipes
Plain pipe end shall be jointed with two sealing rings and one coupler. The rest of the
process is same as mentioned above.
Fittings :
All accessories required for jointing the pipe shall be supplied along with pipes, the
manufacturer shall provide complete procedure and method for installation of the
accessories.
Plastic Coupler : The coupler shall be of Push-fit type with O-ring. The pipe joint shall be air
tight and water tight. The coupler should be straight, bend, T-joints as per requirement.
Testing and Certification :
The test shall be carried as per IS 16098-II.
11. WPC (WOOD PLASTIC COMPOSITE) DOORS
WOOD PLASTIC COMPOSITE (WPC) is manufactured as a board, by a process called
Extrusion. The WPC compound is a mixture of wood fiber / wood saw dust and
thermoplastics that includes PVC, PP, PE, Etc.
WPC BOARD replaces wood in many interior building material applications like joineries,
furniture, paneling, or many other purposes with creative applications of architects, designers
or engineers, because of its long life, water proof, fire retardant, anti-termite, antifungal,
chemical resistant, impervious to salt, good flexural strength, light weight, cost-effectiveness
and excellent properties.
SHUTTER:
WPC single core Extruded door shutter made out of 25 mm thick Plain matt flat board with
printed design on one side. Solid WPC grade sheet shall have Shore Hardness of 55, and
Bulk Density 0.55 g/cu.cm. Being self-reinforced, the door shall not have third party
reinforcement.
FRAME :
WPC solid core Extruded frame of size 75 mm x 50 mm with corner curved with radius of 10,
rigid WPC core with shore hardness of 55 and Bulk Density 0.80 g/cu.cm. The door frame

PART – B : 105
shall be fixed to the wall using 10 x 100 mm MS Screws through the frame by using PVC
fasteners. The frame shall be installed onto the wall with minimum of 4 Nos., of fastener
screws in each vertical member and 1 number in the horizontal top.
12. TEXTURE PAINT
A Non-pigmented Stone based Texture paint with Natural Mineral comprising of water based
Natural Sand stone material derived by natural crushed stone added with ceramic crush,
salaxonic based resin, Aggregates combined with Adhesives and resins applied with 1-2 coat
with spray or trowel. The Finish is water repellent, anti-fungal, breathes out trapped moisture
and has a unique property of flexibility and elasticity (due to temperature variation there shall
be no hairline cracks). Provides Fine Decorative & Protective wall Finishing formulated to
withstand humidity, rain & hot climate, containing anti-fungal & anti-bacterial additives.
It is a mixture of natural granite & marble chips powder providing natural stone colours in
approved shade. The finish shall be colour fast, water repellant, resistant to condensate
formation, cover hairline cracks / crazing, UV & alkali resistant & ensure good breathability.
Protective and decorative coating for exterior surfaces such as, concrete, plaster, masonry,
brickwork, gypsum, asbestos and wood Series of Ultratech / Spectrum / Asian / Berger or
Equivalent as per approved colour and pattern and as per direction of the Engineer-in-
charge.
The surface must be dry and mature, new plasters should have been left to mature at least
30 days to allow complete carbonation. Clean the surfaces and remove detaching and flaking
parts. Surface should be free of water leaks and humidity.
On new walls and putty walls, first apply primer and wall sealer.
Protection top coat- one coat of primer and sealer mixed in equal ratio followed by one coat
of base coat with steel trowel made of natural stone crushed powder.
2nd coat to be applied with steel trowel and finished by acrylic trowel or spray gun of natural
stone crushed powder added with granite chips. Final coat of ultra-protect shall be applied
with roller / spray diluted with water, the above procedure must be carried out following
manufacturers’ specifications according to the desired finish.
Application recommendation
• Apply on putty surface.
• Apply two coats of acrylic putty.
• Apply 1 coat of Primer / wall sealer
• Level the surface and sand until smooth.
• Apply 1st coat - one coat of basecoat with steel trowel made of natural stone crushed
powder.
• Apply 2nd coat- 2nd coat to be applied with steel trowel and finished by acrylic trowel
or Spray gun
• Final coat of ultra-protect shall be applied with roller / spray diluted with water.
13. EXTERNAL FACE SHEAR WALL INSULATION
The external face shear wall insulation consists of the following :
i. Dryvit Genesis DM Plus fire rated Polymer Modified Adhesive layer @ 2.8 kg/sqm
confirming to standard BS 8414 resulting in BR135, duly certified by LPCB to LPS
1581 and BBA certification.

PART – B : 106
3
ii. 50 mm thick EPS Insulation board having the density of 15-18 kg/m and Thermal
Conductivity of 0.030-0.033 W/m K (As approved by the adhesive manufacturer) over
the adhesive layer.
iii. Genesis DM Plus fire rated Polymer Modified Base coat layer @ 2.0kgs / sqm over
the EPS board confirming to standard BS 8414 resulting in BR135, duly certified by
LPCB to LPS 1581 and BBA certification.
iv. Dryvit Glass Fibre Reinforcing Mesh, Standard Plus Mesh installed over the polymer
modified base coat including an additional layer of Panzer Mesh (High grade Glass
Fibre Reinforcing Mesh) for high impact areas at finishes.
v. Dryvit Color Prime Primer applied at 0.2 kg/sqm over reinforced base coat layer.
vi. Dryvit Sand pebble Fine PMR (Proven Mildew Resistance) 1.0 mm finish coat
applied at 2.06 kg/sqm over primer layer.
14. VINYL SPORTS SHEET FLOORING
1.8 m wide and 15 m long Vinyl Sports Sheet Flooring sheet having a nominal total
thickness of 6 mm shall be provided. The wear surface shall be 1.00 mm thick and PUR
coated with UV Treatment. The vinyl flooring shall conform to flammability Class Cfl as
per EN 13501-1; Shock Absorption more than 37%; sliding coefficient of 0.45-0.65;
energy return of 0.40 m/s; vertical deformation of 2.8 mm and sound insulation of 23-25
db. Impact Resistance of 8 N/M (as per DIN18032); Abrasion Resistance of 7 mm,
Indentation Resistance of 0.6 mm (as per EN1016), Friction Coefficient of 0.6 (as per
GB/T14833-1993) and Rebound Coefficient of 0.86 (as per GB/T14833-1993).
15. OPENABLE UPVC WINDOW WITH “GRILL & FLY PROOF MESH”
uPVC (UnPlasticised Poly Vinyl Chloride) windows shall be made of uPVC Profile
Section having profile size of 74 mm X 60 mm X 56 mm having outer wall thickness of
2.30mm (+/- 0.3 mm) with 3 box multi-chamber hollow construction. The shutter of
casement window shall be made of size 74mm x 50mm x 36mm having outer wall
thickness of 2.30mm (+/- 0.3mm) and the fixed mullion of size 72mm x 60mm x36mm
having outer wall thickness of 2.30mm (+/- 0.3mm). The shutter will be provided with
suitable uPVC beads of size 25mm x 16mm for glazing for the specified/required glass
(single). All profiles of frames, sash, and mullion shall be reinforced with galvanised mild
steel section of 1.2mm wall thickness, at wherever required.
The Window shall be provided with SS 304 grade Friction Hinges of required size and
approved quality and make. Windows shall be provided with Variety of security devise
like multi-point lock systems and powder coated handles as per the requirement,
compliant with relevant specification. The window shall have 5mm thick single glass
and the color shall be as directed by Engineer-in-charge.
The window system shall have the SPACE to fix the grill within the outer frame and
which is made of 10mm square steel bar / aluminium grill as per approved design,
fixed in the outer frame with self-tapping screws.
Over the outer frame of the window, the sash for fly proof mesh, made of uPVC
profile of dimensions 45 x 41 mm, shall be fixed with SS 304 grade heavy duty Butt
hinges. The fly proof mesh shall be fixed in the sash with EPDM gasket. The fly proof
mesh shall be made of SS wire of 0.28 mm dia.
All the corners and mullion joints of the frame & sash shall be mitred cut & fusion welded
without any mechanical joint. All welded joints are to be neatly trimmed & feature
grooved nib finish so as to make the finished products free from all sharp edges. All

PART – B : 107
profiles in the window must be duly cut at correct degree & fitted with necessary EPDM
weather sealed gaskets. The complete window shall be fixed into the prefinished opened
places, by drilling & fixing through the outer frame using high quality fasteners and the
gap between wall & window frame shall be filled and sealed with silicon sealant over a
baker rod of suitable size for leak-proof installation.
16. OPENABLE UPVC WINDOW WITH “GRILL PROVISION”

uPVC (UnPlasticised PolyVinyl Chloride) windows shall be made of uPVC Profile
Section having profile size of 74mm x 60mm x 56mm having outer wall thickness of
2.30mm (+/- 0.3mm) with 3 box multi-chamber hollow construction. The shutter of
thickness of 2.30MM (+/- 0.3MM) and the fixed mullion of size 72mm x 60mm x36mm
having outer wall thickness of 2.30MM (+/- 0.3MM). The shutter will be provided with
suitable uPVC beads of size 24.5 MM x 16MM for glazing for the specified/required
glass (single). All profiles of frames, sash, and mullion shall be reinforced with
galvanised mild steel section of 1.2 mm wall thickness, wherever required.
The window system shall have the SPACE to fix the grill within the outer frame and
which is made of 10mm square steel bar / aluminium grill as per approved design,
fixed in the outer frame with self-tapping screws.
without any mechanical joint. All welded joints shall be neatly trimmed & feature grooved
nib finish so as to make the finished products free from all sharp edges. All profiles in the
window must be duly cut at correct degree & fitted with necessary EPDM weather sealed
gaskets.
The complete window shall be fixed into the prefinished opened places, by drilling &
fixing through the outer frame using high quality fasteners and the gap between wall &
window frame shall be filled and sealed with silicon sealant over a baker rod of suitable
size for leak-proof installation.
17. OPENABLE UPVC WINDOWS
Supply and fixing of uPVC (UnPlasticised Poly Vinyl Chloride) windows made of uPVC
Profile Section having profile size of 74mm x 60mm x 56mm having outer wall thickness
of 2.30mm (+/- 0.3mm) with 3 box multi-chamber hollow construction. The shutter of
suitable uPVC beads of size 34 mm x 18mm for glazing for the specified / required
glass (single). All profiles of frames, sash, and mullion shall be reinforced with
galvanised mild steel section of 1.2 mm wall thickness, at wherever required.

PART – B : 108
The Window frame and shutter shall have water drainage holes to drain the water with
cap. All the corners and mullion joints of the frame & sash shall be mitred cut & fusion
welded without any mechanical joint. All welded joints are to be neatly trimmed & feature
weather sealed gaskets.
18. OPENABLE UPVC FRENCH WINDOW
Supply and fixing of uPVC (UnPlasticised PolyVinyl Chloride) windows made of uPVC
Profile Section having profile size of 74mm x 60mm x 56mm having outer wall thickness
of 2.30mm (+/- 0.3mm) with 3 box multi-chamber hollow construction. The shutter of
suitable uPVC beads of size 34mm x 18mm for glazing for the specified/required glass
(single). All profiles of frames, sash, and mullion shall be reinforced with galvanised mild
steel section of 1.2mm wall thickness, at wherever required.
Since French Window (big shutter), the Window shall be fixed with 2D Hinges / T.B
Hinges of approved quality and make. Windows shall be provided with variety of security
devise like multipoint lock systems and powder coated handles as per the requirement,
compliant with relevant specification and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The
window shall have 5mm / 6mm thick single toughened glass.
The Window shutter shall have a horizontal mullion to distribute the glass weight over
the shutter. The outer frame shall have water drainage holes to drain the water with cap.
without any mechanical joint. All welded joints are to be neatly trimmed & feature
weather sealed gaskets.
19. TWO TRACK SLIDING uPVC WINDOWS
Supply and fixing of uPVC (Unplasticised Poly Vinyl Chloride) window frames having 2
tracks for 2 shutter of uPVC Profile Section of size 62mm x 60mm x 60mm having outer
wall thickness of 2.3mm (+/- 0.3mm) with 3 box multi-chamber construction. Sliding
shutter shall be made of 66mmx42mmx50mm having outer wall thickness of 2.3mm (+/-
0.3mm). All profiles of frames and sash shall be reinforced with galvanised mild steel
section of 1.2mm wall thickness, at wherever required. All the corners and joints of the
frame & sash shall be mitred cut & fusion welded without any mechanical joint. All

PART – B : 109
welded joints are to be neatly trimmed & feature grooved/raised nib finish so as to make
the finished products free from all sharp edges & burrs. System shall have adequate
drainage mechanism to permit the escape of water from horizontal member beneath
each sealed unit. System shall be provided with suitable uPVC beading for glazing of
size 24.5mm x 16mm for fixing 5mm thick glass and interlocking profile of size 45mm x
36mm, duly cut at correct degree & fitted with EPDM gaskets. Windows shall be
provided with variety of security devise like Touch Lock / crescent lock, Nylon rollers etc
as per the requirement, compliant with relevant specification and as directed by
department personnel.
20. THREE TRACK SLIDING uPVC WINDOWS
Supply and fixing of uPVC (Unplasticised PolyVinyl Chloride) window frames having 3
tracks for 3 shutter of uPVC Profile Section of size 112mm X 52mm X 112mm having
outer wall thickness of 2.3mm(+/- 0.3mm) with 3 box multi-chamber construction. Sliding
shutter shall be made of 66mmx42mmx50mm having outer wall thickness of 2.3mm (+/-
0.3mm). All the corners and joints of the frame & sash shall be mitred cut & fusion
welded without any mechanical joint. All welded joints shall be neatly trimmed & feature
grooved/raised nib finish so as to make the finished products free from all sharp edges &
burrs. System shall have adequate drainage mechanism to permit the escape of water
from horizontal member beneath each sealed unit. System shall be provided with
suitable uPVC beading for glazing of size 24.5mm x 16mm for fixing 5mm thick glass
and interlocking profile of size 45mm x 36mm, duly cut at correct degree & fitted with
EPDM gaskets. Windows shall be provided with Variety of security devise like crescent
lock, nylon rollers etc as per the requirement, compliant with relevant specification and
as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
21. UPVC VENTILATOR (LOUVER TYPE)
uPVC (UnPlasticised PolyVinyl Chloride) ventilator made of uPVC Profile Section will
have profile size of 74mm x 60mm x 56mm having outer wall thickness of 2.30mm (+/-
0.3mm) with 3 box multi-chamber hollow construction. All profiles of frames shall be
reinforced with galvanised mild steel section of 1.2 mm wall thickness, at wherever
required.
The ventilators shall be fixed with plastic fixed louvers for holding the glass with the
width of 100mm each. The length of ventilators shall not exceed 750 mm each, beyond
which it shall be provided with a mullion in the frame. The window shall have 5mm thick
Frosted glass louvers.
The outer frame shall have water drainage holes to drain the water with cap. All the
corners and mullion joints of the frame & sash shall be mitred cut & fusion welded

PART – B : 110
gaskets.
22. UPVC FIXED WINDOW
uPVC (UnPlasticised PolyVinyl Chloride) ventilator made of uPVC Profile Section will
have profile size of 74mm x 60mm x 56mm having outer wall thickness of 2.30mm (+/-
0.3mm) with 3 box multi-chamber hollow construction. All profiles of frames shall be
reinforced with galvanised mild steel section of 1.2mm wall thickness, at wherever
required. The window shall be glazed with 5mm thick clear glass
The outer frame shall have water drainage holes to drain the water with cap. All the
corners and mullion joints of the frame & sash shall be mitred cut & fusion welded
gaskets.
23. TWO TRACK SLIDING uPVC WINDOWS WITH FLY PROOF MESH
uPVC (Unplasticised PolyVinyl Chloride) window frames having two tracks for two shutters of
uPVC Profile Section of size 88mm x 52mm x 88mm having outer wall thickness of 2.3mm
(+/- 0.3mm) with 3 box multi-chamber construction. Sliding shutter shall be made of
66mmx42mmx50mm having outer wall thickness of 2.3mm (+/- 0.3mm) and Fly proof mesh
shutter shall be made of UPVC Profile of dimension 52mm x 21mm. All profiles of frames
and sash shall be reinforced with galvanised mild steel section of 1.2mm wall thickness, at
wherever required. All the corners and joints of the frame & sash shall be mitred cut & fusion
welded without any mechanical joint. All welded joints shall be neatly trimmed & feature
grooved/raised nib finish so as to make the finished products free from all sharp edges &
burrs. System shall have adequate drainage mechanism to permit the escape of water from
horizontal member beneath each sealed unit. System shall be provided with suitable uPVC
beading for glazing of size 25mm x 16mm for fixing 5mm thick clear glass / pin headed
glass and interlocking profile of size 45mm x 36mm, duly cut at correct degree & fitted with
EPDM gaskets. Windows shall be provided with variety of security devise like Crescent lock,
Nylon rollers etc as per the requirement, compliant with relevant specification and as directed
by the Engineer-in-charge.
The complete window shall be fixed into the prefinished opened places, by drilling & fixing
through the outer frame using high quality fasteners and the gap between wall & window
frame shall be filled and sealed with silicon sealant over a baker rod of suitable size for leak-
proof installation.
24. TWO TRACK SLIDING uPVC WINDOWS WITH INTEGRATED GRILL
uPVC (Unplasticised PolyVinyl Chloride) sliding window with glass and grill in one system.
The frame of window uPVC Profile Section of size 110mmx60mmx40mm having outer wall

PART – B : 111
thickness of 2.3mm (+/- 0.2mm) with three box multi-chamber construction. The frames
having two tracks for two sliding shutter and provisional space for grill. Sliding shutter shall
be made of 66mmx42mmx 50mm having outer wall thickness of 2.3mm (+/- 0.2mm). All
profiles of frames and sash shall be reinforced with galvanised mild steel section of 1.2mm
wall thickness, at wherever required. The window shall be provided with suitable uPVC
beading for glazing of size 24.5mm x 16mm for fixing 5mm thick clear glass / Pinhead glass
and interlocking profile of size 45mm x 32mm, duly cut at correct degree & fitted with EPDM
gaskets.
The window system shall have the SPACE to fix the grill within the outer frame and which is
made of 10mm square steel bar / aluminium grill as per approved design, fixed in the
outer frame with self-tapping screws.
The Windows shall be provided with a variety of security devise like Touch Lock / Crescent
lock, Nylon rollers etc as per the requirement, compliant with relevant specification and as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
The complete window shall be fixed into the prefinished opened places, by drilling & fixing
through the outer frame using high quality fasteners and the gap between wall & window
frame shall be filled and sealed with silicon sealant over a baker rod of suitable size for leak-
proof installation.
All the corners and joints of the frame & sash shall be mitred cut & fusion welded without any
mechanical joint. All welded joints are to be neatly trimmed& feature grooved/raised nib finish
so as to make the finished products free from all sharp edges & burrs. System shall have
adequate drainage mechanism to permit the escape of water from horizontal member
beneath each sealed unit.
PARAPET DRAINS
Factory made Rain water pipe - Parapet drains of size and specifications as shown in the
drawing shall be provided at the inlet mouths of rain water outlets over terraces instead of
Khurras.
Factory made Rain water pipe - Hopper drains of size and specifications as shown in the
drawing shall be provided at the inlet mouths of rain water outlets over terraces instead of
Khurras.
G.I. PUDDLE FLANGES IN TERRACE WATER TANKS

G.I. puddle flanges as detailed in Drawing No. PL-300 shall be provided while casting of
RCC walls in Terrace water tanks for connecting the tanks with various pipe lines, to prevent
leakage of water through wall / pipe junctions.
A square shaped 6 mm thick M.S. Plate of size twice the diameter of pipe subject to a
minimum of 150 mm x 150 mm shall be welded to G.I. ‘C’ class pipe of required diameter as
shown in the drawing and hot dipped galvanized after fabrication. For pipes upto 65 mm dia,
screwed flanges of 14 mm thickness shall be provided and for pipes of dia 80 mm and
above, 18 to 24 mm thick plate flanges shall be welded.
Sl. No. Nominal bore of pipe in mm Thickness of plate flange in mm
1 80 mm 18
2 100 mm 18
3 125 mm 20

PART – B : 112
4 150 mm 20
5 200 mm 22
6 250 mm 24
The scour pipes from the terrace water tanks shall be extended upto inlet mouth of the
nearest rain water pipe.
The rain water from the terraces shall be drawn down through the rain water pipes of dia 110
/ 160 mm dia as mentioned in the drawing and connected to the catch basin of internal
dimensions 450 x 450 x 450 mm or 600 x 600 x 600 mm or otherwise as shown in the
drawings. The catch basins shall be constructed with 230 mm thick brick masonry using non-
modular flyash bricks in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 fine sand) finished with 12 mm thick
cement plaster of mix 1:4 ( 1 cement : 4 coarse sand) finished with a floating coat of neat
cement. The catch basin shall be provided with C.I. / D.I. Grating of same size. The catch
basins shall be connected through NP2 class Precast RCC pipes to the Rain water
harvesting system.
SANITARY INSTALLATIONS
• Water closets- Flush rate should be maximum 2/4LPF
• All Faucets – Flow rate must be between 2.5 LPM to 4 LPM at 3 Bar Pressure.
• Showerheads–Flow rate must be less than 6 LPM at 3 Bar Pressure.
• Approved Make Flow restrictors should be used for further flow reduction in the faucet
fittings.
• All WC pans shall be connected to soil pipes with straight / offset type flexible single body
push fit type WC pan connector with factory supplied seal guard with integral Single mould
sealing fins made of flexible EVA body, including bush / adaptor for use with C.I. Pipe as
supplied with the pan connector.
• All wash basins and Sinks shall be provided with CP Brass Bottle trap and union of
approved brand and manufacture and connected with uPVC pipes of approved quality to
the Flloor traps / Floor Drains.
• Stainless steel Floor drains shall be provided as per design and drawing and as per
layout.
• CP brass double coat hooks, Toilet paper Holders, Air purifier cntainers of approved
quality, brand and make shall be provided in all Water closets in all types of buildings.
• CP brass Sop Dish Holders of approved quality, design model, brand and manufacture
shall be provided in all Bath rooms in all types of buildings.
• uPVC Double wall corrugated (DWC) pipes and accessories of required dia., and
confirming to IS: 16098-II and in SN 4 and SN 8 stiffness class shall be provided for soil,
waste and vent pipes on wall face and under the floors. The bends and junctions with
accessible doors shall be provided wherever necessary for ease of maintenance.
• Approved Makes for Sanitary and CP fittings: Hindware / ROCA / CERA / Jaquar /
Parryware.
• During the installation, Sanitary and CP fittings could also be selected with any of the
above mentioned make. However, the models should be equivalent with the above
mentioned models / series and necessary approval from Engineer-in-charge to be taken.
• All accessories to be considered for complete installation of EWCs, Wash basin, shower,
sink, faucets unless specified in above matrix.

PART – B : 113
• Lab waste line shall be of HDPE as per DIN 8047/45 including all fittings for carrying the
lab waste from the lab to the neutralization chamber as per the plumbing layouts.
WATER SUPPLY
• During the installation, water supply fittings can also be selected with any of the above
mentioned makes. However, the models should be equivalent with the above mentioned
models / series and necessary approval from Engineer-in-charge to be taken.
• The exposed domestic water Inlet line from external supply line to terrace water tank shall
be of GI pipes (Class ‘B’ per IS: 1239) with all fittings etc., as per drawings and as
required.
• The exposed flushing water Inlet line from external supply line to terrace water tank shall
be of GI Pipes (Class ‘B’ as per IS: 1239) with all fittings etc., as per drawings and as
required.
• For drinking water purposes, CPVC pipes (SDR 11 & schedule 40) shall be used with all
fittings etc., as per drawings.
• From terrace water tank (exposed line) to individual toilets / wet areas, CPVC pipe (SDR
11 & schedule 40) shall be provided as per plumbing layout.
• From terrace Hot water tank of Solar water Heatin system (exposed line) to individual
toilets / wet areas, CPVC pipe (SDR 11 & schedule 40) with proper insulation shall be
provided as per plumbing layout
• Internal water supply line shall be with 15mm / 20mm / 25mm nominal dia CPVC pipe
(SDR 11 & schedule 40) concealed on wall as per plumbing layout.
• Motorized valve with automatic control panel including float switch shall be provided for
inlet supply line for the Terrace water tanks.
• Necessary Unions, Checknuts, control valves shall be provided in all pipe lines wherever
necessary for ease of maintenance as shown in the drawings or as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge.
• All AHU rooms shall be provided with water supply inlet with necessary control valve and
drainage arrangement as per Plumbing layout and / or as directed by the Engineer-in-
charge.
• Water supply and drainage stacks shall be provided in Plumbing shafts of all laboratories
with inlet provisions at each floor as per Plumbing layout and / or as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge
• Hot water supply lines Wherever laid shall be suitable insulated and mixer type taps of
approved brand and make shall be provided.
DRINKING WATER FOUNTAINS
• Drinking water fountains of the specifications mentioned hereunder and of approved brand
and manufacture shall be provided as shown in the drawings in all non- residential
buildings and Student Dormitories.
• Wall hanging drinking water fountain, made by stainless steel top and heavy duty
galvanized steel frame. ADA Compliant, size 472 mm Depth X 447mm width, flexible
bubbler guard, operated between 50 to 120 PSI, Complete with all accessories which
include MD-CU29, which is an EPA registered antimicrobial copper that fights off
microorganisms which include MRSA and e-coli on push pad. The water Fountain shall
certified by NSF-USA, Green building, TUN, UL, etc., Installation of the Water Fountain for
proper functioning and aesthetic view as directed by the engineer-in-charge without any
extra cost.
• Approved Make: Oasis / Filtrine / Sunrock

PART – B : 114
SEWERAGE SYSTEM
• PVC U pipes conforming to IS 15328 of dia. 150 / 200 mm shall be provided from first
manhole to external manhole as per drawings.
• Manhole shall be with F.P.S. brick masonry in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse
sand) with R.C.C. top slab with 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone
aggregate 20 mm nominal size), foundation concrete 1:4:8 mix (1 cement : 4 coarse sand
: 8 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size), inside plastering 12mm thick with
cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) finished with floating coat of neat cement
and making channels in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone
aggregate 20mm nominal size) finished with a floating coat as per standard design Size of
manhole - 90X80 cm with a minimum depth of manhole 45 cm (measured from op of the
cover to the invert level of channel) and Ductile Iron cover with frame (light duty) 455 x 610
mm internal dimensions and total weight of cover and frame not less than 38 kg (weight of
cover 23 kg and weight of frame 15 kg) of approved quality and make - For depth of
manhole between 0.45 and 0.90 metres.
• Manhole shall be with F.P.S. brick masonry in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse
sand) with R.C.C. top slab with 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone
aggregate 20 mm nominal size), foundation concrete 1:4:8 mix (1 cement : 4 coarse sand
: 8 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size), inside plastering 12mm thick with
cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) finished with floating coat of neat cement
and making channels in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone
aggregate 20mm nominal size) finished with a floating coat as per standard design Size of
manhole - 90X80 cm with a minimum depth of manhole 45 cm (measured from op of the
cover to the invert level of channel) and Ductile Iron cover with frame (light duty) 455 x 610
mm internal dimensions and total weight of cover and frame not less than 38 kg (weight of
cover 23 kg and weight of frame 15 kg) of approved quality and make and foot rests - For
depth of manhole between 0.90 and 1.50 metres.
• Circular Manhole shall be with F.P.S. brick masonry 0.91 m internal dia at bottom and
0.56m dia at top in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand), inside cement plaster
12 mm thick with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) finished with a floating
coat of neat cement, foundation concrete 1:3:6 mix (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6 graded
stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size), and making necessary channel in cement concrete
1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) finished
with a floating coat of neat cement, all complete as per standard design : 0.91 m deep
with C.I. / D.I. cover with frame (medium duty) 500 mm internal diameter, total weight of
cover and frame to be not less than 116 kg (weight of cover 58 kg and weight of frame 58
kg) and foot rests - For depth of manhole between 0.75 and 1.50 metres.
with C.I. / D.I. cover with frame (Heavy duty) 560 mm internal diameter, total weight of
cover and frame to be not less than 208 kg (weight of cover 108 kg and weight of frame
100 kg) and foot rests for depth of manhole between 1.35 to 2.10 metres

PART – B : 115
with C.I. / D.I. cover with frame (Heavy duty) 560 mm internal diameter, total weight of
cover and frame to be not less than 208 kg (weight of cover 108 kg and weight of frame
100 kg) and foot rests for depth of manhole beyond 2.10 metres.
• However as per site condition for maintaining required gradient, extra depth of manhole
shall be provided for which nothing extra will be paid.
• C.I. / D.I. covers over manholes shall be custom embossed with design as shown in the
drawing.
• Neutralization chamber shall be provided for the pre treatment of lab waste as shown in
the plumbing layout.
• Grease traps of size and specifications as shown in the drawing shall be constructed
wherever shown in the layouts.
• Spouts shall be provided in sunken floors for drainage of any entrapped water with G.I.
pies of 40 mm dia nominal bore and projecting upto a minimum 150 mm from the wall
face. The extended portion shall be duly painted with synthetic enamel over a coat of
steel primer of approved quality.
Storm water drainage system:
• RCC pipes NP2 class of required dia. with catch basins shall be provided as per
drainage layout for carrying the storm water.
• Rain water wells shall be constructed as per drawing as part of rain water harvesting
measures.
• Rain water spouts shall be provided in corridors for draining out rain water with G.I. pies
of 50 mm dia nominal bore and projecting upto a minimum 150 mm from the wall face.
The extended portion shall be duly painted with synthetic enamel over a coat of steel
primer of approved quality.

PART – B : 116
TYPICAL DETAILS
GFC DRAWINGS
Sl. No. Drawing Title Drawing Number
‘0’ LEVEL DRAWINGS
ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS
1. Master General Notes & Abbreviation BLD-AR- 002
2. Master Schedule of Finishes BLD-AR- 003
3. Master List of Doors BLD-AR-004
4. Master List of Windows BLD-AR-005

MASTER SCHEDULE OF DOORS
5. Master Schedule of Door BLD - AR - 004C
6. Master Schedule of Door BLD - AR - 004D
7. Master Schedule of Door BLD - AR - 004E
8. Master Schedule of Door BLD - AR - 004F
9. Master Schedule of Door BLD - AR - 004G
10. Master Schedule of Door BLD - AR - 004H
MASTER SCHEDULE OF WINDOWS
11. Master Schedule of Window BLD - AR - 005AE
12. Master Schedule of Window BLD - AR - 005AF
13. Master Schedule of Window BLD - AR - 005AG
14. Master Schedule of Window BLD - AR - 005AH
15. Master Schedule of Window BLD - AR - 005AJ
16. Master Schedule of Window BLD - AR - 005AK
17. Master Schedule of Window BLD - AR - 005AL
18. Master Schedule of Window BLD - AR - 005AM
19. Master Schedule of Window BLD - AR - 005AN
20. Master Schedule of Window BLD - AR - 005AP
21. Master Schedule of Window BLD - AR - 005AQ
22. Master Schedule of Window BLD - AR - 005AR
MASTER SCHEDULE OF SANITARY MODELS
23. Master Schedule Of Sanitary Model Nos. 1 BLD-AR- 010A

24. Master Schedule Of Sanitary Model Nos. 2 BLD-AR- 010B
25. Master Schedule Of Sanitary Model Nos. 3 BLD-AR- 010C

PART – B : 117

STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
26. Structure General Notes 1 - Typical Beam & IISER-ST-001
Column Junction Details
27. Structure General Notes 2 - Typical Details Of IISER-ST-002
Cutouts In Slab
28. Structure General Notes 3 - Typical Lintel IISER-ST-003
Details
29. Structure General Notes 4 - 200/100thk.Aac IISER-ST-004
Block Masonry Detail
30. Structure General Notes 5 IISER-ST-005
31. Structure General Notes 6 - Typical Transition IISER-ST-006
Details And Termination Detail For Columns &
Shearwalls
32. Structure General Notes 7 - Typical IISER-ST-007
Architecturals Walls & Lift Pit & Stiffner Details
33. Structure General Notes 8 - Typical Beam IISER-ST-008
&Column Junction Details
PLUMBING
34. PHE General Notes 1 - External Sewerage & IISER-PL-001
Storm Water System
35. PHE General Notes 2 - External Sewerage & IISER-PL-002
Storm Water System
36. PHE General Notes 3 - External Grease Trap & IISER-PL-003
Acid Neutralization Tank
INTERIOR DESIGN FACULTY APARTMENT KITCHEN
37. Interior Design Faculty Apt Kitchen Furn 01 ID - 2009 - FACAPP KIT 01
INTERIOR DESIGN FACULTY APARTMENT WARDROBE
43. Interior Design Faculty Apartment Wardrobe 01 ID - 2002 - FACAPP WRDB 01
49. Interior Design Faculty Apartment Wardrobe
ID - 2008 - FACAPP WRDB 07
07

PART – B : 118

TOILET , PANTRY, KITCHEN DETAILS
50. Typical Toilet Details TYP - AR - 901
51. Typical Pantry - Kitchen D1etails TYP - AR - 902
52. Typical Ramp Details TYP - AR - 903
53. Typical MS Railing Details TYP - AR - 904
54. Typical SS Railing Details TYP - AR - 904 - 1
55. Typical MS Staircase Details TYP-AR-905
56. Typical SS Staircase Details TYP-AR-905-1
57. Typical Lift Details & Lift Chart & Data Sheet TYP-AR-906A
58. All Typical Lift Lobby Details TYP-AR-907
59. Ms Service Ladder, Rungs & Shaft Catwalk, TYP - AR - 908
Doghouse Shaft Fire-seal Details
60. Typical Skylight MS Work details with TYP-AR-910
Polycarbonate Sheet Fixing Details-1
61. Typical Flooring Details TYP - AR - 911
62. Typical Waterproofing Details TYP-AR-912
63. Typical Hardscape Details 1 TYP - AR - 913
64. Typical Hardscape Details 2 TYP - AR - 913-1
65. Typical Hardscape and Planting Details TYP - AR - 914
66. Typical Hardscape and Parking Details TYP - AR - 915
67. Typical Coping, Lintel, Cill, Drip Course. TYP - AR - 916
Exposed Concrete Edge Details
68. Typical Spiral Steel Staircase Edge Details TYP-AR-918
69. Typical Gate 02 Details TYP-AR-919
70. Typical Building Signage and Graphic Details TYP-AR-920
71. Typical MS Screen Details TYP-AR-923
72. Steel Door Typical Joinery Details -1 TYP - AR - 1000
73. Steel Door Typical Joinery Details - 2 TYP - AR - 1000 A
74. Typical Steel Door & Hardware Detail for TYP - AR - 1001 - D1
Door Type D1 and Variations

PART – B : 119

78. Typical Steel Door & Hardware Detail for TYP - AR - 1007 - SD7
Door Type SD7 and Variations
79. Typical Steel Door & Hardware Detail for TYP - AR - 1008 - FD8
Door Type FD8 and Variations
81. Typical Steel Door & Hard Ware Details for TYP-AR-1010-D10
Door Type D10 and Variants
83. Typical Steel Door & Hard Ware Details for TYP-AR-1012-D19
Door Type D19 and Variants
84. Typical Steel Door & Hardware Detail for TYP - AR- 1013 - D20
87. Typical Steel Door & Hardware Detail For TYP - AR - 1016 - D26
88. Typical Steel Door & Hardware Detail For TYP - AR - 1017 - D13
89. Steel Louver Door Typical Joinery Detail TYP - AR - 1200
90. Typical Steel Louver Door & Hardware Detail TYP - AR - 1202 - SDL23
For Door Types SDL23 and Variations
91. Aluminium Doors Typical Joinery Detail - 1 TYP - AR - 1300
92. Aluminium Doors Typical Joinery Detail - 2 TYP - AR - 1300A
93. Typical ALU Door and Hardware Detail for TYP - AR - 1301 - D11
94. Typical ALU Windows and Hardware Detail TYP - AR - 1303 - DW01
for Door TYP DW1 and Variations
95. Typical ALU Door and Hardware Detail for TYP - AR - 1305 - DW03
Door Type DW03 and Variations
96. Aluminium Sliding Door Typical Joinery Detail TYP - AR - 1400
97. Typical ALU Sliding Door and Hardware TYP - AR - 1401 - D15
Detail for Door Type D15 and Variations

PART – B : 120

98. Typical ALU Sliding Door and Hardware TYP - AR - 1402 - D16
Detail for Door Type D16 and Variations
99. Flush Door with ALU Frame Typical Joinery TYP - AR - 1500
Detail
100. Typical Flush Door with ALU Frame & TYP - AR - 1501 - D27
Hardware Detail for Door Type D27 and
Variations
101. Typical Flush Door with ALU Frame & TYP - AR - 1504 - D25
Hardware Detail for Door Type D25 and
Variations
102. Typical Flush Door with ALU Frame and TYP-AR-1505-D29
Hardware Details for Door Type D29 and
Variations
103. Ms Grill Typical Joinery Detail TYP - AR - 1600
104. Typical MS Grill & Hardware Detail for Grill TYP - AR - 1601 - GR1
Type GR1 and Variations
105. Typical MS Grill & Hardware Detail for Grill TYP - AR - 1602 - GR2
Type GR2 and Variations
106. Typical Rolling Shutter & Hardware Detail for TYP - AR - 1701 - RS1
Rolling Shutter Type RS1 and Variations
107. Typical SafetyRod Details TYP - AR - 1000
108. Aluminium Window Typical Joinery Detail - 1 TYP - AR - 1100
109. Aluminium Window Typical Joinery Detail - 2 TYP - AR - 1100A
110. Typical ALU Windows and Hardware Detail for TYP - AR - 1101 - W1
Window TYP W1 and Variations
Window Type W3 and Variations

PART – B : 121

118. Typical ALU Windows and Hardware Detail for TYP - AR - 1115 – W20
119. Aluminium Sliding Window For 3 Segments TYP - AR – 1200
Typical Joinery Detail
121. Glazing Detail for Single Floor Height - 1 TYP - AR – 1300
122. Glazing Detail for Single Floor Height - 2 TYP - AR - 1300A
123. Typical Glazing and Hardware Detail for TYP - AR - 1301 - GL1
Glazing Type GL1 and Variations
124. Glazing Detail for Double Floor Height - 1 TYP - AR - 1400
125. Glazing Detail for Double Floor Height - 2 TYP - AR - 1400A
126. Typical Glazing & Hardware Detail for Glazing TYP - AR - 1401 - GL3
Type Gl3 and Variations
127. Typical Glazing & Hardware Detail for Glazing TYP - AR - 1402 - GL4
Type Gl4 and Variations
128. Aluminium Sliding Window for 2 Segments TYP - AR - 1500
Typical Joinery Details
129. Typical ALU Sliding Window & Hardware Detail TYP - AR - 1501 - W18
for Window Type W18 and Variations

PART – B : 122
DEVELOPMENT & BULK SERVICES

GFC DRAWINGS
EXTERNAL WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM
1. Master Plan Domestic Water Supply MP - SER PHE&FF - 01 DWS -
System - Residential Zone RESIDENTIAL
2. Master Plan Domestic Water Supply MP - SER PHE&FF - 02 DWS -
System - Academic Zone ACADEMIC
3. Master Plan Domestic Water Supply MP - SER - PHE&FF - 03 - DWS -
System - Hostel Zone HOSTEL
4. Master Plan Flushing Water Supply MP - SER - PHE&FF - 04 - FWS -
System - Residential Zone RESIDENTIAL
System - Academic Zone ACADEMIC
System - Hostel Zone HOSTEL
EXTERNAL SEWAGE SYSTEM
7. Master Plan Sewage System - Residential MP - SER - PHE & FF - 7 - SEWER -
Zone RESIDENTIAL
8. Master Plan Sewage System - Academic MP - SER - PHE & FF - 8 - SEWER -
Zone ACADEMIC
9. Master Plan Sewage System - Hostel MP - SER - PHE & FF - 9 - SEWER -
Zone HOSTEL
DRAINAGE SYSTEM
10. Master Plan Drainage System - MP - SER - PHE & FF - 10 -
Residential Zone DRAINAGE - RESIDENTIAL
11. Master Plan Drainage System - Academic MP - SER - PHE &FF - 11 -
Zone DRAINAGE -ACADEMIC
12. Master Plan Drainage System - Hostel MP - SER - PHE &FF - 12 -
Zone DRAINAGE -HOSTEL
FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM
13. Master Plan Fire Fighting System - MP - SER - PHE &FF - 13 -
Academic Zone FIREFIGHTING -ACADEMIC
ROADS
14. Existing Site Plan MP-Existing Site
15. Master Plan Road Layout & Material-Key MP-RD-SOP&MAT-KEY
Plan
16. Master Plan Road Layout & Material-Part MP-RD-SOP&MAT-01
01
02
03

PART – B : 123

04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
29. Master Plan Combined Service Part-01 MP-RD-CSP-01




42. Master Plan Combined Service Key Plan MP-RD-CSP-KEY
43. Master Plan Typical Road Section 01 MP-RD-SEC-01

44. Master Plan Road Nomenclature MP-Road-Nomenclature
45. Master Plan Road MP_LS_ROAD
32&33&34&35&36&37& 38&39&40&41& 32&33&34&35&36&37&38&39&40&41
42&43&44&45&46&47&48&49 &42&43&44&45&46&47&48&49
Longitudinal Section

PART – B : 124

46. Master Plan Road MP_LS_ROAD
08&09&10&11&12&13& 14&15&16&17& 08&09&10&11&12&13&14&15&16&17
18&19&20&21&22&23&24&25&26&27&2 &18&19&20&21&22&23&24&25&26&2
8&29&30&31&50&51&52&53 Longitudinal 7&28&29&30&31&50&51&52&53
Section
47. Master Plan Road 02&03&04&05&06&07 MP_LS_ROAD 02&03&04&05&06&07
Longitudinal Section
48. Master Plan Plot Entry Road MP_LS_PE ROAD
03&04&05&06&07&08&09&10&10a&11& 03&04&05&06&07&08&09&10&10A&1
12&13&14&15&16&17&18&19&20&20a& 1&12&13&14&15&16&17&18&19&20&
21&22&23&24 Longitudinal Section 20A&21&22&23&24
49. Master Plan Plot Entry Road MP_LS_PE ROAD
01&02&25&26&27&28&29&30&31&32&3 01&02&25&26&27&28&29&30&31&32
3&34&35 Longitudinal Section &33&34&35
50. Master Plan Plot Entry Road MP_CS_PE ROAD 27&28&29&30&31
27&28&29&30&31 Cross Section
51. Master Plan Plot Entry Road MP_CS_PE ROAD
19&20&21&22&23&24 Cross Section 19&20&21&22&23&24
12&13&14&15&16&17&18 Cross Section 12&13&14&15&16&17&18
06&07&08&09&10&10a&11 Cross 06&07&08&09&10&10A&11
Section
54. Master Plan Plot Entry Road MP_CS_PE ROAD 32&33&34&35
32&33&34&35 Cross Section
55. Master Plan Plot Entry Road cross MP_CS_PE ROAD 01&02&03&04&05
Section
56. Master Plan Road 15&16&17&18&19 MP_CS_ROAD 15&16&17&18&19
Cross Section
57. Master Plan Road MP_CS_ROAD
47&48&49&50&51&52&53 Cross Section 47&48&49&50&51&52&53
58. Master Plan Road 41&42&43&44&45&46 MP_CS_ROAD 41&42&43&44&45&46
Cross Section
59. Master Plan Road MP_CS_ROAD
34&35&36&37&38&39&40 Cross Section 34&35&36&37&38&39&40
60. Master Plan Road 31&32&33 Cross MP_CS_ROAD 31&32&33
Section
Cross Section
62. Master Plan Road 20&21&22&23 &25 MP_CS_ROAD 26&27&28&29&31
Cross Section
Cross Section
64. Master Plan Road 05&06 Cross Section MP_CS_ROAD 05&06

PART – B : 125

67. Master Plan – Site Section - 01 MP-SITE-SEC-01
68. Typical Master Plan Detail Paving TYP - AR - MP - CONC - RD - SEC -
Concrete Road Strata 951
69. Typical Master Plan Detail Paving Cycle TYP - AR - MP - CONC - RD - CYC -
Track Strata 952
70. Typical Master Plan Detail Paving Side TYP - AR - MP - CONC - RD - SWK -
Walk Strata 953
71. Typical Master Plan Detail Paving TYP - AR - MP - CONC - RD - PCW -
Pedestrian Crosswalk over Concrete 954
Road
72. Typical Master Plan Detail Bollard Design TYP - AR - MP - CONC - SFU - BOL-
01 01 - 965
73. Typical Master Plan Detail Cycle Track
TYP - AR - MP - SFU - CYC - 02 - 968
02
74. Typical Master Plan Detail Cycle Track
TYP - AR - MP - SFU - CYC - 03 - 969
03
75. Typical Master Plan Detail Manhole TYP - AR - MP - CONC - SFU - MHC -
Covers 970
76. Typical Master Plan Detail Road Markings TYP-AR-MP-SIGN-RMR & CATEYE-
and Cateye Layout 975
77. Typical Master Plan Detail Mandatory TYP-AR-MP-SIGN-TRF-976
Traffic Signage
78. Typical Master Plan Detail Road Signage TYP - AR - MP - SIGN - POST
Post Detail DETAIL - 977
79. Typical Master Plan Detail Road Single TYP - AR - MP - SING - POST DETAIL
Post Construction Detail CONST - 978
80. Typical Master Plan Detail Road
TYP - AR - MP - SIGN - DIR - 01 - 979
Signage 1
TYP - AR - MP - SIGN - DIR - 02 - 980
Signage 2
TYP - AR - MP - SIGN - DIR - 03 - 981
Signage 3

PART – B : 126
EXTERNAL BULK SERVICES (CIVIL COMPONENT)

1. EXTERNAL WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM
1.1 Source of Water
i. Public water supply connection
a) Dedicated water supply connection upto the UG sump will be given by the A.P.
State Government and directly monitored by the client authority.
b) Hence this item is not included in the scope of this contract.
ii. Tube Wells
a) Drilling and installation 4 Nos. new tube wells upto a depth of about 90 metres is
included in the scope of electrical component of work. The tentative location of
tube wells is shown in the drawing. However, it shall be the responsibility of the
contractor to get the hydrological investigation carried out in the site and dig the
bore wells at locations as per the Hydrological investigation report and with the
approval of Engineer-in-charge. Any extra cost that may be incurred in digging the
bore wells for any additional depth shall be within the scope of the contractor and
nothing extra shall be paid. It will also be the contractor’s responsibility for
construction of Tube well with yield as approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
b) One bore well existing in the premises shall also be augmented with the supply
grid as shown in the drawings.
1.2 WATER STORAGE
a) RCC ground level tank of 300 KL capacity shall be constructed for storage of raw
water received from the public water mains as well as from the tube wells as shown
in the drawings.
b) The tank shall be constructed with RCC with design mix concrete of minimum grade
M30 as part of the Water Treatment Plant under Utlity Block
c) Water proofing treatment of the underground sump shall be provided with “Mixing
integral crystalline admixture for waterproofing treatment to RCC structures at the
time of transporting of concrete into the drum of the ready-mix truck, using integral
crystalline admixture @ 0.80% (minimum) to the weight of cement content per cubic
meter of concrete) or higher as recommended by the manufacturer's specification in
reinforced cement concrete at site of work. The material shall meet the requirements
as specified in ACI-212-3R-2010 i.e. by reducing permeability of concrete by more
than 90%, compared with control concrete as per DIN 1048 and resistant to 16 bar
hydrostatic pressure. The crystalline admixture shall be capable of self-healing of
cracks up to a width of 0.50mm. The work shall be carried out all complete as per
specification and the direction of the Engineer-in-charge. The product performance
shall carry guarantee for 10 years against any leakage.
1.3 WATER PROOFING TREATMENT TO WATER TANK :
a) Waterproofing treatment to the RCC structures with integral crystalline slurry
prepared by mixing in the ratio of 5 : 2 (5 parts integral crystalline slurry : 2 parts
water) and applying two coats @ 0.70 kg/sqm per coat for vertical surfaces and
mixing in the ratio of 3 : 1 (3 parts integral crystalline slurry : 1 part water) and
applying one coat @1.10 kg per sqm for horizontal surfaces and applying the same
from negative (internal) side with the help of synthetic fiber brush. The material shall
meet the requirements as specified in ACI-212-3R-2010 i.e., by reducing
permeability of concrete by more than 90% compared with control concrete as per
DIN 1048 and resistant to 16 bar hydrostatic pressure on negative side. The

PART – B : 127
crystalline slurry shall be capable of self-healing of cracks up to a width of 0.50mm.

The work shall be carried out all complete as per specification and the direction of
the engineer-in-charge. The product performance shall carry guaranteed for 10
years against any leakage.
b) Over this coat of Integral Crystalline slurry, ceramic glazed tiles confirming to IS :
15622 shall be laid with spacers of 3 mm thickness over a base of 12 mm thick
cement mortar 1: 3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) over walls and 20 mm thick cement
mortar 1: 4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) on floors, and grouting the joints with
polymer modified cementitious grout
1.4 WATER TREATMENT PLANT
a) The raw water from the municipal mains and bore wells is proposed to be treated in
the centralized water treatment plant and then supplied to all the buildings.
b) The piping, control valves etc., for connecting the different components of Water
treatment plant is included in the scope of E&M Component of Water Treatment
Plant.
1.5 EXTERNAL WATER SUPPLY (DOMESTIC WATER SUPPLY - DWS)
a) The treated water (Domestic Water Supply (DWS)) shall be supplied to the terrace
water tanks of all the buildings using D.I. or G.I. pipes of required dia., as shown in
the drawing.
b) All external water supply pipe lines shall be laid at a depth of about 60 to 75 cm
depth and the work includes trenching and refilling as per CPWD Specifications.
c) The G.I. pipe lines laid in external work shall be painted with two coats of anti-
corrosive bitumastic paint and filled alround with fine sand as per CPWD
Specifications.
d) G.I. Unions, Gun metal gate valves, brass ferrules etc., of approved quality shall be
provided as per drawing and as required as per standard engineering practice.
e) Brick masonry valve chambers shall be constructed at regular interval for isolation of
the system as per CPWD specifications, as shown in the drawings and as required
as per standard engineering practice.
f) Anchor / thrust blocks shall be provided at all joints, bends etc. for supports as
required as per CPWD specifications and standard engineering practice.
g) Water meters of approved make shall be provided for the inlet from Public water
mains, bore wells and also to measure consumption in all buildings as required
under GRIHA criterion.
1.6 EXTERNAL WATER SUPPLY (FLUSHING WATER SUPPLY - FWS)
a) The unfiltered water from Sewage Treatment Plant shall be shall be supplied to the
terrace water (Flushing) tanks of all the buildings and also for irrigation requirements
of green belts using G.I. pipes of required dia., as shown in the drawing.
b) All external water supply pipe lines shall be laid at a depth of about 60 to 75 cm
depth and the work includes trenching and refilling as per CPWD Specifications.
c) The G.I. pipe lines laid in external work shall be painted with two coats of anti-
corrosive bitumastic paint and filled alround with fine sand as per CPWD
Specifications.
d) G.I. Unions, extension nipples, Gun metal gate valves, brass ferrules, butterfly
valves for garden taps etc., of required diameter and approved quality shall be
provided as per drawing and as required as per standard engineering practice.
e) Brick masonry valve chambers shall be constructed at regular interval for isolation of
the system as per CPWD specifications, as shown in the drawings and as required
as per standard engineering practice.

PART – B : 128
f) Anchor / thrust blocks shall be provided at all joints, bends etc. for supports as
required as per CPWD specifications and standard engineering practice.
g) Water meters of approved make shall be provided for the inlet from STPs and also
to measure consumption in all buildings individually as required under GRIHA
criterion.
2. EXTERNAL SEWERAGE SYSTEM:-
a) PVC-U (Non-Pressure) pipes as per IS:15328 of required dia., as shown in drawings
and of approved make for carrying the sewerage from all buildings to the Sewage
Treatment Plant as per specification given and as shown in the drawings.
b) Earth work excavation & re-filling for laying sewerage pipes and manholes as per
CPWD specifications and as per the details given in drawings or as per site
conditions shall be carried out by the contractor as part of the work.
c) While laying the uPVC pipes underground, it must be ensured that a cement
concrete bed of 150 mm thick cement concrete 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6
graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) is laid below the pipes and also all the
joints are covered and strengthened with cement concrete alound.
d) Brick masonry rectangular manholes of size and type (90 x 80 cm / 120 x 90 cm)
with Precast RCC manhole cover of internal dimensions 610 x 450 mm (rectangular
shape) with frame, MD-10, shall be constructed at regular intervals not more than 30
metres, junctions, change in alignment as per standard design and CPWD
specifications, and as per shown in the drawings.
e) For manhole depths exceeding 1.50 m, circular manholes of size and type with
Precast RCC manhole cover of internal dimensions 560 mm dia with frame, HD-20,
shall be constructed at regular intervals not more than 30 metres, junctions, change
in alignment as per standard design and CPWD specifications, and as per shown in
the drawings.
f) Plastic encapsulated M.S. foot rests shall be provided in the manholes of depth
more than 80 cm as per CPWD Specifications.
3. EXTERNAL DRAINAGE SYSTEM (STORM WATER DRAINAGE):-
a) RCC NP-2 class (light duty) pipes of diameter ranging from 200 to 900 mm dia., with
spigot and socketed joints filled with with stiff mixture of cement mortar in the
proportion of 1:2 (1 cement : 2 fine sand) for carrying the storm water from all
buildings to water bodies, rain water harvesting wells and final disposal points as per
CPWD specifications given and as shown in the drawings.
b) RCC NP-3 class (medium duty) pipes of diameter ranging from 200 to 900 mm dia.,
with spigot and socketed joints filled with with stiff mixture of cement mortar in the
proportion of 1:2 (1 cement : 2 fine sand) for road crossings as per CPWD
specifications and as shown in the drawings.
c) Earth work excavation & re-filling for laying precast RCC pipes, chambers /
manholes / catch basins, as per CPWD specifications and as per the details given in
drawings or as per site conditions shall be carried out by the contractor as part of
the work.
d) While laying the precast RCC pipes underground, it must be ensured that a bed of
minimum 150 mm thick cement concrete M10 or nominal mix 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3
coarse sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) is laid below the

PART – B : 129
pipes. Pipes of required diameter shall be laid to required gradient as shown in the
drawing.
e) Brick masonry square shaped Catch basins of internal dimensions 45 x 45 x 45 cm /
60 x 60 x 60 cm / 75 x 75 x 75 cm, as shown in drawing with Ductile Iron grating
with frame of size 45 x 45 x 45 cm / 60 x 60 x 60 cm / 75 x 75 x 75 cm respectively,
shall be constructed at regular intervals not more than 30 metres, junctions, change
in alignment as per standard design and CPWD specifications, and as per shown in
the drawings.
4. RAIN WATER HARVESTING WELL
a) Rain water harvesting wells for recharging the underground aquifer of size 4.5 m dia
and 2.0 m effective depth, as per the technical specification and as shown in the
drawings. In each rain water harvesting well a 400 mm dia bore well shall be dug
upto a depth of 50 metres and the bore well as well as Rain water harvesting Well
shall be filled with aggregates of size range as shown in the drawing for recharging
the underground aquifer.
b) A de-silting chamber shall be constructed before the rain water harvesting well, as
shown in the drawing.
5. ACID NEUTRALISATION CHAMBERS
a) Acid Neutralisation chambers of size 2000 x 1000 cm on plan and an effective
depth of 1000 cm with RCC cover slab and Ductile Iron cover with frame (light duty)
455 x 610 mm internal dimensions and total weight of cover and frame not less than
38 kg (weight of cover 23 kg and weight of frame 15 kg) of approved quality and
make shall be constructed as per drawing.
b) Lump Lime stone or marble chips of size between 25 to 75 mm with a high calcium
carbonate equivalent content (not less than 85%) shall be filled in this chamber to
required depth.
c) A domestic water supply inlet connection shall be given to the neutralization
chamber with necessary control valve for dilution purpose.
d) The waste water from laboratories shall be connected to the Acid neutralization
chambers as per the drawing. The overflow from the Acid neutralization chambers
shall then be connected to the sewerage system through the nearest manhole as
per the layout.
6. GREASE TRAP
a) Grease Trap of size 2000 x 1000 cm on plan and an effective depth of 1000 cm with
a brick masonry baffle wall, RCC cover slab and Ductile Iron cover with frame
(Heavy duty) 560 mm internal diameter and total weight of cover and frame not less
than 208 kg (weight of cover 108 kg and weight of frame 100 kg) of approved quality
and make shall be constructed as per drawing.
b) PVC encapsulated M.S. foot rests shall be fixed in the grease trap as shown in the
drawing.
c) 75 mm dia., Centrifugally cast (spun) iron socket & spigot (S&S) pipe as per IS:
3989 shall be provided as vent pipe and taken above the ground and terminated at a
suitable level as per site conditions and applicable Specifications.
d) The inlet and outlets shall be provided as shown in drawing.

PART – B : 130
ROADS
CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENTS
1. SUBGRADE :
In sub-grade composed of clay, fine sand or other soils that may be forced up into the coarse
aggregate during rolling operation, an insulation layer of suitable thickness of granular
materials or over size brick aggregate not less than 10 cm thick shall be provided for
blanketting the sub-grade.
Preparation of Sub-Grade
The surface of the formation for a width of sub-base, which shall be 15 cm more on either
side of base course, shall first be cut to a depth equal to the combined depth of sub-base
and surface courses below the proposed finished level (due allowance being made for
consolidation). It shall then be cleaned of all foreign substances. Any ruts or soft yielding
patches that appear due to improper drainage conditions, traffic hauling or from any other
cause, shall be corrected and the sub-grade dressed off parallel to the finished profile.
Consolidation
The sub-grade shall be consolidated with a power road roller of 8 to 12 tonnes. The roller
shall run over the sub grade till the soil is evenly and densely consolidated and behaves, as
an elastic mass (the roller shall pass a minimum of 5 runs on the sub grade). All undulations
in the surface that develop due to rolling shall be made good with material or quarry spoils as
the cases may be and the sub-grade is rerolled.
The finished surface shall be uniform and conform to the lines, grades and typical cross
section shown in the drawings, when tested with the template and straight edge, the variation
shall be within the tolerances specified.
Permissible Tolerances of Surface Evenness of Sub Grade
Longitudinal profile maximum permissible Cross profile maximum permissible
undulation when measured with a 3 metre variation from specified profile when
straight edge measured with a camber template
24 mm 15 mm
Where the surface irregularity of the sub grade falls outside the specified tolerances, the
contractor shall be liable to rectify these with fresh material or quarry spoils as the case may
be, and the sub-grade rerolled to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge.
EMBANKMENT CONSTRUCTION (UNDER OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONDITIONS)
1 In the case of earth work consolidated under optimum moisture conditions each layer of
earth shall be carefully moistened to give field moisture content of about +1% to -2% of
the optimum moisture content (OMC). The OMC shall be determined according to IS
2720 (Pt.VIII) Methods of Tests for Soils.
Each layer shall then be compacted by rolling with 8 to 10 tonnes power road roller and
a sheep foot roller if required. The required amount of water shall be added during
consolidation to keep the moisture content of the soil at the optimum as per test. The
density to be achieved for each layer of the material shall not be less than 95% of the
density obtained in the laboratory (Proctor Method).

PART – B : 131
2 Each compacted layer shall be tested in the field for density and accepted before the
operations for next layer are begun.
3 Control on compaction in the field shall be exercised through frequent moisture content
and density determinations. A systematic record of these shall be maintained. At all
times during construction the top of the embankment shall be maintained at such cross
fall as will shed water and prevent ponding.
4 Density Measurement and Acceptance Criteria
4.1 One measurement of density shall be made for each 500 sqm of compacted area or for a
smaller area as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge. Each measurement shall consist of
at least 5 density determinations and the average of these 5 determinations shall be
treated as the field density achieved.
The determination of density shall be as per IS 2720 (Pt. XXVIII).
4.2 In general the control at the top 40 cm thickness of the formation shall be more strict with
density measurements being done at the rate of one measurement for 250 sqm of
compacted area. Further for the determination of the mean density the number of tests
in one measurement shall not be less than 10 and the work will be accepted if the mean
dry density equals or exceeds the specified density.
4.3 When density measurements reveal any soft areas in the embankment, the Engineer-in-
Charge shall direct that these be compacted further. If, in spite of that the specified
compaction is not achieved the material in the soft areas shall be removed and replaced
by approved materials and compacted to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
4.4 Control Tests on Borrow Material
4.5 Soil suitable for consolidation under O.M.C. conditions should preferably have the
following characteristics :
(a) Minimum percentage of clay 10%
(b) Liquid limit 14
(c) Plasticity index 4
(d) Percentage of silt should not exceed 50%
(e) Peat, muck and organic soils are unsuitable.
4.6 The Engineer-in-Charge may, however, relax these requirements taking into account
availability of materials, cost of transportation and other relevant factors.
4.7 Various tests required to be conducted on the borrow material with their recommended
frequency are indicated below. All the tests need not be stipulated on every project.
Depending upon site condition etc., only some may be found necessary at a particular
project. The frequency of testing indicated refers generally to the minimum number of
tests to be conducted. The rate of testing must be stepped up as found necessary
depending upon the variability of the materials and compaction methods employed at a
project.
(a) Gradation : At least one test for each kind of soil. Usual rate of testing 1
to 2 tests per 8000 cum of soil.
(b) Plasticity : At least one test for each kind of soil. Usual rate of testing 1
to 2 tests per 8000 cum of soil.

PART – B : 132
(c) Proctor Test : At the rate of 1 to 2 tests per 8000 cum of soil.
(d) Deleterious Contents : As required.
(e) Moisture content : One test for every 250 cum of soil.
Roads in the campus shall be developed as per the layout plans and detailed sections
mentioned in the list of drawings attached to this document
MASTER PLAN MAIN ROADS
CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
Cement concrete pavement of M30 grade of width and thickness as specified in the
drawing shall be laid as per CPWD Specifications, using cement content as per design
mix, using coarse sand and graded stone aggregate of 40 mm nominal size in appropriate
proportions as per approved & specified design criteria, providing dowel bars with sleeve / tie
bars wherever required, laying at site, spreading and compacting mechanically by using
needle and surface vibrators, levelling to required slope / camber, finished with screed board
vibrator, vacuum dewatering process and finally finished by floating, brooming with wire
brush, finishing with required texture. Steel form work shall be provided with sturdy M.S.
channel sections, shall be provided curing, making provision for contraction / expansion,
construction & longitudinal joints (10 mm wide x 50 mm deep) by groove cutting machine,
providing and filling joints with approved joint filler and sealants, complete all as per direction
of Engineer-in-charge.
Foundation and Base for Cement Concrete Pavement
Sub Grade : Sub grade shall be prepared as per CPWD Specifications.
Sub Base : 100 mm thick Granular Sub Base (GSB) as per MORTH Specifications shall be
provided
Base Course : Construction of dry lean concrete sub-base for cement concrete pavement in
accordance with the requirements of MORTH Specifications and in conformity with the lines,
grades and cross-sections shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
The work shall include furnishing of all plant and equipment, materials and labour and
performing all operations, in connection with the work, as approved by the Engineer-in-
charge.
Polythene sheet of minimum 125 Micron thick shall be laid on the top of WMM base below
Cement concrete pavement as per MORTH Specifications.
Precast Kerbs : Factory made factory made kerb stone of M-25 grade cement concrete
shall be provided as per sizes and thickness mentioned in the drawings. The kerb stones
shall be fixed over a 100 mm thick cement concrete bed of grade M15 as shown in the
drawings.
Saucer drain : A cement concrete saucer drain with drainage outlets of dimensions shown in
the drawing shall be constructed with cement concrete of grade M25. The saucer drains shall
be fixed over a 100 mm thick cement concrete bed of grade M15 as shown in the drawings.
The saucer drains shall be connected to the drainage manholes as shown in the
drawing
Sub-surface Drainage : 75 mm dia., HDPE perforated pipe shall be provided to cater to the
sub-surface drainage. Wrapping around GSB base course shall be done using Geotextile
confirming to MORTH Specifications to prevent percolation of water into the sub-base. The
longitudinal perforated HDPE pipe shall be connected to the Catch basins / Drainage

PART – B : 133
manholes with 50 mm dia., HDPE pipe at a distance not more than 10 metres and at the
ends as required at site and / or as shown in the drawings.
The green belt on the sides of the roads shall be formed as per layout drawings.
Filling with good earth, if required to be brought from outside, for horticulture purposes upto a
depth of 300 mm in the green belt areas is not included in the scope of this work. However,
the preserved top soil fit for plant growth shall be filled in the green belt areas to the required
levels as shown in the drawings and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and shall include
all leads and lifts.
CYCLE TRACKS
125 mm thick Cement concrete pavement of M25 grade of width and thickness as
specified in the drawing shall be laid as per CPWD Specifications, using cement content
as per design mix, using coarse sand and graded stone aggregate of 40 mm nominal size in
appropriate proportions as per approved & specified design criteria, providing dowel bars
with sleeve / tie bars wherever required, laying at site, spreading and compacting
mechanically by using needle and surface vibrators, levelling to required slope / camber,
finished with screed board vibrator, vacuum dewatering process and finally finished by
floating, brooming with wire brush, finishing with required texture with 3 mm deep grooves @
20 mm c/c as shown the drawing. Steel form work shall be provided with sturdy M.S. channel
sections, shall be provided curing, making provision for contraction / expansion, construction
& longitudinal joints (10 mm wide x 28 mm deep) by groove cutting machine, providing and
filling joints with approved joint filler and sealants, complete all as per direction of Engineer-
in-charge.
Foundation and Base for Cement Concrete Pavement
provided
Base Course : Construction of 100/150 mm thick Wet Mix Macadam (WMM) base shall be
provided for in accordance with the requirements of MORTH Specifications and in conformity
with the lines, grades and cross-sections shown on the drawings or as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge.
Polythene sheet of minimum 125 Micron thick shall be laid on the top of smoothly finished
WMM base below Cement concrete pavement as per MORTH Specifications. A thin layer of
sand may be spread to fill the voids in the WMM layer.
SIDE WALK
60 mm thick factory made shot blast cement concrete interlocking paver blocks of M -30
grade made by block making machine with strong vibratory compaction, of approved size,
design & shape, laid in required colour and pattern over and including 50mm thick
compacted bed of coarse sand, filling the joints with fine sand, complete all as per direction

PART – B : 134
Tactiles of 300 x 300 x 15 mm shall be laid within the side walk and across at junctions,
change in direction, intersections, level differences etc., as per detailed layouts and manual
on CPWD Manual for Accessible Built Environment and Hand Book on Barrier free and
accessibility.
Foundation and Base for Side Walk
provided
Base Course : Construction of 100 mm thick Wet Mix Macadam (WMM) base shall be
Engineer-in-charge.
Precast Kerbs : Precast RCC kerb stone of M-25 grade cement concrete and size as shown
in the drawing shall be provided as per sizes and thickness mentioned in the drawings. The
kerb stones shall be fixed over a 175 mm wide and 75 mm thick cement concrete bed of
grade M10.
Surface Drainage : 50 mm dia., HDPE pipe shall be provided to cater to the surface
drainage, at a distance not more than 10 metres and at the ends and connected to the
manholes / Catch Basins, as required at site as shown in the drawings. A Geofilter fabric of
size 100 x 100 mm shall be fixed at the pipe opening face of the drain pipe.
HARD PAVING AROUND BUILDINGS
60mm thick factory made shot blast cement concrete interlocking paver blocks of M -30
compacted bed of coarse sand, filling the joints with fine sand, complete all as per direction
Tactiles of 300 x 300 x 15 mm shall be laid within the hard paving and across at junctions,
accessibility.
Foundation and Base for Hard paving
Sub Base / Base course : 100 mm thick cement concrete bed of grade M10 laid to desired
level, slope and profile over a 100 mm thick bed of well compacted sand cushion.
kerb stones shall be fixed over a 175 mm wide and 75 mm thick cement concrete bed of
grade M10.

PART – B : 135
PEDESTRIAN CROSS WALK OVER CONCRETE ROAD

Where a pedestrian crossing occurs across a cement concrete pavement, the
crossing shall be provided as per the following specifications.
60mm thick factory made shot blast cement concrete interlocking paver blocks of M -30
compacted bed of coarse sand, filling the joints with fine sand, laid over the RCC slab
pavement, complete all as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
Tactiles of 300 x 300 x 15 mm shall be laid within the hard paving and across at junctions,
accessibility.
Foundation and Base
Sub Base : 100 mm thick Granular Sub Base (GSB) as per grading II of Table 400-I of
MORTH Specifications shall be provided matching with top level of GSB of the adjoining
cement concrete pavement.
Base Course : Construction of dry lean concrete sub-base 70 mm thick for cement concrete
pavement in accordance with the requirements of MORTH Specifications and in conformity
Engineer-in-charge. The work shall include furnishing of all plant and equipment, materials
and labour and performing all operations, in connection with the work, as approved by the
Engineer-in-charge.
Polythene sheet of minimum 125 Micron thick shall be laid on the top of DLC base below
Cement concrete pavement as per MORTH Specifications.
Over the Dry lean concrete base, an RCC slab pavement of grade M15 and 100 mm
thickness shall be provided.
RCC STRIPS ACROSS THE CC PAVEMENT ON BOTH EDGES OF PEDESTRIAN
CROSS WALK : RCC Strips of 450 x 155 mm and of M-30 grade shall be provided across
the cement concrete pavement on both edges of the pedestrian cross walk as shown in the
drawing. The RCC strips shall be laid over a 100 mm thick cement concrete bed of grade
M10.
FLAMED GRANITE STONE SLAB PAVING
50 mm thick flamed granite stone slabs of size 600 x 300 mm laid with staggered joints over
20 mm (average) thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) with 3 mm thick joints
filled with cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 fine sand) in plaza areas and drive ways as
shown in drawing. A construction joint of 6 mm thick shall be provided at every 3.0 metre
interval as shown in the drawing.
MORTH Specifications
Base course : 100 mm thick cement concrete bed of grade M10 laid to desired level, slope
and profile.

PART – B : 136
kerb stones shall be fixed over a 100 mm thick cement concrete bed of grade M10.
75 MM THICK PAVING WITH GRASS PAVERS
75 mm thick factory made RCC grass pavers of size as shown in the drawings and of
approved make, laid over 50 mm thick sand bed with cocopeat mix to support growth of
grass and joints filled with fine sand with cocopeat mix in plaza areas and parking areas as
shown in drawing.
Base course : Construction of 100 mm thick Wet Mix Macadam (WMM) base shall be
Engineer-in-charge.
Precast Kerbs : Exposed ends of grass paver paving shall be provided with Precast RCC
kerb stone of M-25 grade cement concrete and size as shown in the drawing shall be
provided as per sizes and thickness mentioned in the drawings. The kerb stones shall be
fixed over a 100 mm thick cement concrete bed of grade M10.
80 mm THICK CEMENT CONCRETE COBBLE STONE PAVING
80 mm thick cement concrete cobble stones of size 100 x 100 mm (or otherwise as shown in
the drawings) laid over 50 mm thick sand cushion and joints filled with fine sand in plaza
areas and drive ways as shown in drawing.
Base course : Construction of 75 mm thick Wet Mix Macadam (WMM) base shall be
Engineer-in-charge.
Precast Kerbs : Exposed ends of cobble stone paving shall be provided with Precast RCC
kerb stone of M-25 grade cement concrete and size as shown in the drawing shall be
provided as per sizes and thickness mentioned in the drawings. The kerb stones shall be
fixed over a 100 mm thick cement concrete bed of grade M10.
60 mm THICK CEMENT CONCRETE COBBLE STONE PAVING
60 mm thick cement concrete cobble stones of size 100 x 100 mm (or otherwise as shown in
the drawings) laid over 20 mm (average) thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand)
with 3 mm thick joints filled with cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 fine sand) around buildings
as shown in drawing.
Sub Base / Base course : 100 mm thick cement concrete bed of grade M10 laid to desired
level, slope and profile over a 100 mm thick bed of well compacted sand cushion.
Precast Kerbs : Edges Precast RCC kerb stone of M-25 grade cement concrete and size as
shown in the drawing shall be provided as per sizes and thickness mentioned in the

PART – B : 137
drawings. The kerb stones shall be fixed over a 175 mm wide and 75 mm thick cement
concrete bed of grade M10.
STEPS IN WALK WAYS
All level differences in walkways shall be manoeuvred with steps as detailed in the drawings.
50 mm thick flamed granite treads and 18 mm thick polished granite risers of width and
height as shown in the drawing shall be provided. (In no case riser shall not be more than
150 mm and width of tread shall not be less than 375 mm).
PLANTER BOXES
Planter boxes wherever shown shall be constructed as per drawings. The side / end walls of
planter boxes shall be constructed with cement concrete toe walls with granite stone topping
and facias as shown in the drawing.
RCC RETAINING WALLS
RCC Retaining walls as per design and drawing shall be constructed to required height
wherever required as per landscape drawing. The wall portion shall be of exposed concrete
finish as per specifications. The top of the retaining wall shall be provided with a 50 mm thick
flamed granite stone coping laid and jointed with cement mortar.
GREEN BELTS
The green belts on the sides of the roads shall be formed as per layout drawings.
depth of 300 mm in the green belt areas is not included in the scope of this work. The filling
upto the bottom of the 300 mm thick good earth layer is completely included in the scope of
this work. However, the preserved top soil fit for plant growth shall be filled in the green belt
areas to the required levels as shown in the drawings and as directed by the Engineer-in-
charge and shall include all leads and lifts and it is included in the scope of this work.
EARTH FILLING AND LEVELLING :
All the areas around buildings and upto a minimum of 3.00 metre width from the extreme end
of developed edge of the road / side walk / cycle track towards undeveloped areas of
appurtenant land shall be dressed, levelled and filled upto the adjoining formation level with
suitable earth and compacted as necessary to protect the developed works.
UTILITY CROSSINGS
Wherever, water supply pipe lines, Sewer lines, HT/LT Cables are crossing any road or hard
paving, utility crossings shall be provided as per drawings with precast RCC NP2 class pipes
of required dia., and manholes on both ends with RCC walls and 560 mm dia and 20 mm
thick Ductile iron cover with frame as shown in the drawing. Lean concrete to be laid below
the precast RCCpipes shall be of at least grade M10
Drawing No. :
1. Typical Master Plan Detail - Extra Low Voltage Chamber : ETYP-AR-MP-UTI-ELV
2. Typical Master Plan Detail - Extra Hume Crossing : TYP-AR-MP-UTI-EXTRA HUME
Note :
1. In case of any discrepancy in the Detailed Specifications mentioned above and the
details shown in the drawings, these detailed specifications shall prevail upon the details
shown in the drawings.

PART – B : 138
2. All works for which no detailed specifications have been mentioned in this document, the
CPWD Specifications, manufacturers’ specifications, Specifications mentioned in the
drawings in the same order of preference shall be followed.
ROAD SIGNAGE
Road signage of Retro- reflectorised direction, cautionary, mandatory and informatory
signage as per IRC : 67-2010 made of high intensity grade sheeting vide clause 801.3, fixed
over 2mm thick aluminium sheet, supported on a mild steel angle iron post 75 mm x 75 mm x
6 mm firmly fixed to the ground by means of properly designed foundation with M20 grade
cement concrete foundation and 45 cm x 45 cm x 60 cm and 60 cm below ground level shall
be provided as per approved drawing and Specifications or as per the direction of the
Engineer-in-charge for indicating the following : Side Road Right, Informatory (Way sign),
Compulsory Left Turn, Right Hand Curve, Pedestrian Crossing, Horn prohibited, Round
about, Side Road Left, T – Junction, Speed Limit.
Solar Studs / Cat Eyes
Road Studs or Cat Eyes made of special strong flexible UV-protected poly-urethene material
and fixing with epoxy or steel anchors at a spacing of 5 m c/c shall be provided along the
road centre line, and both edges as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Road Marking Thermoplastic Paint Including Reflectorising Glass Beads
Hot applied thermoplastic paint including reflectorising glass beads @ 250 gms per sqm
area, thickness of 2.5 mm exclusive of surface of applied glass beads as per IRC : 35-1997
for the purpose of road marking shall be provided as per drawing and instructions of
Engineer-in-charge. The finished surface shall be level, uniform and free from streaks and
holes.
Road Marking Paint
Lines, Dashes, Arrows etc., on Roads shall be painted with two coats of ready mixed road
marking paint confirming to IS : 164 on Concrete road surface, cleaning the surface of dirt,
dust and other foreign matter, demarcation at site, barricading for traffic diversion, traffic
control as per Technical Specification Clause 802 and IRC35-1997, drawings and as directed
by the Engineer-in-charge.
Speed Bumps
Speed Bumps in cement concrete roads with factory made special grade Polyolefin pre-
coloured material of size 250 X 350 X 50 mm installed with application of Epoxy and Spikes
for Anchoring Standard skid Resistant Base UV, Moisture and Temperature Resistant, Black
and Yellow colour combination for greater visibility shall be provided as per requirement and
as shown in drawings and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Signage Posts
Signage MS pole 150 mm x 150 mm x 8 mm thick box section fixed on 375 mm x 375 mm x
12 mm thick MS base plate inserted in PCC base as per drawing, 60 cm below ground level
as per approved drawing foundation of M15 grade all complete including hot dip galvanised
finish over MS Pole of approved shade.

PART – B : 139
GOVERNMENT OF ANDHRA PRADESH

ABSTRACT
Mines & Minerals – Amendments to Rule 10 of the Andhra Pradesh Minor Mineral
Concession Rules, 1966 – Orders – Issued.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INDUSTRIES AND COMMERCE (M.I) DEPARTMENT
G.O.Ms.No:100 Dated:31.10.2015
Read the following:
1. G.O. Ms. No. 198, Ind. & Com. (M.I) Dept., dt. 13.08.2009.
2. Director of Mines & Geology, Letter No. 7598/P-MR/2014, dated 09.10.2015.
ORDER:
The following notification will be published in the Extra-Ordinary issue of the Andhra Pradesh
Gazette dated. 01.11.2015.
Notification
In exercise of the powers conferred by sub-section (1) of section 15 of the Mines & Minerals
(Development and Regulation) Act, 1957 (Central Act 67 of 1957), the Governor of Andhra
Pradesh hereby makes the following amendments to the Andhra Pradesh Minor Mineral
Concession Rules, 1966 issued in G.O. Ms. No. 1172, Industries and Commerce (M.I)
Department, dated. 04.09.1967 and subsequently amended from time to time.
Amendments
In the said rules, Under Rule 10 for Schedules I and II, the following shall be substituted,
namely;
“SCHEDULE-I”
RATES OF SEIGNIORAGE FEE
Sl. Name of the Minor Mineral Unit Rate of Seigniorage Fee
No. (in Rupees)
1 Building Stone Rs.75 / 50
(Rupees Seventy five / Fifty)
2 Rough Stone / Boulders
M3 / MT
2a Manufactured Sand
3 Road Metal & Ballast
3a Dimensional Stone used for MT Rs. 110
Kerbs & Cubes (Rupees one hundred and ten)
4 Lime kankar / Lime stone MT Rs. 80 (Rupees Eighty)
5 Lime shell MT Rs. 100 (Rupees one hundred)
6 Marble M3 / MT Rs. 250 / 100

(Rupees Two hundred fifty /
one hundred)

PART – B : 140
Sl. Name of the Minor Mineral Unit Rate of Seigniorage Fee

No. (in Rupees)
7 Mosaic Chips MT Rs. 50 (Rupees fifty)
8 Moorum / Gravel & Ord. Earth M3 / MT Rs. 30 / 20
(Rupees Thirty / Twenty)
9 Ordinary Sand MT Rs. 50 (Rupees fifty)
10 Shingle M3 / MT Rs. 75 / 50
11 Chalacedony Pebbles M3 / MT Rs. 75/50
12 Fullers Earth/Bentonite MT Rs. 150
(Rupees one hundred and fifty)
13 Shale/Slate MT Rs. 150
(Rupees one hundred and fifty)
14 Rehmati M3 / MT Rs. 30/20
(Rupees Thirty / Twenty)
15 Lime stone Slabs :
(i) Colour Sq.Mt / MT Rs. 8/- (Rupees Eight) per
Sq.Mt or Rs. 100/- (Rupees
(ii) White Sq.Mt / MT
Hundred) per MT whichever is
(iii) Black Sq.Mt / MT higher.
16 Ordinary Clay, Silt and Brick Rs. 6000/- (Rupees Six
Earth used in the - thousand) per kiln per annum
Manufacture of Bricks for Bricks and Tiles.
including Mangalore Tiles
17. Granite Useful for Cutting:
Item Unit Super Gang Mini Gang Saw 270 cm x Below 75
Saw above above 150 cm and cm size.
300 cm x 270 cm x 150 below size.
180 cm size. cm size.
1 Black M3 Rs. 4,000/- Rs. 3,200/- Rs. 3,000/- Rs. 1,350/-
Granite (Rupees (Rupees Three (Rupees (Rupees
Galaxy four thousand two Three One
variety thousand) hundred) thousand) thousand
three
hundred
fifty)
2 Black M3 Rs. 3,000/- Rs. 2,500/- Rs. 2,350/- Rs. 1,000/-
Granite (Rupees (Rupees Two (Rupees (Rupees
other than Three thousand five Two One
Galaxy thousand) hundred) thousand thousand)
variety three
hundred
fifty)

PART – B : 141
Item Unit Super Gang Mini Gang Saw 270 cm x Below 75

Saw above above 150 cm and cm size.
300 cm x 270 cm x 150 below size.
180 cm size. cm size.
3 Colour Granite M3 Rs. 3,000/- Rs. 2,500/- Rs. 2,350/- Rs. 1,000/-
Srikakulam Blue, (Rupees (Rupees Two (Rupees (Rupees
Moon white, Three thousand five Two One
River white of thousand) hundred) thousand thousand)
Visakhapatnam three
Dist., Leptinites hundred
of Coastal Dists., fifty)
Black pearl of
Prakasam and
Guntur Dists.,
4 Colour M3 Rs. 2,350/- Rs. 2,150/- Rs. 2,000/- Rs. 1,000/-
Granite of (Rupees Two (Rupees Two (Rupees (Rupees
other thousand thousand one Two one
varieties three hundred fifty) thousand) thousand)
hundred fifty)
SCHEDULE-II
Rate of Dead Rent
Sl. Name of the Minor Mineral Rate of Dead Rent
No. per hectare per
Annum (in Rupees)
1 Black Granite Rs. 1,00,000/-
(Rupees One lakh)
2 Colour Granite Rs. 1,00,000/-
(Rupees One lakh)
3 Limestone other than classified as major minerals used for Rs. 50,000/-
lime burning for Building construction purposes, marble, (Rupees Fifty
boulders, building stone including stone used for Road Metal, thousand)
Ballast concrete & other construction purpose, Shale, Slate &
Phyllites, Mosaic Chips, Fullers Earth / Bentonite &
Dimensional Stone used for Cubes and Kerbs.
4 Gravel, Morrum, Ordinary Earth, Shingle, Limestone Slabs Rs. 40,000/-
used for flooring purpose Limekankar, Chalcedony Pebbles (Rupees Forty
used in the building purpose Lime-shell for burning used for thousand)
building purpose and Rehmati
2. This order shall come into force w.e.f. 01.11.2015.

3. This order issued with the concurrence of Finance Department vide their No. 4519/PFS/
2015, Dt.12.10.2015.
(BY ORDER AND IN THE NAME OF THE GOVERNOR OF ANDHRA PRADESH)
M. GIRIJA SHANKAR,
SECRETARY TO GOVERNMENT (MINES & FP) (FAC)

PART – B : 142
To
The Commissioner of Printing, Stationary & Stores Purchase (Ptg. Wing), Hyderabad. (He is
requested to publish the above Notification in the Extra-ordinary issue of Andhra Pradesh,
and arrange to send 1000 copies of the same to Government Industries & Commerce (M.I)
Department).
The Director of Mines & Geology, Andhra Pradesh, Hyderabad.
The Chief Executive Officer, SERP, Hyderabad.
All the Joint Director / Deputy Director / Asst. Director of Mines & Geology through the
Director of Mines & Geology, Hyderabad.
Copy to:
The Secretary to Govt, Ministry of Mines, GoI.
The Law (A) Department.
The Finance Department.
The P.S to Hon’ble Minister for Women Empowerment, Child Welfare and Disabled & Senior
Citizens Welfare and Mines & Geology.
The Secretary to Govt, (Mines), CM’s office.
SF/SC(C.NO.418/M.I(1)/2015)
//FORWARDED: BY ORDER//
SECTION OFFICER

PART – B : 143

DEPARTMENT OF MINES AND GEOLOGY
Lr.No.1086/DMF/2016 Dated: 22.04.2016.
From
K. Ramachandraiah, M.Sc.,
Asst. Director of Mines & Geology,
Hyderabad.
Sir,
Sub : Mines & Minerals-Payment of contribution towards District Mineral Foundation
Trust (DMF) by the Govt. Engineering Departments to take care of the areas
affected by mining or mining related operations along with seigniorage fee
from work bills on the minor minerals consumed in execution of civil works by
the Govt. Engineering Depts.,-Requested to transit the same – Regarding
Ref : 1. Notification No.13, Dated: 26.03.2015 from Ministry of Mines, Govt. of India.
2. G.O. Ms.No.3, Ind. & Comm. (M.I) Dept., Dt: 20.01.2016
5. DM&G, Hyderabad Memo. No.1046/P/2015, dt: 12.04.2016
*****
It is to inform that through reference 1st cited, the Ministry of Mines, Government of
India issued amendments to Mines & Minerals (Development & Regulation) Act, 1957 and
notified Mines & Minerals (Development & Regulation) Amendment Act, 2015 w.e.f.,
12.01.2015. In the said Amendment Act of 2015, under Section 15 A, empowered State
Government to collect funds for District Mineral Foundation.
Accordingly, the State Government vide reference 2nd cited issued “District Mineral
Foundation (Trust) Rules, 2015‟ for collection of funds w.e.f., 12.01.2015 onwards and
management of District Mineral Foundation in the District concerned. Further, the
Government vide reference 3rd & 4th cited issued notification constituting the Governance
Council and Managing Committee for implementation of District Mineral Foundation.
In this regard, it is informed that as per the para 13.1.4.3 of G.O.Ms.No.3, Ind., &
Comm., (M.I) Dept., dt: 20.01.2016 “An amount of equivalent to 10 percent on Seigniorage
be shall be recovered by the Govt. Engineering / Consuming Dept., along with Seigniorage
fee from contractor bills on the quantity of minor mineral consumed in the construction and
remitted to DMF Account”.
In view of the above facts as envisaged in the Mines & Minerals (Development &
Regulation) Amendment Act, 2015 and the DMF (Trust) Rules, 2015, the Government
Engineering / Consuming Departments are requested to immediately collect the payment of
amount of 10 percent on Seigniorage fee shall be contributed towards District Mineral
Foundation Trust (DMF) w.e.f., 12.01.2015 from the contractor work bills on the minor
minerals consumed in execution of civil works. The Demand Draft / Bankers’ Cheque shall
be in favour of “District Mineral Foundation, Hyderabad‟ and the same will be transmitted to
this office so as to deposit the same in DMF Account, Hyderabad.
The matter may be treated as MOST URGENT
Yours faithfully,
Asst. Director of Mines & Geology,
Hyderabad.

PART – B : 144

ABSTRACT
Mines & Quarries – Rules –Amendment to state Mineral Exploration Trust Rules, 2015 –
Order – Issued.
INDUSTRIES AND COMMERCE (MINES.I) DEPARTMENT
G.O. Ms. No. 71 Date :30-11-2016
Read the following:
G.O.Ms.No.10, Ind. & Comm, Dept., dated 26.02.2016.
G.O.Ms.No.11, Ind. & Comm, Dept., dated 26.02.2016.
From the Director of Mines and Geology, Hyderabad Letter No.16264/P/2015, dated:
13.04.2016 & 21.07.2016.
ORDER:
The following notification shall be published in an extraordinary issue of the Andhra Pradesh
Gazetted dated : 02-12-2016.
Notification
In exercise of the powers conferred under sub-section (1) of section 15 of mines & Minerals
(Development & Regulation) Act, 1957 (Act No.67 of 1957), the Governor of Andhra Pradesh
hereby issue the following amendments to the Andhra Pradesh State Mineral Exploration
Trust Rules, 2015 issued in G.O.Ms.No.10, Industries and Commerce (Mines-1) Department,
dated :26.02.2016
AMENDMENT
In the said Rules:
1. In rule 7, for sub-rule 3, the following shall be substituted, namely:-
(3). The holder of quarry lease / temporary permit, Granite using for cutting / polishing
and Limestone Slab under Slab System shall pay 2% (Two percent) In addition to
payment of seigniorage fee as contribution to the Trust Fund”.
(3)(a) An amount equivalent to two percent on seigniorage fee shall be recovered by all
the Government Engineering Departments Implementing G.O. Ms. No. 94,
Irrigation and Command Area Development Department, dated: 01.07.2003 from
contractor bills and remit to State Mineral Exploration Trust Fund account”.
2. After rule 24, the following rules shall be added, namely:-
“25. the effective date from which the contribution towards State Mineral Exploration
Trust Fund to be paid by the lease holders or temporary permit holders will be from
the date of notification Issued by the State Government for establishment of state
Mineral Exploration Trust Rules, 2015 and the constitution of Governing Body &
Executive Committee I.e. 26-02-2016
(BY ORDER AND IN THE NAME OF THE GOVERNOR OF TELANGANA)
ARIVIND KUMAR
PRINCIPAL SECRETARY TO GOVERNMENT &CIP

PART – B : 145
FORMS FOR GUARANTEE BONDS

GUARANTEE TO BE EXECUTED BY CONTRACTOR FOR REMOVAL OF DEFECTS
AFTER COMPLETION OF WORK IN RESPECT OF WATER PROOFING WORKS.
The agreement made this.................... day of ................. (Two Thousand ______________ )
.................. between .................................... S/o .............................................. (hereinafter
called the GUARANTOR on one part) and the PRESIDENT OF INDIA (hereinafter called the
Government on the other part)
Whereas this agreement is supplementary to a contract (hereinafter called the Contract)
dated ……….. and made between the GUARANTOR on one part and the GOVERNMENT
on the other part where by the Contractor inter alia, undertook to render the buildings and
structures in the said contract recited completely water and leak proof.
And whereas the Guarantor agreed to give a guarantee to the effect that the said structures
shall remain water / leak proof for ten years from the date of completion of work.
Now the Guarantor hereby guarantees that water proofing treatment given by him shall
render the structures completely leak proof and the minimum life of such water proofing
treatment shall be ten years to be reckoned from the date completion of work.
Provided that the Guarantor will not be responsible for leakage caused by earthquakes or
structural defects or misuse of roof or alterations and for such purpose
Misuse of roof shall mean by operation, which will damage roofing treatment, like chopping of
firewood and things of the same nature, which might cause damage to the roof.
Alteration shall mean construction of an additional storey or a part of roof or construction
adjoining to existing roof, where by roofing treatment is removed in parts.
The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge with regard to cause of leakage shall be final.
During this period of guarantee, the Guarantor shall make good all defects and in case of any
defects being found, render the building water proof at his own cost, to the satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-Charge and shall commence the work for such rectification within seven days
from the date of issue of the notice from the Engineer-in-Charge calling upon him to rectify
the defects, failing which the work shall be got done by Department through some other
contractor at the GUARANTOR’S cost and risk. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as to
the cost, payable by the Guarantor shall be final and binding.
That is the Guarantor fails to execute the necessary rectification or commits breach there
under then the Guarantor will indemnify the Principal and his successors against all loss,
damage, cost expense or otherwise which may be incurred by him by reasons of any default
on the part of GUARANTOR in performance and observance of this supplementary
agreement. As to the amount of loss and / or damage and / or cost incurred by the
Government, the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge will be final and binding on the parties.
In witness where of these presents has been executed by the Obligator _____________
and by _____________________________ and for and on behalf of the PRESIDENT OF
INDIA on the day month and year first above written.
Signed, sealed and delivered by (OBLIGOR) in the presence of:
------------------------------------------------------
SIGNED FOR AND ON BEHALF OF PRESIDENT OF INDIA BY …….. in the presence of:
----------------------------------------------------
NOTE : The Guarantee bond to be furnished on a ‘Non-Judicial’ stamp paper worth
Rs.100/- and shall be duly notarized.

PART – B : 146
GUARANTEE BOND FOR REMOVAL OF DEFECTS FOR FIRE CHECK DOORS

The agreement made this.................... day of ................. (Two Thousand ………………… )
between ....................................S/o .............................................. .(hereinafter called the
GUARANTOR on one part) and the PRESIDENT OF INDIA (hereinafter called the
WHEREAS this agreement is supplementary to a contract (hereinafter called the contract)
dated_________ and made between the GUARANTOR on one part and the Government on
the other part for construction _________________ (Name of the work) whereby the
GUARANTOR, inter alia, undertook to render the work of FIRE CHECK DOORS in the said
contract recited completely that these doors shall not allow the passes of hot gases or the
flames through the rebate or gap between the door and shutter for the duration of its fire
rating and shall not collapse during the rated period of fire.
AND WHEREAS THE GUARANTOR agreed to give a guarantee to the effect that the said
work of fire check doors in the said contract recited completely perform in such a way that
these doors shall not allow the passes of hot gases or the flames through the rebate or gap
between the door and shutter for the duration of its fire rating and shall not collapse during
the rated period of fire and guaranteed against faulty material and workmanship, for 5(five)
years from the date of completion of the work under this tender.
NOW THE GUARANTOR hereby guarantees that fire check doors executed by him shall
perform in a way that these doors shall not allow the passes of hot gases or the flames
through the rebate or gap between the door and shutter for the duration of its fire rating and
shall not collapse during the rated period of fire guaranteed against faulty material and
workmanship, for 5 (Five) years from the date of completion of the work under this tender.
The decision of the Engineer-in-charge with regard to cause of defect(s) shall be final.
During this period of guarantee, the GUARANTOR shall make good all defects to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge at his cost and commence the work for such
rectification within seven days from the date of issue of notice from the Engineer-in-charge
calling upon him to rectify the defects failing which the work shall be got done by the
department of some other contractor at the GUARANTOR’s cost and risk. The decision of
the Engineer-in-charge as to the cost, payable to the GUARANTOR shall be final and
binding.
That if the GUARANTOR fails to execute the necessary rectification of fire check doors or
commits breach there under, then the Guarantor will indemnify Engineer-in-charge and his
successors against all loss, damage, cost expense or otherwise which may be incurred by
him by reasons of any default on the part of GUARANTOR in performance and observance
of this supplementary agreement. As to the amount of loss and / or damage and / or cost
incurred by the Government, the decision of the Engineer – in – Charge will be final and
binding on the parties.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF these presents has been executed by the Obligator
____________________________________and by_____________________________and
for an on behalf of the President of India on the day, month and year first above written.
Signed, sealed and delivered by OBLIGATOR in the presence of:
1. --------------------------- 2. ---------------------------
1. ---------------------------------- 2. ------------------

PART – B : 147
GUARANTEE BOND TO BE EXECUTED BY THE CONTRACTOR

FOR REMOVAL OF DEFECTS AFTER COMPLETION
IN RESPECT OF STEEL DOORS ASSEMBLY
The agreement made this.................... day of ................. (Two Thousand …………………. )
between ....................................S/o .......................................... hereinafter called the
Government on the other part).
WHEREAS THIS agreement is supplementary to a contract (Hereinafter called the Contract)
dated ...................... and made between the GUARANTOR ON ONE PART AND the
Government on the other part whereby the contractor inter alia undertook to render the work
of Clean room doors and clean room windows in the said contract recited completely that
these doors shall not allow the passes of air or the flames through the rebate or gap between
the door and shutter and fulfils intended function.
AND WHEREAS THE GUARANTOR agreed to give a guarantee to the affect that the said
work will remain structurally stable to fulfill its intended purpose, sound, and guarantee
against faulty workmanship, material and finishing.
NOW THE GUARANTOR hereby guarantee that work executed by him shall remain
structurally stable, sound and fulfill its intended purpose for the minimum life of Five years to
be reckoned from the date of completion of work.
The decision of the Engineer-in-charge with regard to nature and cause of defect shall be
final and binding on Guarantor.
During this period of guarantee, the guarantor shall make good all defects to the satisfaction
of the Engineer-in-Charge calling upon him to rectify the defects failing which the work shall
be got done by the Department by some other contractor at the Guarantor’s cost and risk.
The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as to the cost payable by the Guarantor shall be final
and binding.
That if the guarantor fails to rectify the defects and commits breach there under, then the
guarantor will indemnify the principal and his successor against all loss, damage, cost
expense or otherwise which may be incurred by him by reason of any default on the part of
the GUARANTOR in performance and observance of this supplementary agreement. As to
the amount of loss and/or damage and / or cost incurred by the Government, the decision of
the Engineer-in-Charge will be final and binding on both the parties.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF these presents have been executed by the obligator.......................
and ........................................ by ................................. for and on behalf of the PRESIDENT
OF INDIA on the day, month and year first above written.
1. --------------------------- 2. ---------------------------
1. ---------------------------------- 2. ------------------

PART – B : 148
GUARANTEE BOND FOR REMOVAL OF DEFECTS IN ALUMINIUM WORKS

(USED IN ALUMINIUM WINDOWS, DOORS AND GLAZING)
The agreement made this.................. day of ................. (Two Thousand …………………….)

between ................................... S/o .............................................. (hereinafter called the
WHEREAS this agreement is supplementary to a contract (hereinafter called the contract)
dated _________ and made between the GUARANTOR on the one part and the
Government on the other part for construction _________________ (Name of the work)
whereby the GUARANTOR, inter alia, undertook to render the work of aluminium and
structural glazing, in the said contract recited completely structurally safe, water tight and
free from defects in functional performance of glass, glazed units, anodizing, aluminium
sections, EPDM / Silicon gaskets and sealants.
AND WHEREAS THE GUARANTOR agreed to give a guarantee to the effect that the said
work of aluminium and curtain glazing in the said contract recited completely will remain
structurally stable, completely leak proof and guaranteed against faulty material and
workmanship, powder coated finishing for five years from the date of completion of the work
under this tender.
NOW THE GUARANTOR hereby guarantees that aluminium works executed by him will
remain structural stable completely leak proof and guaranteed against faulty material and
workmanship, powder coated finishing for five years from the date of completion of the work
under this tender.
The decision of the Engineer-in-charge with regard to cause of defect(s) small be final.
During this period of guarantee, the GUARANTOR shall make good all defects to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge at his cost and commence the work for such
rectification within seven days from the date of issue of notice from the Engineer-in-charge
calling upon him to rectify the defects failing which the work shall be got done by the
department of some other contractor at the GUARANTOR’s cost and risk. The decision of
Engineer-in-charge as to the cost, payable to the GUARANTOR shall be final and binding.
That if the GUARANTOR fails to make good all defects or commits breach there under, then
the Guarantor will indemnify Engineer-in-charge and his successors against all loss,
damage, cost expense or otherwise which may be incurred by him by reasons of any default
on the part of GUARANTOR in performance and observance of this supplementary
agreement. As to the amount of loss and / or damage and / or cost incurred by the
Government, the decision of the Engineer – in – Charge will be final and binding on the
parties.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF these presents has been executed by the Obligator
_____________________ and by _____________________________ and for an on behalf
of the President of India on the day, month and year first above written.
1. --------------------------- 2. ---------------------------
1. ---------------------------------- 2. ------------------

PART – B : 149
16.0 LIST OF PREFERRED OF BRANDS / MANUFACTURERS / MAKES MATERIALS
NOTE :
1) A List of Preferred Brand Names of Various Materials / Products are shown below for
usage in execution of Work. However, Approved equivalent material of any other
Specialized Companies / Firms may also be used, in case it is established that the
Brands Specified below are not available in the market and subject to Approval of the
alternate Brand by the Engineer In charge.
2) It must be ensured, in general, that all materials to be used in the works shall bear BIS
Certification mark. In cases where for a particular material / product, BIS Certification
Mark is not available, then the material proposed to be procured can be used subject to
the condition that it should conform to CPWD Specifications and relevant BIS codes. In
such cases written approval of the Engineer-in -Charge shall be obtained before use of
such material in their works.
3) The list given below does not absolve the Executing Agency from their responsibility for
using these products. It is only after, they are satisfied about the quality and
performance, the products shall be used. To achieve this, proper check on the quality
of the product, actually to be used, should be exercised.
Sl.
MATERIALS PREFERRED MAKE
No.
1. Chloropyriphos PIRAMID (AMVAC Agri Rasayan Pvt., Ltd.),
NOBAN (Chemtts wets & Flows Pvt., Ltd),
DURSBANTCT (DE-NOCIL Ltd.),
Premise Agenda (Bayer Ltd.),
HILBAN (Hindustan insecticides Ltd.),
Sarup’s Pest Control (Dr. Sarup’s Pest Control Ltd.)
2. Ordinary Portland ACC (ACC Cements Ltd.),
Cement Ultra tech (Ultra tech Cement Ltd.),
Coromandel (India Cements Ltd),
Ambuja Cement (Ambuja Cements Ltd.),
Jaypee Cement (Jaypee Cements Ltd.),
Century Cement (Birla Gold Cement),
JK Cement (JK Cement Pvt., Ltd.),
Penna Cement (Penna Cement Industries Ltd.)
Bharathi Cement (Bharathi Cement Corporation Ltd.),
Birla (Birla Corporation Ltd ),
Chettinad (Chettinad Cement Corporation Ltd.),
Dalmia (Dalmia Cement Bharat Ltd.),
Zuari (Zuari Cement Ltd ),
Maha Cement (My home Industries Pvt, Ltd.),
Konark Cement (Konark Cement),
Shree Cement (Shree Cement).

PART – B : 150
Sl.
No.
3. Damp proof Duraseal (Apurva India Pvt,Ltd.),
material Acco-proof (ACC Cements Ltd.),
Impermo (Snowcem Paints),
MAPEI (MAPEI Construction Products India Pvt., Ltd.),
Ferrous Crete (Ferrous Crete (India) Pvt Ltd),
Dr. Fixit (Pidilite Industries),
Fosroc (Fosroc Chemicals India Pvt., Ltd.),
CICO (CICO Industries),
SIKA (Sika India Pvt., Ltd.),
BASF (BASF India Ltd.),
MYK (MYK LATICRETE India Pvt., Ltd.)
4. TMT bars Fe-500D SAIL (Steel authority of India Ltd.),
TISCO (TATA Steel Ltd.),
VIZAG TMT (Rashtriya Ispat Nigam Ltd.),
JSW (JSW Steel Ltd.).
5. Plasticiser & Super Contrament Power flow (MC Bauchemie (India) Pvt Ltd),
Plasticiser Sunanda Chemicals (Sunanda Chemicals Ltd.),
MYK Schomburg (MYK Arments range of products),
Plastiment, Sikament (Sika India Pvt., Ltd.),
Conplast SP430 (FOSROC India),
Chryso - HP / Delta / Optima (Chryso India Pvt., Ltd),
CICO (CICO Industries).
6. Expansion joint Dura board HD100 (Supreme Industries),
Bitumen Board STP(Shalimar Tar Products),
DURAFILL (Supreme Industries).
7. Post Tensioning CRUX (Crux Processing systems Pvt. Ltd.),
System VSL (VSL India Pvt., Ltd.),
Ultracon (Ultracon Structural System Pvt., Ltd.),
BBR (BBR (India) Pvt., Ltd).
Tech9 Engineering Solutions Pvt. Ltd.,
8. PT Strands DP Wires (DP Wires Ltd.),
TATA wiron (TATA Steel Ltd.),
Usha Martin (Usha Martin Ltd.).
9. Adhesive Dunlop(India Type & Rubber Co (India) Ltd.),
Vamorganic (Vamorganic Ltd.),
Sika (Sika India Pvt., Ltd.),
Fevicol (Pidilite Industries Ltd),
CICO (CICO Industries),
Proofex of Adhesive (FOSROC India Ltd.).

PART – B : 151
Sl.
No.
10. Grout Compound / Ardex (Ardex Endura Adhesive India Pvt Ltd.),
Epoxy Grouts Ferrous crete (Ferrous crete (India) Pvt Ltd),
LATAPOXY (MYK LATICRETE India Pvt Ltd),
Fosroc GP2 (Fosroc India Ltd.),
MYK Schomburg (MYK Arments range of products.),
Fugabella, Porcelana (Kerakoll India Pvt Ltd),
Dr. Fixit (Pidilite Industries Ltd),,
Weber (Saint-Gobin India Pvt., Ltd).
11. Ready Mix Ultra Tech (Ultra Tech Concrete),
Concrete ACC (ACC Ltd.),
RMC (India) (RMC(India) Pvt Ltd.),
Lafarge (Lafarge India Pvt Ltd.)
12. AAC Blocks Xtralite (ULTRA TECH Cement Ltd.),
Areocon (HIL),
Siporex (SIPOREX),
Nucon (Green way building materials India Pvt Ltd ),
NCL (NCL VEKA Ltd.),
Renacon (Renaatus Procon Pvt Ltd).
13. Wooden Flush Jayna Flush Doors (Jain wood Industries.),
door shutters Raavella door (Raavella Industries (P) Ltd.),
Kailash (Kailash Hitech Timber Industries India Pvt., Ltd.),
Indian Timber Products (Indian Timber Products),
Shakthi (Shree Shakthi Modern Flush doors),
Greenlam (Greenlam Ply Industries Ltd),
Mayur (Mayur Ply Industries),
MP Ply wood products (MP wood products),
Kitply (Kitply Industries Ltd.),
Duro Flushdoors (Duroply Industries Ltd.),
Kenwood (Kenwood Ply & Board),
Century (Century Flush doors)..
14. Water proof Jayna ply (Jain wood Industries.),
plywood , Green Ply (Green Ply Industries Ltd.),
Commercial ply,
Kitply (Kitply Industries Ltd.),
Fire retardant ply
Duroply (Duroply Industries Ltd.),
and Block boards
Archidply (Archidply Industries Ltd.),
Century ply (Century Flush doors).
15. Laminate Green Lam (Green Lam Industries Ltd.)
Century (Century Laminates)
Merino (Merino Laminates )
Archid ply (Archid ply Industries Ltd.)
Sonear (Sonear Laminates )
Royal touché (Royal touché Laminates)

PART – B : 152
Sl.
No.
Laminate (Contd.,) Kitmica (Kitply Industries Ltd.)
Sunmica (Sunmica Industries)
Vidya ply
Formica (Formica Laminates (India) Pvt., Ltd.)
Decolam (Decolam India Pvt., Ltd.).
16. Pre laminated Merino (Merino Laminates),
particle board - Kitlam (Kitply Industries Ltd.),
Exterior Grade
TESA Action Co. (TESA Action Co),
Ecoboard (Ecoboard Industries Ltd.),
Associate (Associate Decor Limited),
Archid Ply (Archid Ply Industries Ltd.),
Centuary (Centuary MDF),
Green Lam (Green Lam Industries Ltd.),
17. High Density (HDF) Pergo (Red Floor India),
Pre-laminated Greenply (Greenply Industries Ltd.),
Flooring boards
18. Gypsum Board Gyproc Saint Gobain (Saint Gobain Gyprock India Ltd.),
Lafarge (Lafarge Gypsum India Pvt Ltd.),).
USG Boral Board (USG Boral India (P) Ltd.),
Armstrong (Armstrong World Industries).
19. Glass door Dorma (Dorma India Pvt., Ltd.),
hardware Kich (Kich Architectural Products Ltd.),
Classic (Classic hardware),
Squash (Squash glass doors),
Hafele (Hafele India Pvt Ltd.),
Ozone (Ozone Hardware),
Geze (Geze GMBH),
Dorset (Dorset Industries Pvt., Ltd.),
20. Hydraulic Door Godrej (Godrej Locking Solutions & Systems),
Closers / Floor Hardwyn (Hardwyn Hardware),
Springs.
Dorma (Dorma India Pvt., Ltd.),
Magnum Kit (Mukund Overseas).
21. Locks & Latches Dorset (Dorset Industries Pvt., Ltd.),
Godrej (Godrej Locking Solutions & Systems),
Hitech (Globe Locks India),
Hafele (Hafele India Pvt Ltd.),
Harrison (Harrison locks),
Plaza (Bharat lock House)
Yale (ASSA ABLOY India (P) Ltd),
Link (Link Locks).

PART – B : 153
Sl.
No.
22. Metallic / Steel Fire Shakthi Hormann (Shakthi Hormann Pvt., Ltd.),
Door Promat (Promat fire & insulation (P) Ltd.),
MPP Schodders (MPP Technology Pvt., Ltd.),
NAVAIR (NAVAIR International Pvt., Ltd.),
Signum Fire Protection (Signum Fire Protection Pvt., Ltd.),
Sukri (Sukri fire doors Pvt., Ltd.),
Godrej (Godrej Locking Solutions & Systems),
Iclean Hollow metal systems (IHMS),
23. Fire Smoke Seal Hilti (Hilti India Pvt., Ltd.),
Promot (Promot Fire & Insulation (P) Ltd.),
Atroflame (Atroflame Ltd.),
Raven (Raven Global).
24. Fire Rated Dorma (Dorma India Pvt., Ltd.),
hardware Ingersolrand (Ingersolrand (India) Ltd.),
Backers FS (Backers FS),
Geze (Geze GMbH).
25. Non Metalic Fire NAVAIR (NAVAIR International Pvt., Ltd.),
door Promat (Promat file & Insulation (P) Ltd.),
Godrej (Godrej Security solutions),
26. Stainless Steel Kundan (Kundan Industries Ltd.),
Screws Alloy (Alloy Ltd),
Nettlefold (Nettlefold screws)
GKW (GKW Limited),,
Pooja (Pooja Steel Corporation),
Atul (Atul fasteners Ltd.).
27. Butt Hinges for Hafele (Hafele India Pvt., Ltd.),
Openable window Earl Bihari (Earlt Bihari India Pvt., Ltd.),
shutters
Alu Alpha (Alu Alpha India)
28. Mid steel Butt Jolly (Jolly Engineering Works),
Hinges / Piano Supreme (Supreme),
hinges
Saswat (Saswat),
Deepak (Deepak),
Swift (Swift Screws),
Garg (D.P Garg & Company),
Amit (Lovely Metal Industries Pvt., Ltd.),
Jyoti (Jyoti Architectural Pvt., Ltd.).

PART – B : 154
Sl.
No.
29. Stainless Steel Butt Prayag (Prayag Polymers (P) Ltd.),
hinges Ozone (Ozone Hardware),
30. concealed tower Dorma (Dorma India Pvt., Ltd.),
bolt Ingersolrand (Ingersolrand (India) Ltd.),
DORSET (Dorset Industries Pvt., Ltd.),
Alu Alpha (Alu Alpha India).
31. UPVC doors, door Fenesta (Fenesta DCM Shriman),
frames and Encraft (Encraft India Pvt., Ltd.),
windows
LG (LG Housys India),
Rehau (Rehau Unlimited Polymer Solutions),
Aluplast (Alu Alpha India),
Komarling (Profile India Window Technology Pvt., Ltd.),
Duroplast (Duroplast Extrusion Pvt., Ltd).
Qute (Qute Extrusions Pvt. Ltd)
32. PVC doors and Accucel, (Accura Polytech Pvt., Ltd.)
frames Sintex (Sintex Plastic technology Pvt., Ltd.),
Duroplast (Duroplast Extrusion Pvt., Ltd).
Polyline (Polyline Extrusion Pvt., Ltd),
Rajshri (Rajshri Productions Pvt., Ltd.),
NCL VEKA (NCL VEKA Ltd).
33. Stainless Steel Hetich (Hetich India Pvt., Ltd.),
friction Stays / Hafele (Hafele India Pvt., Ltd.),
Hinges
Securistyle (Securistyle India Pvt., Ltd.),
Earl Bihari (Earl Bihari India Pvt., Ltd),
ROTO (ROTO Frank Asia),
EBCO (EBCO),
34. Float Glass Saint Gobain (Saint Gobain India Pvt., Ltd.),
Asahi (Asahi India glass Ltd.),
Pilkinton (Pilkinton India Pvt., Ltd.),
Modiguard (Gujarat Guardian Ltd)..
35. Reflective Glass Saint Gobain (Saint Gobain India Pvt., Ltd.),
Pilkinton (Pilkinton India).
Modiguard (Gujarat Guardian Ltd).,
Glaverbel (Glaverbel India).
36. Tempered Saint Gobain (Saint Gobain India Pvt., Ltd.),
Reflective / FUSO (FUSO Glass India Pvt., Ltd),
Clear glass Gurind (Gurind India),
Modiguard (Gujarat Guardian Ltd.),
Impact Safety (Impact Safety glass works Pvt., Ltd.)

PART – B : 155
Sl.
No.
37. Fire Rated Glass Contra flam / Pyroswiss (Saint Gobain India Pvt., Ltd.),,
Promat (Promat fire & Insulation (P) Ltd.),
Pyran of Schott (Schott Glass India Pvt., Ltd),
Pilkinton (Pilkinton India).
38. Anchor / SS Stone Hilti (Hilti India Pvt., Ltd.),
Cladding Clamps / Fischer (Fischer India),
Dash fasteners
Anchor (Anchor Ltd.),
Nutech,
Canon (Canon),
Wrueth (wrueth India Pvt., Ltd.),
Trixel (Axel India Pvt., Ltd.),
Helfen (Helfen GmbH),
BOSCH (BOSCH Ltd.).
39. Structural steel SAIL (SAIL),
TISCO (TATA STEEL),
VIZAG STEEL (RINL),
JSW (JSW).
40. M.S. Pipe, Tubes SAIL (SAIL),
TISCO (TATA STEEL),
JINDAL (JSW).
41. Stainless steel Salem (SAIL),
Connect (Connect Ltd.),
Ark Product Pvt., Ltd (Ark Product Pvt., Ltd),
Jindal (JSW),
SAIL (SAIL),
KINGSTON (KINGSTON Brass).
42. Stainless steel Kundan (Kundan Industries Ltd.),
Bolts, washers, Pooja (Pooja Steel corporation),
nuts
Atul (Atul Fasteners Ltd).
Hilti (Hilti India Pvt., Ltd.).
43. Stainless Steel Kundan (Kundan Industries Ltd.),
Pressure plate Pooja (Pooja Steel corporation),
Screws
Atul (Atul Fasterners Ltd).
44. Welding rods Advani (Advani oerlikon Ltd.),
ESAB (ESAB India Pvt., Ltd.),
45. Metal Deck Sheet TATA (TATA STEEL),
SAIL (SAIL).
46. Sheer Stud / KOCO (KOSTER & Co).
Connector

PART – B : 156
Sl.
No.
47. Vitrified Tiles AGL (Asian Granite India Ltd),
Marbito (Marbito tiles),
NITCO (NITCO Ltd),
RAK (RAK Ceramic India Pvt., Ltd.),
Restile (Restile Ceramic Ltd.),
Somany (Somany Ceramic Ltd.),
Jhonson (Prism Jhonson Ltd),
Varmora Granito (Varmora Granito Granite Pvt., Ltd.),
Naveen (Murudeshwar Ceramics Ltd.),
Viero (Aparna tiles).
48. Glazed Ceramic AGL (Asian Granite India Ltd),
tiles (Also wall NITCO (NITCO Ltd),
tiles)
RAK (RAK Ceramic India Pvt., Ltd.),
Kajaria (Kajaria Ceramic Ltd),
Somany (Somany Ceramic Ltd),
Jhonson (Prism Jhonson Ltd),
Varmora Granito (Varmora Granito Granite Pvt., Ltd.),
Naveen (Murudeshwar Ceramics Ltd.).
49. Synthetic Sports Armstrong (Armstrong flooring),
flooring LG (LG Hausys India),
Wonder Floor (RMG Polyvinyl India Ltd.)
50. Linoleum Sports Armstrong (Armstrong flooring India Pvt., Ltd.),
flooring Forbo (Forbo flooring India Pvt., Ltd.),
Gerflor (Gerfloor Flooring).
51. False Floor Kebao (Inner Space (Distributors)),
PINNACLE (Pinnacle),
Unitile (Unitile office systems Pvt., Ltd.),
Unifloor (Unifloor India Pvt., Ltd.),
Access Floor System (Access Floor System),
Hewetson (Hewetson India).
52. Engineered wood Armstrong (Armstrong flooring),
floor Mikasa Real wood floor (Green Lam Industries),
New wood (New wood India Ltd),
Werner (Durafloor Werner GmbH),
Pergo (Redfloor India).
53. Floor spring (For GEZE (GEZE GmbH),
non DSR items) Dorma (Dorma India Pvt., Ltd),
OZONE (Ozone Hardware),
Ingersolrand (Ingersolrand India Pvt., Ltd).

PART – B : 157
Sl.
No.
54. Cement Concrete NITCO (NITCO Ltd.),
parking tiles Poddar (Poddar Udyog),
Eurocon (Eurocon tiles India),
Dazzle (Dazzle Designer tiles Pvt., Ltd),
NTC (NTC Parking Tiles),
Ultra (Ultra tile Private Ltd),
Hindustan tiles (Hindustan tiles Ranchi Pune).
55. Synthetic Carpet TOLI (TOLI Corporation),
tiles Hollitex (Hollitex carper tiles),
Standard Carpets (Standard Carpets).
56. Vitrified Paving PAVIT (PAVIT Ceramics Pvt., Ltd.)
tiles
57. Glass Mosaic Tiles Italia (Tile Italia mosaics Pvt., Ltd.),
Coral (Coral Tiles),
Mridul (Mridul Tiles),
Palladio (Palladio Mosaics),
Bisazza (Bisazza Italia),
Birla White (Birla Corporation Ltd.),
JK White (JK Cement Ltd.),
PAVIT (Eco Tile) (PAVIT Ceramics Pvt., Ltd.)
58. Thermal Insulation Pidilite (Pidilite Industries Pvt., Ltd.),
treatment Elastospray (BASF),
Rock India Pvt., Ltd (Rock India Pvt., Ltd).
59. Acoustic insulation Twingerinsul (U.P.Twiga fiber glass Ltd.),
Lloyd Insulation (Lloyd Insulation (India) Ltd.),
Saint Gobain Gyproc (Saint Gobain Gyproc India),
Himalayan Acoustics (Himalayan Acoustics,),
Knauf (Knauf Gypsum India Pvt., Ltd),
Anutone (Anutone Accoustics Ltd.).
60. UPVC Pipes & Supreme (Supreme Industries Pvt., Ltd.),
Fittings (Rain water Prince (Prince pipes and fittings Ltd.),
pipes).
Ashirvad (Ashirvad PVC pipes),
Astral (Astral Polytechnic Ltd.),
Finolex (Finolex Industries Ltd),
Flow Guard (Flow Guard),
Prepoly (Premier PVC Industry) .
61. Sandwich PUF Lloyd Insulation (Lloyd Insulation (India) Ltd.),
panelled roofing JINDAL MECTEC/ JINDAL (Mectec Pvt., Ltd),
sheets
Danpalon (Danapal Light archtecture),
GE Plastic (GE Silicones),
LEXAN (LEXAN Ltd.).

PART – B : 158
Sl.
No.
62. Polycorbanate MG Polyplast (MG Polyplast),
Sheet GE Lexon (GE Silicones),
Danpalon (Danapal Light Archtecture),
Alcox (Hindeggan Alcox Ltd.),
Polygal (Polygal India Pvt., Ltd).
63. False ceilings Aerolite (Andhra Polymors Pvt., Ltd / Aerolite Industries Pvt.,
Ltd),
Anutone (Anutone Accoustics Ltd.),
Armstrong (Armstrong World Industries),
Gridsquare (Gridsquare Ceilings),
USG Boral (USG Boral),
Hunter Dougals (Hunter Dougals),
Saint Gobain Gyproc (Saint Gobain Gyproc India).
64. False ceiling Armstrong (Armstrong World Industries),
Members Aerolite (Andhra Polymors Pvt., Ltd / Aerolite Industries Pvt.,
(Perimeter, Ceiling Ltd),
section,
Gridsquare (Gridsquare Ceilings),
intermediates,
angles etc.,) Gypframe steel (British Gypsum),
Lloyd (Lloyd Insulation (India) Ltd.),
Saint Gobain (Saint Gobain Gyproc).
65. Synthetic enamel Premium gloss enamel (Asian paints Ltd.),
Paint Akzo Nobel (Dulux) (Akzonobel India),
Nerolac (Nerolac Paints Ltd.),
Berger (Berger Paints),
Nippon (Nippon Paints India Ltd.).
66. Pink Primer Wood Primer (Asian paint),
Aczo Nobel (Dulux) (Akzonobel India),
Nerolac (Nerolac Paints Ltd.),
67. Red Oxide Zinc High Performance yellow metal primer (Asian paints),
Chromate Primer Aczo Nobel (Dulux) (Akzonobel India),
Nerolac (Nerolac Paints Ltd.)
Berger (Berger paints),
68. Oil Bound Tractor Agalock (Asian paints),
Distemper AkzoNobel (Dulux) (Maxilite) (Akzonobel India),
MG Polyplast (Nerolac Paints),
Berger (Bison) (Berger Paints).

PART – B : 159
Sl.
No.
69. Acrylic Emulsion Premium emulsion (Asian paints),
AkzoNobel (Dulux) (Super Cover) (Akzonobel India),
Nerolac (Beauty Gold) (Nerolac Paints Ltd.,),
Berger (Bison) (Berger paints).
70. Water proofing Asian External wall primer (Asian Paints),
cement paint Berger (Berger Paints),
Surfa (Surfa coats (India) Pvt., Ltd.),
Akzo Nobel (Dulux) (Akzonobel India)
Cem Colour (Snowcem Paints).
71. Acrylic Smooth Akzonobel (Dulux) (Akzonobel India),
Exterior paint Apex (Asian paints),
Nippon (Nippon Paints).
72. Premium Acrylic ULTIMA (Asian paints),
Smooth Exterior Aczo Nobel (Dulux) (Maxilite) (ICI Dulux Ltd.,)
paint with silicon
additives
Berger (Berger Paints).
73. Cement Based Birla Wall Care (Birla Cements Ltd.),
Wall putty J.K. Wall putty (J.K. Cement Ltd),
Asian Paints (Asian Paints Ltd.),
Ferrous Crete (Ferrous Crete (India) Pvt., Ltd.),
Ardex Endura (Ardex Endura India Pvt., Ltd.),
Altek (NCL Altek & seccolar Ltd).
74. Acrylic textured Apex Duracast (Asian Paints),
plaster Spectrum paints (Spectrum paints Ltd.),
Heritage (Heritage Rajkamal Group),
Asian Paints (Asian Paints Ltd.),
Nerolac (Nerolac Paints Ltd.).
75. Ready mix cement Readi plast (Ultratech Cements Ltd.),
plaster Gyproc plasters (Saint Gobain Gyproc India),
Ultra tech (Ultratech Cements Ltd.),
Ferrous Crete (Ferrous Crete (India) Pvt., Ltd.).
76. Melamine polish Asian Paints (Asian Paints Ltd.),
Melamyne Gold wudfin (Pidilite Industries),
Polycure (Polycure Malaysia).
77. Fire Retardant Jotun (Jutun Paints),
paint Akzo Nobel (Dulux) (Akzonobel India),
Hilti (Hilti India),
Asian Paints (Asian Paints),
STP Ltd (Shalimar Tar Products).

PART – B : 160
Sl.
No.
78. Anti-corrosive Berger (Berger paints India Ltd),
Bitumastic Paint Shalimar (Shalimar paints India Ltd.),
IS 158 bituminous black (Asian Paints).
79. Cement Primer Asian Paints (Asian Paints),
JK Primaxx (JK Cement Ltd.),
Berger (Berger Paints India Ltd).
80. Epoxy Paint Asian Epoxy (Asian Paints),
Berger (Berger Paints India Ltd.),
Shalimar (Shalimar Paints India Ltd.),
STP Ltd (Shalimar Tar Products),
Nerolac (Nerolac Paints).
81. Epoxy Coating BASF (BASF India Ltd.),
Fosroc (Fosroc India),
Laticrete (MYK Laticrete India),
Ferrous Crete (Ferrous Crete (India) Pvt., Ltd).
82. Silicon Coating Dow corning (Dow corning India),
GE (GE Silicones),
Wacker (Wacker Silicones).
83. Interlocking Dazzle (Dazzle designer tiles (P) Ltd.),
Concrete Ultra (Ultra tiles Pvt., Ltd.)
Paver Blocks Shree (Shree Bharat Paver blocks),
Hindustan tiles (Hindustan tiles, Ranchi Pune),
Vyara tiles (Vyara Tiles Pvt., Ltd. / Surat),
NITCO (ROCKARD) (NITCO),
BHARAT (NILSAN) (Bharat),
REGENCY (Regency),
Basant Betons (Basant Betons).
84. Solar studs / 3M (3M Science),
Median markers Avery Dennison (Avery Dennison India Pvt., Ltd.),
Nikkalite (Nippon Carbide Industries (USA)).
85. Polycarbonate Unique safety solutions (Unique safety solutions).
Convex mirrors,
Rubberised road
hump
86. Mirror Modi Guard (Gujarat Guardian Ltd.),
AIS mirror (Asahi India Glass Ltd.),
Saint Gobain (Saint Gobain Glass India Ltd).
Atul (Atul Glass Industries Ltd).

PART – B : 161
Sl.
No.
87. Vitreous Hindware (HSIL Ltd.),
Commodes / Wash Roca (Roca Bath Room Products),
basins / urinals
Parryware (ROCA Bath Pvt., Ltd),
Kohler (Kohler world wide),
CERA (CERA Sanitaryware Ltd.),
Jaquar (Jaquar Group).
88. Flushing Cistern Parryware (ROCA Bath Pvt., Ltd),
Kohler (Kohler world wide),
Hindware (HSIL Ltd.),
CERA (CERA Sanitaryware Ltd.),
Jaquar (Jaquar Group).
89. SWR PVC Pipes & Supreme (Supreme Industries Ltd.),
fittings Astral (Astral Polytechnik Ltd.),
Finolex (Finolex Industries Ltd.),
Flowguard (Ashirwad PVC Pipes),
Prince (Prince Pipes and Fittings).
90. Stainless Steel Jhonson (Prision Jhonson Ltd.),
Kitchen Sink Diamond (Phenoix Appliaces Pvt., Ltd.),
Jindal (Century Polytech),
Nilkanth (Nilkanth),
Nirali (Jyothi (India) metal Industries Pvt., Ltd.),
Silver Shine (Blue Stone Sanitory Industries Pvt., Ltd.),
Joyna (Joyna),
Navkar (Shri Navkar metals Ltd.),
Franke (Franke IndiaLtd.),
Futura (Futura Kitchen Sinks India Pvt., Ltd).
91. Centrifugally Caste Neco (Jayaswal Neco Ltd.),
(spun) Iron Soil SKF brand (SKF Industries),
Pipes.
HEPCO (Hepco),
Bengal iron corporation (BIC),
RPMF (Raj Pattern Makers and Founders Pvt., Ltd).
92. PE-AL-PE Kitec (Kitec Industries (India) Pvt., Ltd.).
Composite pipes
93. G I Pipes TATA (TATA Steeel Ltd.),
Zenith (Zenith Birla (India) Ltd.),
HISSAR (HISSAR),
Jindal (Jindal Pipes Ltd.).
94. G I Pipes fittings Zoloto (Zoloto Industries),
Unik (Unik malleables),
HB (HB Industries),
ICS (Sgree Samarth Engineers).

PART – B : 162
Sl.
No.
95. Water Supply Zoloto (Zoloto Industries),
Valves Leader (leader Valves Ltd.),
ARCO (Arco Valves Pvt., Ltd.),
Nanda (Nanda Miller Company).
96. CPVC Pipes Supreme (Supreme Industries Ltd.),
Fittings Finolex (Finolex Industries Ltd.),
Astral (Astral Polytechnic Ltd.),
Prince (Prince Pipes and Fittings Ltd.),
Truflo (HIS Ltd.),
Birla Aerocon (HIL Ltd.),
Ashirwad (Ashirwad PVC Pipes),
Flowgard (Flowgard).
97. PVC / HDPE Water Sintex (Sintex plastic technology Ltd.),
Storage tanks Vectus (Vectus Industries Ltd.),
Supreme (Supreme Industries Ltd).
98. D.I. Pipes Electrosteel (Electrosteel),
Jindal (Jindal),
Tata Ductura (Tata Ductura),
Kapilansh (Kapilansh),
Keshoram (Keshoram).
99. D.I. fittings Electrosteel (Electrosteel),
Jindal (Jindal),
Tata Ductura (Tata Ductura),
Kapilansh (Kapilansh),
Keshoram (Keshoram).
100. Water supply Jaquar (Jaquar Group),
fixtures like bib Parryware (Roca Bath Room Products Pvt., Ltd.),
cocks, Shower
Metro (Metro Sanitations Pvt., Ltd.),
panels
Waterman (Kewal Brothers),
Seiko (Seiko Sanitations),
Prayag (Prayag Polymers Pvt., Ltd.),
Kingston (Kingston bras India),
Johnson (Prism Johnson Ltd.),
MARC (MARK Showers),
HINDWARE (HSIL Ltd.).
101. AIR Release valve Kirloskar (Kirloskar Brothers Ltd.),
RBM (AFS Ltd.),
Kartar (Kartar Valves Private Ltd.).
102. Centrifugally Lanco /Sri pipes (Electrosteel casting Ltd.),
(Spun) cast Iron Jindal (Jindal Saw Ltd.),
Kesoram (Kesoram Industries Ltd.),
Electrosteel (Electrosteel Castings Ltd).

PART – B : 163
Sl.
No.
103. Spun cast iron Neco (Jayaswal Neco Ltd.),
fittings Kartar (Kartar Valves Private Ltd.),
Electrosteel (Electrosteel casting Ltd.),
Kapilansh centrifugal (Kapilansh Dhatu udyog (P) Ltd.),
SKF brand (SINGHAL IRON FOUNDARY Pvt., Ltd).
104. C.l. double flange Kirloskar (Kirloskar Brothers Ltd.),
sluice valve RBM (AFS Ltd.),
Kartar (Kartar Valves Private Ltd.),
IVS (Indian Valves Private Ltd.),
Zoloto (Zoloto Industries),
BURN (Burn),
Leader (Leader Valves Ltd).
105. C.l. double flanged Kirloskar (Kirloskar Brothers Ltd.),
non return valve Fluidtech (Fluidtech),
Zoloto (Zoloto Industries).
106. Gun Metal Valves Zoloto (Zolto Industries),
Leader (Leader Valves Ltd.),
Sant (Sant Valves Pvt., Ltd.),
Audco (L&T Valves).
107. PTMT / PVC Water PEARL (Precision Products),
supply sanitary Prayag (Prayag Polymers (P) Ltd.),
fittings, bibcocks, Supreme (Supreme Industries).
pillar cock, Angle
valve,
108. RCC Pipes Indian Hume Pipe (Indian Hume Pipe Ltd.),
Maduraj Spun pipe (Maduraj Spun pipes Company),
Lakshmi Sood &Sood (Lakshmi Sood &Sood Pipes Co),
Jain & Co (Jain Spun Pipes Co).
109. C.l. Manhole cover NECO (Jayaswal NECO Ltd.),
HEPCO,
BIC (Bengal Iron Corporation).
110. SFRC Cover and KK (KK Manhole and gratings Co Pvt., Ltd.),
grating Advent (Advent Concrete Vision),
Kutty (Kutty Industries),
Nu-TEC (Nu-Tech Concrete products (P) Ltd).
111. Plastic KK India (KK Manhole and gratings Co Pvt., Ltd.),
Encapsulated Foot KGM (KGM exports),
Rest Accurate Buildcon.(Accurate Buildcon Company),
112. Spun cast iron Neco (Jayaswal Neco Ltd.),
covers & gratings Jagannath (Shri Jagannath Iron Foundry Pvt., Ltd),
Kapilansh Centrifugal (Kapilansh Dhatu Udyog(P) Ltd.),
SKF brand (SINGHALIRON FOUNDARY Pvt., Ltd.),
113. Aluminium doors / Hindalco (Hindalco Industries Pvt., Ltd),
windows sections Jindal (jindal Aluminium Ltd),
Padmavathi Extrusion (Padmavathi Extrusion Private Ltd.),
Hyd (Hydro Extrusion),
Omalco Extrusion (Omalco Extrusion Pvt., Ltd.),
Bhoruka (Bhoruka Aluminium Ltd.),
Indal (Indian Aluminium Ltd.).

PART – B : 164
Sl.
No.
114. Aluminium Define (Define Overseas Pvt., Ltd.),
systems/ Anodised Schuedo (Schuedo India Pvt., Ltd),
aluminium fittings Bhoruka (Bhoruka Aluminium Ltd.),
for doors/windows Kawneer (Kawneer India)
Hardima (Hardima Sales Corporation),
Everite (Everite Agencies),
Jyothi (Jyothi Industries),
Sigma (Sigma Corporation).
115. Friction stay hinges KINLONG (Kinlong Industries),
Earl Bihari (Earl Bihari Pvt., Ltd).
116. Ethylene Propylene Anand (Anand NVH Products (P) Ltd.),
Diene Monomer Roop (Roop Polymers Ltd),
(EPDM) Gasket. Bohra (Bohra Rubber Pvt., Ltd),
Hanu (Hanu Industries),
Amee Rubber (Amee Rubber Industries Pvt., Ltd.).
117. Silicon Gaskets Sree Gaurav (Sree Gaurav Rubber Products)
118. Masking Tapes 3M (3M),
Sun (Sun),
Wonder Polymer (Wonder Tap Industries),
Roop (Roop Polymers Ltd).
119. Water Proofing Fosroc (Fosroc India),
Compound Ferrous Crete (Ferrous Crete (India) Pvt., Ltd.),
Sika (Sika India),
Penetron (Penetron India Pvt., Ltd.),
Dr.Fixit (Pidilite Industries),
Accoproof (ACC Cements Ltd),
Ardex Endura (Ardex Endura (India) Pvt., Ltd.),
Myk Schomburg (MYK Arments range of products),
Alchemica (Alchemica Ltd).
120. Membarane Water BASF (BASF India Ltd.),
Proofing System Ferrous Crete (Ferrous Crete (India) Pvt., Ltd.),
Asian paints (Asian paints),
Alchemica (Alchemica Ltd).
Hydro tech (Hydro tech Ltd).
121. Chemical water BASF (BASF India Ltd.),
proofing system Ferrous Crete (Ferrous Crete (India) Pvt., Ltd.),
MC-Bauchemie,
Sika (Sika India),
Sunanda Speciality Coating (Sunanda Speciality Coating Pvt.,
Ltd.),
Perma construction Aid (Perma construction Aid Pvt., Ltd.),
122. Water Stops Hydrotite (Sika India),
Hydroswell (Sika India).

PART – B : 165
Sl.
No.
123. Aluminium Alucobond (3A Composite India Pvt., Ltd.),
Composite Panels Aludecor (M/S Aludecor Lamination Pvt., Ltd.),
(ACP) Eurobond (M/S Euro Panel Productions Pvt., Ltd.),
Reynobond (Reynobond),
Alpolic (Alpolic),
Alstrong (Alstrong).
Hynadecor (Hynadecor),
Alstone (Alstone),
Eurobond (Eurobond Pvt., Ltd).
124. PVC Perforated Supreme (Supreme Industries),
Pipes Zenplas Pipes (Zenplas Pipes Pvt., Ltd.),
Akash Enterprises (Akash Enterprises),
Rex Polyextrusion (Rex Polyextrusion).
125. Play Equipments Koochie Play (Koochie Play Systems Pvt., Ltd.),
Playworld Systems (Playworld Systems India).
126. Structural Sealant Dow corning (Dow corning India),
Wacker (Wacker Silicones),
GE (GE Silicones),
Fosroc (Fosroc India).
127. Poly-sulphide Dr.Fixit (Pidilite Industries),
sealant Ferrous Crete (Ferrous Crete (India) Pvt., Ltd.),
Pidilite (Pidilite Industries),
Techseal (Choksey Chemical Pvt., Ltd.),
Tuffseal (BonditConstruction Chemical).
128. Bitumen Shalitex (Shalimar Tar Products).
Impregnated board
129. Polyethylene Supreme (Supreme Industries).
backer rod
130. Epoxy Fosroc (Fosroc India),
Shalibons (Shalimar Tar Products),
Ardex (Ardex Endura (India) Pvt., Ltd).
131. Weather silicon Dow corning (Dow corning India),
make and grade Momentive(GE) (GE Silicones).
132. GRC Jali Terrafirma (Terrafirma GRC Industries),
Ecovision (Ecovision Industries Pvt., Ltd),
Mahesh GRC (Mahesh Prefab Pvt., Ltd).
133. Air Transfer Grills Cool grills (Cool grills Pune),
Systemair India (Systemair India Pvt., Ltd).
134. Readymade / Ferrous Crete (Ferrous Crete (India) Pvt., Ltd.),
Gysum Plaster Ultrtech (Ultrtech ement Ltd.),
Gyproc cute 100 (Gyproc India).
135. Steel Windows / Madhu Industries (Madhu Industries, San Harvic, NCL),
Pressed Steel San Harvic (San Harvic),
Frames NCL (NCL Industries).

PART – B : 166
Sl.
No.
136. PVC Door Frames Rajshri (Rajshri Productions Pvt., Ltd),
& Shutters Plastiwood (Plastiwood),
Sintex (Sintex Plastic Technology Ltd.),
Accucel (Accura Polytech Pvt., Ltd.)
137. PVC Flooring LG Hausys (LG Hausys),
Ger flor (Gerflor flooring),
Armstrong (Armstrong World Industries).
138. Grass paver Unistone (Unistone),
Ultra (Ultra Ltd).
139. FRP Door Frames Meena Fibre Glass (Meena Fibre Glass),
& Shutter Duroplast (Duroplast Extrusion Pvt., Ltd.),
Cactus (Cactus),
Polyline (Polyline).
140. Non Metalic Floor Ironiite (Ironiite),
Surface Hardners Hardonite (Hardonite),
FOSROC (Fosroc India),
SIKA (SIKA India),
CICO (CICO Technologies Ltd.),
Pidilite (Pidilite Industries Ltd.).
141. PU Enamel SKK (SKK Ltd),
Metallic paints on Akzonobel (Akzonobel),
MS Structure & Asian (Asian Paints),
Epoxy paints Berger (Berger Paints India Ltd.),
(Premium Quality) MRF (MRF Paints).
142. Rockwool / Twigafiber (Twigafiber glass Ltd),
Glasswool Llyod Insulation (Llyod Insulation Ltd.),
insulation Supreme (Supreme Industries Ltd.).
143. Actactic STP (Shalimar Tar Productions),
Polypropylene Ferrous Crete (Ferrous Crete (India) Pvt., Ltd.),
(APP) Modified Bitumat Co.Ltd. (Bitumat Co.Ltd.),
Water proof Pidilite (Pidilite Industries Ltd.),
Membrane Ardex Endura (Ardex Endura),
Hydrotech Ltd (Hydrotech Ltd.).
144. Structural Glazing Modi (Modi Guard),
Saint Gobain (Saint GobainGlass India Ltd.),
Glaverbel (Glaverbel India).
145. Sensor Based Auto AOS Systems (AOS Systems),
Flush Systems TOTO (TOTO Ltd.),
Parryware (Parryware Sanitaryware),
Grohe (Grohe),
Kochier (Kocheir),
Jaquar(Jaquar Group).
146. Float Valve (Ball Prayag (Prayag Polymers (P) Ltd.),
Valve) Leader (Leader Valves Ltd.),
Zoloto (Zoloto Industries),
IBP (IBP Industries),
Arco (Arco Valves Pvt., Ltd).

PART – B : 167
Sl.
No.
147. Spider Patch Dorma (Dormakaba),
Fittings for Sevax (Saint GobainGlass India Ltd.),
Structural Glazing Kich (Kich India),
Ozone (Ozone Ltd.),
Hafele (Hafele Ltd).
148. Multi Walled Poly Lexan GE (GE Lexan),
Carbonate Roofing Danpalon (Danapal Light Architecture).
Sheets
149. Adhesive for AAC Ultratech (Ultratech Cements Ltd.),
Block / Tiles Ardex Endura / Gold Star (Ardex Endura),
Ferrous Crete (Ferrous Crete (India) Pvt., Ltd.)
150. Aluminium MFE (MIVAN),
Framework S-Form (S-Form),
MFS (MFS).
151. EPDM Water Smart care (Asian Paints),
Proofing Ferrous Crete (Ferrous Crete (India) Pvt., Ltd.),
Membrane Pidilite (Pidilite Industries Ltd.),
STP (Shalimar Tar Products),
152. PU Coating (UV Smart care (Asian Paints),
Resistant Liquid Pidilite (Pidilite Industries Ltd.),
Applied Coating) BSF(BSF),
SIKA (SIKA India),
153. Polyurea Ultroh Smart care / Ferrous Crete (Asian Paints),
BSF(BSF),
SIKA (SIKA India),
Pidilite (Pidilite Industries Ltd.),
154. Modular Kitchen / Sleek (Asian Paints),
Wardrobes / Godrej (Godrej & Boyce Co.),
Hardware and Spacewood (Spacewood),
Accessories Evoke (Evoke).
155. High end Exterior Allura / Graniza Range (Asian Paints),
Textures SKK Brand (SKK Ltd.),
Berger (Berger Paints India Ltd.).
156. Acrylic Exterior Asian Paints (Asian Paints),
Textures Berger (Berger Paints India Ltd.).,
Akzonobel (Akzonobel),
Ebco (Ebco),
Nerolac (Nerolac Paints Ltd.).
157. Puff Insulations Smart Care (Asian Paints),
Llyod Insulation (Llyod Insulations.),
BASF (BASF),
Supreme (Supreme Ltd).
158. G P Grouts Ferrous Crete (Ferrous Crete (India) Pvt., Ltd.),
Asian Paints (Smart Care SC GP Grout Grey),
BASF (BASF),
Care (Care),
SIKA (SIKA India).

PART – B : 168
Sl.
No.
159. Galvolume Sheet Llyod Metal Craft (Llyod Insulations.),
for roofing , Tata Blue Scope (Tata Blue Scope),
cladding, Bhushan (Bhushan Steel),
sandwitch panel JSW (JSW),
Essar (Essar Group).
160. Mechanical coupler Dextra (Dextra India Pvt., Ltd.),
for Reinforcement Sanfield (Sanfield India Ltd).

PART – B : 169
List of approved make & model No. for Sanitary fixture & fittings
for proposed buildings at IISER, Tirupati
Model No.
S.No Description
JAQUAR HINDWARE ROCA
1. Wall Mounted W.C ARS-WHT-39951, TWILIGHT- 92092, INSPIRA – RS
346527000
2. Concealed Cistern JCS-WHT-2400S- Concealo Cistern – SLENDRA PLUS
Cistern With Flush AURA RE 890010200
Plate JCP-CHR-
352415
3. IWC Floor Mounted -- HINDWARE 20018 CERA S3010102
4. Urinal Basin with URS-WHT132530 60010 + Sensor CHIK RS

battery operated + SNR STL-51077 35945J460 +
sensor SENTRONIC -
RT5A8202E0N)
5. Flat back Wash Basin CNS-WHT- CEDAR 91049 RS325463460 +
801+CNS-WHT- RS 337461460)
301
6. Under counter wash CNS-WHT-701, GARNET" BERNA
CAT No: 10080 RS327871411)
basin
7. Set of fixtures in toilet HINDWARE CERA
for PwDs MATRIX CRUISE set
8. Grab Bar (swing) WAC-WHT- EGR (SO2 ) - B2210102
BG0800 Euronics
9. Grab Bar (fixed) WAP-SAP- EGR 01(600M- B2210103
BRO600GS Euronics
10. Pillar Faucet PRS-031 F310001 ACP F9020101
11. Toilet Paper Holder JAQUAR- AHS- F840009 PARRYWARE-
1551 T6405A1
12. Liquid Soap Dispenser JAQUAR SDR- EURONICS ES27H PARRYWARE
WHT-DJ0010F, T6513A1,
13. Angle Valve JAQUAR- FLR HINDWARE – PARRYWARE
5053N or F280004CP, G4807A1
14. Two way bib cock JAQUAR- PRS-031 HINDWARE CERA- F9020101
F310001ACP
15. One way bib cock LYR-38037 F340003 F1005151
16. Health Faucet & 1.00 /
1.50 m S.S braided JAQUAR ALD-573 HINDWARE ROCA BE FRESH
rubber hose pipe F160068CP RF9060A1

PART – B : 170
17. CP brass pressmatic / JAQUAR-PRS- HINDWARE - PARRYWARE -

auto closing system CHR-031 F310001 ACP LAPIS N T2022A
basin pillar tap
18. CP brass Push cock JAQUAR – PRS - HINDWARE-
043 F310002ACP
19. CP Brass emergency VIJAY – 1023, UDYOGI OASIS
shower with pull chain
20. Sink Cock LYR-38347 F520023 F1005251
21. Stainless Steel AISI NIRALI HINDWARE JAYNA
304 (18/8) kitchen sink GLISTER SUPER FLAMINGO SB-05
of size 610 x 460 mm KSSOG 242008,
and bowl depth 200
mm (sink without drain
board) as per IS :
13983
22. Stainless Steel AISI NIRALI HINDWARE JAYNA
304 (18/8) kitchen sink ELEGANCE BIG PLATINO SBSD-06
of size 510 x 1040 mm KSS1G 4012008,
and bowl depth 200
mm (sink with drain
board) as per IS :
13983
23. Straight / offset type Viega Macalpine Gebrit
Cat No.103668
flexible single body
push fit type WC pan
connector with factory
supplied seal guard
with integral Single
mould sealing fins
made of flexible EVA
body, including bush /
adaptor for use with
C.I. Pipe as supplied
with the pan connector
24. C.P. brass double coat Jaquar ACN-1161N, Hindware F890001, Parryware
hook T6406A1 R
25. Wall mounted C.P. JAQUAR FLR- HINDWARE (ROCA TARGA

brass Sink mixer 5173B F110020) RT5A8460C00)
26. CP Brass Bottle Trap Jaquar ALD HINDWARE PARRYWARE

with wall connecting 769L250 X 190, F850015 T3203A1
pipe
27. CP Brass waste JAQUAR ALD- HINDWARE PARRYWARE
coupling CHR-705 T9911A1
F850002
Note : 1. All fixture shall be provided in compliance with approved GRIHA norms.
2. The No. of fixture & fittings shall be coordinated with building plans.


Nit01 - Iisertpart - B - 01to170

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nit01 - Iisertpart - B - 01to170

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PART – B : 1

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

SECURITY AND TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

regarding grades, lines, levels, dimensions etc. to the Engineer-in-Charge

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

1.43 CO-OPERATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS / SPECIALIZED AGENCIES /

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

1.52 TEMPORARY WATE R / ELECTRICITY / TELEPHONE CONNECTION

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

1.56 SUBMISSION OF AS BUILT DRAWINGS AND OBTAINING OCCUPATION

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

1.62 APPLICABLE PERMITS

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

1.75 In case of reduction in scope of work no claim on account of reduction in value of

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

1.87. If Shahabad stone flooring is mentioned in the Specifications of any buildings,

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

2.0 SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR CEMENT BROUGHT BY THE CONTRACTOR

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

3.0 SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR STEEL BROUGHT BY THE CONTRACTOR

For Consignment For Consignment

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR GREEN BUILDINGS

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Maximum VOC Limit

Substrate Specific Applications

Maximum VOC Limit

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Contact Adhesive 250

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL

ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS AND PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS

Additions : NIL Corrections : NIL